Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Finance and Corporate Resources Committee - 30/09/2026

South Lanarkshire Council · 30 September 2026
Back to Finance and Corporate Resources Committee — 30 September 2026 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Council Offices, Almada Street        
Hamilton, ML3 0AA 
Tuesday, 22 September 2026 
Dear Councillor 
Finance and Corporate Resources Committee 
The Members listed below are requested to attend a meeting of the above Committee to be
held as follows:- 
Date:  Wednesday, 30 September 2026
Time:  14:00
Venue: Hybrid - Committee Room 1, Council Offices, Almada Street, Hamilton,
ML3 0AA 
The business to be considered at the meeting is listed overleaf. 
Yours sincerely 
Paul Manning
Chief Executive 
Members
Mo Razzaq (Chair), Walter Brogan (Depute Chair), Celine Handibode (Depute Chair), Maureen
Devlin (ex officio), Alex Allison, Mathew Buchanan, Andy Carmichael, Maureen Chalmers, Andrea
Cowan, Mary Donnelly, Grant Ferguson, Gladys Ferguson-Miller, Graeme Horne, Martin Hose,
Gavin Keatt, Ross Lambie, Katy Loudon, Hugh Macdonald, Catherine McClymont, Elaine
McDougall, Mark McGeever, Kirsten Robb, John Ross, Graham Scott, Kirsty Williams 
Substitutes
Archie Buchanan, Poppy Corbett, Colin Dewar, Ross Gowland, Susan Kerr, Martin Lennon, Richard
Lockhart, Richard Nelson, Carol Nugent, Norman Rae, Helen Toner 
1

Page 2

BUSINESS 
1 Declaration of Interests   
2 Minutes of Previous Meeting
Minutes of the meeting of the Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
held on 1 July 2026 submitted for approval as a correct record.  (Copy attached) 
5 - 16 
3 Minutes of Appeals Panel
Minutes of the Appeals Panel held on 11 and 25 June 2026 submitted for
approval as a correct record.  (Copies attached) 
17 - 20 
Monitoring Item(s) 
4 Finance and Corporate Resources - Revenue Budget Monitoring 2026/2027
Report dated 31 August 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
21 - 32 
5 Finance and Corporate Resources – Capital Budget Monitoring 2026/2027
Report dated 2 September 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
33 - 36 
6 Finance and Corporate Resources – Workforce Monitoring – 1 May to 31
July 2026
Report dated 25 August 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
37 - 44 
7 Council-wide Workforce Monitoring – 1 May to 31 July 2026
Report dated 25 August 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
45 - 64 
8 Early Retirement Voluntary Severance and Switch 2
Report dated 8 September 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
65 - 70 
9 Treasury Management Activity - First Quarter Review
Report dated 25 August 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
71 - 78 
Item(s) for Decision 
10  Prudential Indicators, Treasury Management Activity and Annual
Investment Report 2025/2026
Report dated 25 August 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
79 - 98 
11  Revenue Collection and Approval for Write-Offs
Report dated 1 September 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
99 - 104 
12  Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy
Report dated 8 September 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
105 - 126
2

Page 3

13  Artificial Intelligence (AI) Policy
Report dated 8 September 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
127 - 146 
Item(s) for Noting 
14  Reserves Strategy
Report dated 31 August 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
147 - 152 
15  Common Good Update Report
Report dated 31 August 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
153 - 162 
16  Annual Procurement Report 2025/2026
Report dated 8 September 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and
Corporate Resources).  (Copy attached) 
163 - 226 
17  Review of Procurement Strategy for 2025/2026
Report dated 1 August 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
227 - 254 
18  Money Matters Advice Service Annual Report 2025/2026
Report dated 28 August 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
255 - 302 
19  Scottish Government Consultation – Council Tax High-Value Property
Bands (Mansion Tax)
Report dated 25 August 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
303 - 312 
20  Employee Development – Progress to Date
Report dated 19 August 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
313 - 320 
21  Scottish Government Consultation on the Public Sector Equality Duty
Report dated 19 August 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate
Resources).  (Copy attached) 
321 - 342 
Urgent Business 
22  Urgent Business
Any other items of business which the Chair decides are urgent. 
For further information, please contact:-
Clerk Name: Carol Lyon
Clerk Telephone: 07385370065
Clerk Email: carol.lyon@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
3

Page 4

4

Page 5

FINANCE AND CORPORATE RESOURCES COMMITTEE 
Minutes of meeting held via Confero and in the Council Chamber, Council Offices, Almada Street,
Hamilton on 1 July 2026 
Chair:
Councillor Mo Razzaq 
Councillors Present:
Councillor Alex Allison, Councillor Walter Brogan (Depute), Councillor Mathew Buchanan, Councillor
Andy Carmichael, Councillor Andrea Cowan, Councillor Grant Ferguson, Councillor Gladys
Ferguson-Miller, Councillor Celine Handibode (Depute), Councillor Graeme Horne, Councillor Gavin
Keatt, Councillor Susan Kerr (substitute for Councillor Kirsty Williams), Councillor Ross Lambie,
Councillor Katy Loudon, Councillor Catherine McClymont, Councillor Graham Scott, Councillor
Helen Toner (substitute for Councillor John Ross) 
Councillors’ Apologies:
Councillor Maureen Chalmers, Councillor Maureen Devlin (ex officio), Councillor Mary Donnelly,
Councillor Martin Hose, Councillor Hugh Macdonald, Councillor Elaine McDougall, Councillor Mark
McGeever, Councillor John Ross, Councillor Kirsty Williams 
Attending:
Chief Executive’s Service
T Little, Head of Communications and Strategy
Finance and Corporate Resources
M Husband, Head of IT Services; S Jessup, Administration Assistant; C Lyon, Administration
Officer; M Milne, Head of Personnel Services; L O’Hagan, Head of Finance (Strategy); S Smith
McKnight, Revenues and Benefits Manager; I Strachan, Head of Administration and Legal Services 
Death of Provost Margaret Cooper
The Chair referred to the death of Provost Margaret Cooper, an elected member for Council
Electoral Ward 5 (Avondale and Stonehouse).  As a mark of respect, all present observed a
minute’s silence. 
1 Declaration of Interests 
No interests were declared. 
2 Minutes of Previous Meeting 
The minutes of the meeting of the Finance and Corporate Resources Committee held on 6 May
2026 were submitted for approval as a correct record. 
The Committee decided: that the minutes be approved as a correct record. 
3 Minutes of Appeals Panel 
The minutes of the meetings of the Appeals Panel held on 19 March and 2 April 2026 were
submitted for approval as a correct record. 
The Committee decided: that the minutes be approved as a correct record.
2
5

Page 6

4 Minutes of Recruitment Committee 
The minutes of the meetings of the Recruitment Committee held on 5 and 19 June 2026 were
submitted for approval as a correct record. 
The Committee decided: that the minutes be approved as a correct record. 
5 Finance and Corporate Resources – Revenue Budget Monitoring 2025/2026 
A report dated 2 June 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted providing the actual expenditure for the period 1 April 2025 to 31 March 2026 against
budgeted expenditure for Finance and Corporate Resources. 
A Service Analysis Statement, which outlined the key highlights by Service for the Resource,
was provided at Appendix A to the report.  The detailed financial position, with variance
explanations by budget category, was provided at appendices B to I to the report. 
As at 31 March 2026, the actual outturn position was an underspend of £0.578 million after
approved transfers to reserves.  The total transfers to reserves included £0.300 million approved
by the Executive Committee on 4 February 2026 in relation to the Insurance Fund.  Additional
transfers to reserves were approved by the Executive Committee on 24 June 2026, in relation to
Discretionary Housing Payment (DHP) which would be carried forward to 2026/2027 of £0.081
million, and Place Based Funding committed for projects in 2026/2027 of £0.015 million. 
Virements were proposed to realign budgets and those movements were detailed in the
appendices to the report. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the position as at 31 March 2026 of an underspend of £0.578 million after approved
transfers to reserves, as detailed in Appendix A to the report, be noted; and 
(2) that the proposed budget virements, as detailed in the appendices to the report, be
approved. 
[Reference: Minutes of 6 May 2026 (Paragraph 4) and Minutes of the Executive Committee of
4 February 2026 (Paragraph 3) and 24 June 2026 (Paragraph 3)] 
6 Finance and Corporate Resources - Revenue Budget Monitoring 2026/2027
A report dated 2 June 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted comparing the actual expenditure for the period 1 April to 15 May 2026 and providing
a forecast for the year to 31 March 2027 for Finance and Corporate Resources. 
A Service Analysis Statement, which outlined the key highlights by Service for the Resource,
was provided at Appendix A to the report.  The detailed financial position, with variance
explanations by budget category, was provided at Appendix B to the report. 
As at 15 May 2026, the projected outturn position for the Resource was a breakeven position.
6

Page 7

As noted in the 2027/2028 to 2028/2029 Revenue Budget Strategy report considered by the
Executive Committee on 24 June 2026, there was a year-end underspend of £0.803 million
within Finance and Corporate Resources due to reduced costs of Empty Property Relief.  The
recurring underspend from 2026/2027 was slightly higher at £1.000 million, due to the
anticipated reduction in the number of empty properties supported.  £1.000 million had been
moved from the Empty Property Relief Underspend budget line.  This budget would be
considered later in the year as part of the Probable Outturn exercise. 
This was a recurring underspend and resulted in a permanent benefit to the Council’s Revenue
Budget Strategy from 2027/2028. 
Funding, totalling £0.590 million, had been allocated to Finance and Corporate Resources as
part of the 2026/2027 Investments.  The funding was for Galas and Festivals (£0.200 million),
Third Sector Support (£0.300 million), Citizens’ Advice (£0.040 million) and Community
Engagement Team (£0.050 million).  This funding was detailed in appendices C to I of the
report. 
Virements were proposed to realign budgets and those movements were detailed in the
appendices to the report. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the forecast to 31 March 2027 of a breakeven position, as detailed in Appendix B of
the report, be noted; and 
(2) that the proposed budget virements, as detailed in the appendices to the report, be
approved. 
[Reference: Minutes of the Executive Committee of 24 June 2026 (Paragraph 9)] 
7 Finance and Corporate Resources - Capital Budget Monitoring 2025/2026
A report dated 2 June 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted advising of progress on Finance and Corporate Resources’ capital programme for the
period 1 April 2025 to 31 March 2026. 
The budget for 2025/2026 was £0.645 million.  Total expenditure to 31 March 2026 was £0.597
million, a difference of £0.048 million in comparison to the programme of £0.645 million. 
The underspend reflected the timing of spend across the year end.  The underspend, along with
the funding, would carry forward into next financial year as required.  An update on the
2026/2027 programme was detailed in a separate report to this Committee. 
The Committee decided: that the Finance and Corporate Resources’ capital
programme of £0.645 million, and expenditure for the year
of £0.597 million, be noted. 
[Reference:  Minutes of 6 May 2026 (Paragraph 5)] 
8 Finance and Corporate Resources - Capital Budget Monitoring 2026/2027
A report dated 4 June 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted advising of progress on Finance and Corporate Resources’ capital programme for the
period 1 April to 15 May 2026.
7

Page 8

The capital programme for 2026/2027 was £0.498 million, as approved by the Executive
Committee on 24 June 2026. 
The forecast for the financial year was £0.498 million. 
The Committee decided: that the Finance and Corporate Resources’ capital
programme of £0.498 million, and forecast expenditure of
£0.498 million, be noted. 
[Reference: Minutes of South Lanarkshire Council (Special) of 25 February 2026 (Paragraph 4)
and Minutes of the Executive Committee of 24 June 2026 (Paragraph 6)] 
9 Finance and Corporate Resources – Workforce Monitoring – 1 March to 30 April
2026
A report dated 27 May 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted on the following employee information for Finance and Corporate Resources for the
period 1 January to 30 April 2026:- 
 attendance statistics
 occupational health statistics
 accident/incident statistics
 disciplinary hearings, grievances and Dignity at Work cases
 analysis of leavers and exit interviews
 staffing watch as at 14 March 2026 
The Committee decided: that the report be noted. 
[Reference:  Minutes of 6 May 2026 (Paragraph 6)] 
10 Council-wide Workforce Monitoring – 1 March to 30 April 2026 
A report dated 9 June 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted on the following Council-wide employee information for the period 1 January to 30
April 2026:- 
 attendance statistics
 occupational health statistics
 accident/incident statistics
 disciplinary hearings, grievances and Dignity at Work cases
 analysis of leavers and exit interviews
 recruitment monitoring
 staffing watch as at 14 March 2026 
The Committee decided: that the report be noted. 
[Reference:  Minutes of 6 May 2026 (Paragraph 7)] 
11 Finance and Corporate Resource Plan - Quarter 4 Progress Report 2025/2026 
A report dated 28 May 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted on the Finance and Corporate Resource Plan Quarter 4 Progress Report for
2025/2026 for the period 1 April 2025 to 31 March 2026.
8

Page 9

The Resource Plan measures were rated using a traffic light system of red, amber or green as
well as blue (BRAG) which indicated that an action had been completed. 
Details were provided on:- 
 progress made in implementing the priority projects identified in the Resource Plan
2025/2026, as detailed in the Quarter 4 Progress Report, attached as Appendix 2 to the
report
 key achievements made by the Resource to date, as detailed in Section 5.3 of the report
 areas for improvement and associated management actions, as detailed in Section 5.4 of
the report
 measures which had changed from Quarter 2 to Quarter 4, as detailed in Appendix 3 to the
report 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the Finance and Corporate Resource Plan Quarter 4 Progress Report 2025/2026, as
summarised in paragraph 5.2. and attached as Appendix 2 of the report, be noted; 
(2) that the key achievements made by the Resource for the year, as detailed in paragraph
5.3. of the report, be noted; 
(3) that the areas for improvement, as detailed in paragraph 5.4. of the report, be noted; and 
(4) that the additional scrutiny of changes in measure status between Quarter 2 and Quarter
4, as summarised at paragraph 5.5. and detailed at Appendix 3 of the report, be noted. 
[Reference:  Minutes of 11 June 2025 (Paragraph 7)] 
12 Finance and Corporate Resource Plan 2026/2027 
A report dated 28 May 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted on the Finance and Corporate Resource Plan 2026/2027. 
Details were provided on the Resource Plan for 2026/2027, attached as Appendix 1 to the
report, which outlined:- 
 key areas of focus for the year ahead
 Resource outcomes
 measures and actions
 resourcing of the Plan 
Following approval at individual Resource Committees, the Resource Plans for 2026/2027
would be submitted, as a pack, to the meeting of the Executive Committee for noting. 
The Resource had established a number of outcomes to support the delivery of the Council
Plan, Connect, in 2026/2027.  To support those outcomes, the Resource had developed
performance measures in an action plan, detailed in Section 4 of the Resource Plan.  Key or
strategic measures would be included in the Council Plan progress reports 2026/2027, with the
remaining measures being monitored and reported at Resource level. 
In line with the Council’s performance management arrangements, a mid-year progress report
on actions identified in the 2026/2027 Resource Plan and an end of year progress report
respectively, would be submitted to future meetings of the Committee. 
Once approved, the Resource Plan would be made available on the Council’s website.
9

Page 10

The Committee decided: 
[ (1) that the Finance and Corporate Resource Plan 2026/2027, attached as Appendix 1 to the
report, be approved; 
(2) that the Resource Plan 2026/2027 be uploaded to the Council’s website; 
(3) that it be noted that, following Committee approval, all Resource Plans would be submitted
to the Executive Committee for noting; and 
(4) that it be noted that Progress Reports on the Resource Plan 2026/2027 would be
submitted, at Quarter 2 and Quarter 4, to future meetings of this Committee. 
13 Revenue Collection and Approval for Write-Offs 
A report dated 5 June 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted on:- 
 collection performance for the financial year 2026/2027 to 31 May 2026 on revenue
income which comprised Council Tax, non-domestic rates (NDR), sundry debts and
arrears
 performance in the Non-Domestic Rates Incentivisation Scheme (NDRIS)
 the write-off of irrecoverable Council Tax, non-domestic rates, Business Improvement
District (BID) levy, sundry debt and Housing Rent and associated charges and school
meals debt 
Details were provided on current collection targets.  The Council was behind both target and
comparable performance from 2025/2026 in respect of Council Tax.  In respect of non-domestic
rates and sundry debt, the Council was ahead of both target and comparable performance from
2025/2026. 
In terms of arrears collection targets, the Council was behind both target and comparable
performance from 2025/2026 in respect of Council Tax and sundry debt,  In respect of non-
domestic rates, the Council was ahead of both target and comparable performance from
2025/2026. 
The Non-Domestic Rates Incentivisation Scheme (NDRIS), formerly known as the Business
Rates Incentivisation Scheme (BRIS), was a Scottish Government initiative to incentivise growth
of the local business tax base, with a view to increasing NDR income yields. 
The Scottish Government set annual targets for growth (buoyancy) and councils which achieved
their target retained 50% of the additional income generated above the target.  The provisional
buoyancy target for South Lanarkshire Council in 2026/2027 had been set by the Scottish
Government at 0.9%. 
Performance against the NDRIS target would be reported to this Committee on a quarterly
basis.  Buoyancy for 2026/2027 Quarter 1, to 30 June 2026, could not be reported at this stage
as the relevant data was not yet available and would be reported to this Committee on 30
September 2026. 
It was proposed that the following debts be written off:- 
 irrecoverable Council Tax accounts from 1993/1994 to 2026/2027 to the value of
£163,191.27 relating primarily to prescribed debt, sequestrations and estates of the
deceased
10

Page 11

 irrecoverable non-domestic rates to the value of £331,194.75 relating primarily to debtors
in liquidation, those who had ceased trading or had been sequestrated
 BID levies totalling £6,022.77 administered by the Council on behalf of Hamilton, Carluke
and Lanark BID companies
 sundry debts to a value of £33,141.70
 former tenant rent arrears totalling £281,465.16 (including bulk write-offs for 2026/2027 Q1
for temporary accommodation)
 school meals debt totalling £9,000 (funded by Scottish Government grant of £224,000) 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the Council’s performance in the collection of revenues be noted; 
(2) that the current position in respect of the Non-Domestic Rates Incentivisation Scheme be
noted; 
(3) that the write-off of the following irrecoverable debts be approved:-
 Council Tax debt from 1993/1994 to 2026/2027 to the value of £163,191.27
 Non Domestic Rates totalling £331,194.75
 BID levies totalling £6,022.77
 sundry debts to a value of £33,141.70
 house rent and associated charges totalling £281,465.16
 school meal debt totalling £9,000 
[Reference:  Minutes of 6 May 2026 (Paragraph 8)] 
14 Additional Community Can Do Fund Allocations 
A report dated 10 June 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted on additional Communities Can Do Fund allocations. 
The Community Can Do Fund had been established during the Third Sector Partnership Review
in 2025/2026 as a fund that offered a fair, open and transparent mechanism to award medium
sized grants to third sector organisations working across South Lanarkshire local communities. 
Between 1 December 2025 and 11 January 2026, applicants were invited to apply for grants
between £1,000 and £20,000 for the 2026/2027 financial year.  The total funding available was
£200,000. 
The Fund was heavily oversubscribed and received 92 applications with a value of £1,126,089. 
After the exclusion of ineligible applications, the value of declined applications was £719,800. 
This Committee approved 12 applications totalling £200,000 at its meeting on 18 February 2026. 
The 2026/2027 annual budget allocated £0.300 million per annum of recurring funding for further
investment in the third sector for this year and beyond. 
In line with the Third Sector Partnership Agreement approved by the Executive Committee on 5
November 2025, discussion had taken place with VASLan, as South Lanarkshire’s Third Sector
Interface, as to how best to utilise the recurring investment funds.  Those discussions had
included how VASLan might build on the monies available by attracting match funding
organisations, entrepreneurs and benefactors.
11

Page 12

Discussions were underway around a South Lanarkshire Third Sector Fund where the Council
would work with VASLan to promote the fund, invite and assess applications, and make
recommendations for grants, which would be announced and publicised jointly, with payments
issued by the Council. 
Further to discussion and agreement with VASLan, it had been agreed by the Executive
Committee on 20 May 2026, that the applications received and scored through the Community
Can Do Fund be used to disperse the £0.300 million available from the South Lanarkshire Third
Sector Fund for 2026/2027. 
To ensure a broad spend of the funding available to the third sector in South Lanarkshire,
funding would not be offered to applicants already in receipt of Council or community mental
health or wellbeing funding for similar provisions and services. 
An analysis of the next highest scoring applications, excluding those in receipt of alternative or
other Council sources of funding for their project, identified a further 26 applications with a value
of £0.300 million for approval, as detailed in Appendix 1 of the report.  All applications scored 36
or above, which was more than the minimum eligible score of 27.5. 
The current financial position of the Community Can Do Fund was detailed in Section 6 of the
report. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the decision made by the Executive Committee to allocate additional funding to
unsuccessful applications to the Community Can Do Fund be noted; and 
(2) that the Community Can Do Fund applications detailed in Appendix 1 of the report be
approved. 
[Reference: Minutes of 18 February 2026 (Paragraph 10) and Minutes of the Executive
Committee of 20 May 2026 (Paragraph 4)] 
15 2026/2027 Information and Communication Technology ICT Asset Management
Plan 
A report dated 10 June 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted advising on the outcomes of the 2026/2027 Information and Communication
Technology (ICT) Asset Management Plan. 
The ICT Asset Management Plan outlined the priorities and strategies required to develop and
support the ICT asset estate which was in place to support the business objectives of the
Council whilst ensuring business continuity.  The plan highlighted the key actions planned for
the year ahead, ensuring that the Council’s ICT Assets were fit for purpose. 
Details of the key actions were provided in the report and a copy of the proposed 2026/2027 ICT
Asset Management Plan was attached as Appendix 1 to the report. 
The Head of IT Services clarified that, with reference to the last bullet in paragraph 5.3 in
relation to the refresh of end user devices, the language in the Plan referred to personal devices
whereas it should have referred to Council provided laptops and desktops. 
The Committee decided: that the ICT Asset Management Plan for 2026/2027 be
approved 
[Reference:  Minutes of 11 June 2025 (Paragraph 10)]
12

Page 13

16 Marmot Place Programme – Marmot Transformation Team and Future Service
Alignment 
A report dated 5 June 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted on the Marmot Transformation Team. 
South Lanarkshire was 1 of 3 Scottish areas participating in the Collaboration for Health Equality
in Scotland (CHES) programme.  The Marmot Place pilot was a key element of that work and
was intended to reduce inequalities by embedding proportionate universalism across services. 
As reported to the Executive Committee on 4 March 2026, the Marmot Place pilot had now
progressed through the early phases of data analysis and system understanding, and had
entered a stage where co-ordinated delivery, learning and evaluation were critical to maximising
impact and informing future service design. 
As pilot activity developed across services and partner organisations, there was a growing
requirement for dedicated leadership and co-ordination of the Marmot and wider Council
Transformation programme.  There was also a need to ensure consistent evaluation of impact
and learning across all activity, alongside establishing a clear and structured pathway to
translate pilot initiatives into sustainable, mainstream service delivery. 
It was proposed that a permanent Marmot Transformation Team be established for the duration
of the pilot and beyond, with a specific remit to support delivery, learning and future planning, as
detailed in Sections 4 and 6 of the report. 
The Committee decided: 
(1) that the content of the report be noted; 
(2) that the establishment of a permanent Marmot Transformation Team and related reporting
arrangements, as detailed in Sections 4 and 6 of the report, be approved; and 
(3) to note the purpose of the Marmot Transformation Team during the pilot phase. 
[Reference:  Minutes of the Executive Committee of 4 March 2026 (Paragraph 8)] 
17 Staff Survey Responses 2026 
A report dated 11 June 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted on the outcome of the Employee Survey conducted between 2 February and 13
March 2026. 
South Lanarkshire Council’s Connect Plan 2022 to 2027 aimed to ensure a safe, healthy
environment and respectful treatment for all employees, assessed through an employee survey. 
Employee surveys were carried out to give staff a structured opportunity to share their views and
experiences, and responses helped inform decisions, shape improvement activity and support a
positive working environment across the Council. 
The feedback and insight gathered provided an opportunity to strengthen staff morale, build trust
in leadership and support ongoing organisational improvement.  By taking forward the feedback,
the Council could help improve engagement, retention and overall organisational effectiveness. 
The 2026 survey ran from 2 February to 13 March 2026, with 2,224 responses received.  The
survey comprised of 24 questions on a 5 point scale from strongly agree to strongly disagree,
along with a free text box to allow further comments from employees.  The survey themes were
detailed in paragraph 4.3 of the report.
13

Page 14

The quantitative responses were summarised at a high level, as detailed in Section 5 of the
report, with further detail provided in Appendix 1 to the report. 
Across the Council, comments showed strong commitment to public service, local team support
and pride in delivering services, alongside recurring responses about workload, work conditions,
communication, trust in decision-making and consistency in the application of working
arrangements. 
Summaries were provided of the main qualitative themes by Resource in Appendix 2 to the
report.  Those were intended to support Executive Directors in Resources to develop a local
improvement action plan to address feedback identified in their area. 
Communication to employees would be a key part of the process, ensuring key messages from
the survey were communicated and what actions and progress were being made.  The
communication methods for feedback to employees were detailed in paragraph 7.4 of the report. 
Following questions from a member on various aspects of the report, the Head of Personnel
Services agreed:- 
 to share a copy of the breakdown between staff based in offices and those in schools,
nurseries or other places, in relation to the question on the working environment,
particularly about people feeling safe and comfortable
 that information on the action plans being developed by Executive Directors would be
reported back to a future meeting of this Committee 
A member highlighted the disconnect between the previous responses to the questions and the
fact that only 45% agreed or strongly agreed that they were proud to work for the Council and
only just over half would recommend the Council as an employer.  The Head of Personnel
Services advised that they had looked at quantitative and qualitative data on the range of
responses available, including neutral data, and that those were different answers to different
questions.  She advised that a better understanding should come through once the further
tailored actions and engagement had taken place. 
The Committee decided: that the report be noted. 
18 Notification of Contracts Awarded - 1 October 2025 to 31 March 2026 
A report dated 1 May 2026 by the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) was
submitted on contracts awarded by Finance and Corporate Resources during the period 1
October 2025 to 31 March 2026. 
In terms of Standing Order Nos 21.8 and 22.5 of the Standing Orders on Contracts, Resources
were required to notify the relevant Committee of contracts awarded.  Details of the contracts
awarded by Finance and Corporate Resources were provided in the appendix to the report. 
The Committee decided: that the report be noted. 
[Reference: Minutes of 19 November 2025 (Paragraph 20)] 
19 Urgent Business 
There were no items of urgent business
14

Page 15

Chair’s Closing Remarks
The Chair advised that this would be the last meeting that Shona Jessup, Administration Assistant,
would be attending prior to her forthcoming retirement.  The Chair, on behalf of the members of the
Committee, thanked Shona for assistance over the years and wished her well on her retirement. 
15

Page 16

16

Page 17

APPEALS PANEL 
Minutes of meeting held in Committee Room 5, Council Offices, Almada Street, Hamilton on 11 June
2026 
Chair:
Councillor Celine Handibode 
Councillors Present:
Councillor Margaret Cowie, Councillor Richard Nelson 
Attending:
Finance and Corporate Resources
L Cunningham, Administration Officer; G Robertson, Personnel Adviser 
1 Declaration of Interests
No interests were declared. 
2 Urgent Business
There were no items of urgent business. 
3 Exclusion of Press and Public
The Panel decided: that, in terms of Section 50A(4) of the Local Government
(Scotland) Act 1973, the press and public be excluded from
the meeting for the next item of business on the grounds that
it was likely that there would be disclosure of exempt
information in terms of Paragraph 1 of Part I of Schedule 7A
of the Act. 
4 Appeal Against Dismissal
The Panel considered an appeal (Ref 1/26) by an employee against their dismissal. 
The appellant was present and represented themself.  The Council was represented by a
Personnel Adviser.   
The appellant requested that 3 additional submissions be considered.  The Personnel Adviser
outlined her objections to the additional submissions being considered. 
Both sides withdrew.  Following discussion, the Panel agreed that the additional submissions
would not be considered.  Both sides re-entered the meeting and were advised of the position. 
The Council called a witness.  All parties were heard in relation to the appeal and then withdrew
from the meeting. 
The Panel decided: that the grounds of the appeal had not been substantiated
and the appeal be not upheld. 
3
17

Page 18

18

Page 19

APPEALS PANEL 
Minutes of meeting held in Committee Room 5, Council Offices, Almada Street, Hamilton on 25 June
2026 
Chair:
Councillor Celine Handibode 
Councillors Present:
Councillor Ross Gowland, Councillor Poppy Corbett 
Attending:
Finance and Corporate Resources
K Archer, Personnel Adviser; L Cunningham, Administration Officer; S Erskine, Personnel Officer 
1 Declaration of Interests
No interests were declared. 
2 Urgent Business
There were no items of urgent business. 
3 Exclusion of Press and Public
The Panel decided: that, in terms of Section 50A(4) of the Local Government
(Scotland) Act 1973, the press and public be excluded from
the meeting for the next item of business on the grounds that
it was likely that there would be disclosure of exempt
information in terms of Paragraph 1 of Part I of Schedule 7A
of the Act. 
4 Appeal Against Dismissal
The Panel considered an appeal (Ref 2/26) by an employee against termination due to capability. 
The appellant was present and represented by a trade union representative.  The Council was
represented by a Personnel Adviser.  The Council called a witness and the appellant’s
representative called the appellant.  All parties were heard in relation to the appeal and then
withdrew from the meeting. 
The Panel decided: that the grounds of the appeal had not been substantiated
and the appeal be not upheld. 
3
19

Page 20

20

Page 21

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Finance and Corporate Resources - Revenue Budget
Monitoring 2026/2027 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[p
 provide information on the actual expenditure measured against the revenue
budget for the period 1 April to 7 August 2026 for Finance and Corporate
Resources
 provide a forecast for the year to 31 March 2027
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the projected breakeven position on the 2026/2027 revenue budget for
Finance and Corporate Resources’, as detailed in Appendix B of the report,
be noted; and
(2) that the proposed budget virements be approved. 
3. Background
3.1. This is the second revenue budget monitoring report presented to the Finance and
Corporate Resources Committee for the financial year 2026/2027. 
3.2. The report details the financial position for Finance and Corporate Resources. 
Appendix A provides the service analysis statement, outlining key highlights by
Service for the Resource and Appendix B provides the detailed financial position with
variance explanations by budget category.  Any variance explanations and proposed
budget virements are shown, where relevant, in Appendices C to I. 
3.3. This report reflects the actual spend to 7 August 2026 for the Resource budget and
the expected outturn forecast on expenditure and income at this date. 
4. Employee Implications
4.1. None. 
5. Financial Implications
5.1. As at 7 August 2026, the Resource’s projected outturn for 2026/2027 is a breakeven
position.  This is outlined in the attached appendices. 
5.2. Appendix A is the service analysis statement and will outline the key projected
outturn variances by Service for the Resource.
4
21

Page 22

5.3. Virements are proposed to realign budgets across budget categories and with other
Resources. These movements have been detailed in Appendices C-I, where
relevant. 
6. 2026/2027 Investments
6.1. Funding has been allocated to Finance and Corporate Resources as part of the
2026/2027 Investments.  The Finance and Corporate budget includes £0.590 million
for the following areas: Galas and Festivals (£0.200 million), Third Sector Support
(£0.300 million), Citizen Advice funding (£0.040 million) and Community
Engagement Team (£0.050 million). 
6.2. Total Investment funding of £0.590 million and expenditure to 7 August 2026 of
£0.443 million are included in the Finance and Corporate Resources budget as
outlined in Appendices C to I.  Spend will continue to be progressed throughout the
year. 
7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
7.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability, or the environment in
terms of the information contained in this report. 
8. Risk and Other Implications
8.1. The main risk associated with the Council’s Revenue Budget is that there is an
overspend.  There are inflationary and budget pressures which could increase the
risk of overspend, however these are mitigated by additional funds being added to
the budget. 
7.2. The risk is managed through four weekly Budget Monitoring meetings at which any
variance is analysed.  In addition, the new forecasting within FUSION and work with
the Resource and finance teams, ensures early warning for corrective action to be
taken where appropriate. 
9. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
9.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function, or strategy and therefore no impact
assessment is required. 
9.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the
information contained in the report. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
31 August 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, Effective, Efficient and Transparent 
Previous References
 Finance and Corporate Resources Committee, 1 July 2026
22

Page 23

List of Background Papers
 Financial Ledger and budget monitoring results to 7 August 2026 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:
Lorraine O’Hagan, Head of Finance (Strategy)
Ext:  5637 (Tel: 01698 455637)
E-mail: lorraine.o’hagan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
23

Page 24

Appendix A 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Finance & Corporate Resources Committee: Period Ended 7 August 2026 (No. 5) 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report – Service Analysis 
Service Analysis
Revised
Annual
Budget
(£000)
Projected
Outturn
(£000)
Projected
Outturn
Variance
(£000)
% YTD Actual
(£000)
Strategy 2,868 2,815 53 1.85% 1,410
Transactions 20,285 20,239 46 0.23% 7,150
Audit 417 406 11 2.64% 184
Information Technology 9,160 9,239 (79) (0.86%) 7,742
Communications and Strategy 3,873 3,746 127 3.28% 1,921
Administration, Legal, Licensing and
Registration 5,258 5,317 (59) (1.12%) 1,995
Personnel 7,740 7,839 (99) (1.28%) 3,067
Net Controllable Exp. 49,601 49,601 0 0.00% 23,469 
Service Heading Explanation for significant projected outturn variances
Strategy The projected underspend reflects staff turnover levels being higher than budgeted within the service,
with recruitment ongoing in line with service requirements (Appendix C). 
Transactions  The projected underspend is due to vacant posts within the service with recruitment ongoing in line
with service requirements, and an over recovery of income reflecting additional commission received
from Scottish Water.  These are partially offset by higher than budgeted postage costs for Council Tax
billing, benefit notifications and blue badge production. (Appendix D). 
Audit  The projected underspend is due to vacant posts within the service, with recruitment ongoing in line
with service requirements (Appendix E). 
Information
Technology
The projected overspend is due to a lower than budgeted level of turnover anticipated during the
financial year. (Appendix F). 
Communications
and Strategy 
The projected underspend is due to vacant posts within the service, with recruitment ongoing in line
with service requirements. (Appendix G).
Administration,
Legal, Licensing
and Registration
The projected overspend is due to lower than budgeted income anticipated in the financial year.
(Appendix H). 
Personnel The projected overspend is due to a lower than budgeted level of turnover anticipated during the
financial year. (Appendix I). 
24

Page 25

Appendix B 
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Finance & Corporate Resources Committee: Period Ended 7 August 2026 (No. 5) 
Finance & Corporate Resources Summary 
Revised   Projected       
Budget Category Annual Projected  Outturn Over/ % YTD    
Budget Outturn Variance Under Variance Actual Note 
£000 £000 £000   £000             
Employee Costs 40,537 40,362 175 under 0.43% 13,635                 
Property Costs 3,262 3,262 0 - 0.00% 49                 
Supplies & Services 8,555 8,694 (139) over (1.62%) 5,633                 
Transport & Plant 36 28 8 under 22.22% 13                 
Administration Costs 8,310 8,503 (193) over (2.32%) 2,730                 
Payments to Other Bodies 4,110 4,146 (36) over (0.88%) 2,287                 
Payments to Contractors 256 258 (2) over (0.78%) 126                 
Transfer Payments 67,162 67,162 0 - 0.00% 15,302                 
Financing Charges 1,422 1,431 (9) over (0.63%) 828             
Total Controllable Exp. 133,650 133,846 (196) over (0.15%) 40,603                
Total Controllable Inc. (84,049) (84,245) 196 over
recovery (0.23%) (17,134)             
Net Controllable Exp. 49,601 49,601 0 - 0.00% 23,469   
Variance Explanations
Variance explanations are shown in Appendices C to I as appropriate. 
Budget Virements
Budget Virements are noted in Appendices C to I as appropriate. 
25

Page 26

Appendix C 
South Lanarkshire Council 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Finance & Corporate Resources Committee: Period Ended 7 August 2026 (No. 5) 
Finance – Strategy Services 
Revised   Projected        
Budget Category Annual Projected  Outturn Over/ % YTD   
Budget Outturn Variance Under Variance Actual   
£000 £000 £000    £000 Note               
Employee Costs 3,675 3,604 71 under 1.93% 1,278 1, a               
Property Costs 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0                 
Supplies & Services 15 14 1 under 6.67% 3 
Transport & Plant 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0                 
Administration Costs 114 120 (6) over (5.26%) 7 
Payments to Other Bodies 665 678 (13) over (1.95%) 116 
Payments to Contractors 23 23 0 - 0.00% 16                 
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0                 
Financing Charges 20 20 0 - 0.00% 1                 
Total Controllable Exp. 4,512 4,459 53 under 1.17% 1,421                 
Total Controllable Inc. (1,644) (1,644) 0 - 0.00% (11) 
Net Controllable Exp. 2,868 2,815 53 under 1.85% 1,410   
Variance Explanations
1. The projected underspend in Employee Cost is due to vacant posts within the service, with recruitment ongoing in line
with service requirements.            
Budget Virements
a. Realignment of Resource turnover budget across Services: Net Effect £0.088m: Employee Costs £0.088m. 
26

Page 27

Appendix D 
South Lanarkshire Council 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Finance & Corporate Resources Committee: Period Ended 7 August 2026 (No. 5) 
Finance – Transactions Services 
Revised   Projected      
Budget Category Annual Projected  Outturn Over/ % YTD   
Budget Outturn Variance Under Variance Actual  Note 
£000 £000 £000   £000 
Employee Costs 14,616 14,523 93 under 0.64% 4,901 1, a            
Property Costs 3,120 3,120 0 - 0.00% 19 b            
Supplies & Services 804 934 (130) over (16.17%) 570 2            
Transport & Plant 4 4 0 - 0.00% 0 
Administration Costs 1,192 1,364 (172) over (14.43%) 476 3            
Payments to Other Bodies 1,504 1,527 (23) over (1.53%) 854 
Payments to Contractors 233 233 0 - 0.00% 108 
Transfer Payments 67,162 67,162 0 - 0.00% 15,302 c            
Financing Charges 105 105 0 - 0.00% 2 
Total Controllable Exp. 88,740 88,972 (232) over (0.26%) 22,232 
Total Controllable Inc. (68,455) (68,733) 278 over
recovery  (0.41%) (15,082) 4            
Net Controllable Exp. 20,285 20,239 46 under 0.23% 7,150   
Variance Explanations
1. The projected underspend in Employee Cost is due to vacant posts within the service, with recruitment ongoing in line
with service requirements.
2. The anticipated overspend in Supplies and Services relates to higher than budgeted costs of IT systems and licences.
3. The projected overspend in Administration Costs is due to higher than budgeted postage costs for Council Tax billing,
benefit notifications, and blue badge production.
4. The projected over recovery of income reflects additional commission received from Scottish Water for the collection
of water and sewage income. 
Budget Virements
a. Realignment of Resource turnover budget across Services: Net Effect (£0.120m): Employee Costs (£0.120m).
b. Transfer from Reserves for Scottish Welfare Fund: Net Effect £0.410m: Property Costs £0.410m.
c. Additional funding for Discretionary Housing Payments: Net Effect £0.922m: Transfer Payments £0.922m. 
27

Page 28

Appendix E 
South Lanarkshire Council 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Finance & Corporate Resources Committee: Period Ended 7 August 2026 (No. 5) 
Audit Services 
Revised   Projected        
Budget Category Annual Projected  Outturn Over/ % YTD 
Budget Outturn Variance Under Variance Actual Note 
£000 £000 £000   £000 
Employee Costs 567 556 11 under 1.94% 185 1, a            
Property Costs 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0 
Supplies & Services 6 6 0 - 0.00% 1 
Transport & Plant 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0 
Administration Costs 7 7 0 - 0.00% (2) 
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0 
Payments to Contractors 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0 
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0 
Financing Charges 4 4 0 - 0.00% 0 
Total Controllable Exp. 584 573 11 under 1.88% 184 
Total Controllable Inc. (167) (167) 0 - 0.00% 0 
Net Controllable Exp. 417 406 11 - 2.64% 184 
Variance Explanations 
1. The projected underspend in Employee Cost is due to a vacant post within the service. 
Budget Virements
a. Realignment of Resource turnover budget across Services: Net Effect (£0.013m): Employee Costs (£0.013m). 
28

Page 29

Appendix F 
South Lanarkshire Council 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Finance & Corporate Resources Committee: Period Ended 7 August 2026 (No. 5) 
Information Technology Services 
Revised   Projected       
Budget Category Annual Projected  Outturn Over/ % YTD   
Budget Outturn Variance Under Variance Actual Note 
£000 £000 £000    £000                              
Employee Costs 6,257 6,336 (79) over (1.26%) 2,134 1, a              
Property Costs 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0                
Supplies & Services 6,899 6,899 0 - 0.00% 4,774               
Transport & Plant 4 4 0 - 0.00% 1                
Administration Costs 1,591 1,591 0 - 0.00% 692               
Payments to Other Bodies 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0                
Payments to Contractors 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0                
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0                
Financing Charges 835 835 0 - 0.00% 734               
Total Controllable Exp. 15,586 15,665 (79) over (0.51%) 8,335                
Total Controllable Inc. (6,426) (6,426) 0 - 0.00% (593)               
Net Controllable Exp. 9,160 9,239 (79) over (0.86%) 7,742   
Variance Explanations
1. The projected overspend in Employee Costs is due a lower than budgeted level of turnover anticipated during the
financial year. 
Budget Virements
a. Realignment of Resource turnover budget across Services: Net Effect (£0.113m): Employee Costs (£0.113m).
29

Page 30

Appendix G 
South Lanarkshire Council 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Finance & Corporate Resources Committee: Period Ended 7 August 2026 (No. 5) 
Communications and Strategy Services 
Revised   Projected      
Budget Category Annual Projected  Outturn Over/ % YTD   
Budget Outturn Variance Under Variance Actual Note 
£000 £000 £000   £000               
Employee Costs 2,838 2,709 129 under 4.55% 844 1, a              
Property Costs 137 137 0 - 0.00% 29                
Supplies & Services 506 506 0 - 0.00% 123                
Transport & Plant 6 3 3 under 50.00% 2                
Administration Costs 1,102 1,102 0 - 0.00% 234                
Payments to Other Bodies 1,578 1,578 0 - 0.00% 1,199   b, c              
Payments to Contractors 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0                
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0                
Financing Charges 351 356 (5) over (1.42%) 87               
Total Controllable Exp. 6,518 6,391 127 under 1.95% 2,518                
Total Controllable Inc. (2,645) (2,645) 0 - 0.00% (597)               
Net Controllable Exp. 3,873 3,746 127 under 3.28% 1,921   
Variance Explanations
1. The projected underspend in Employee Costs is due to vacant posts within the service, with recruitment ongoing in
line with service requirements. 
Budget Virements
a. Realignment of Resource turnover budget across Services: Net Effect £0.038m: Employee Costs £0.038m.
b. Transfer of Galas and Festivals and Third Sector Funding budgets from Administration Services: Net Effect £0.460m: 
Payments to Other Bodies £0.460m.
c. Transfer from Reserves for Can Do Fund: Net Effect £0.200m: Payments to Other Bodies £0.200m. 
30

Page 31

Appendix H 
South Lanarkshire Council 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Finance & Corporate Resources Committee: Period Ended 7 August 2026 (No. 5) 
Administration, Legal, Licensing and Registration 
Revised   Projected       
Budget Category Annual Projected  Outturn Over/ % YTD   
Budget Outturn Variance Under Variance Actual Note 
£000 £000 £000    £000                 
Employee Costs 4,698 4,688 10 under 0.21% 1,558 a               
Property Costs 5 5 0 - 0.00% 1                 
Supplies & Services 154 149 5 under 3.25% 73                 
Transport & Plant 13 13 0 - 0.00% 10                 
Administration Costs 3,079 3,092 (13) over (0.42%) 899 
Payments to Other Bodies 149 149 0 - 0.00% 47  b               
Payments to Contractors 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0                 
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0                 
Financing Charges 71 75 (4) over (5.63%) 2                 
Total Controllable Exp. 8,169 8,171 (2) over (0.02%) 2,590                 
Total Controllable Inc. (2,911) (2,854) (57) under
recovery 1.96% (595) 1               
Net Controllable Exp. 5,258 5,317 (59) over (1.12%) 1,995   
Variance Explanations
1. The projected under recovery is due to lower than budgeted income anticipated in the financial year. 
Budget Virements
a. Realignment of Resource turnover budget across Services: Net Effect £0.114m: Employee Costs £0.114m.
b. Transfer of Galas and Festivals and Third Sector Funding budgets to Communications and Strategy: Net Effect
(£0.460m): Payments to Other Bodies (£0.460m). 
.
31

Page 32

Appendix I 
South Lanarkshire Council 
Revenue Budget Monitoring Report 
Finance & Corporate Resources Committee: Period Ended 7 August 2026 (No. 5) 
Personnel 
Revised   Projected       
Budget Category Annual Projected  Outturn Over/ % YTD   
Budget Outturn Variance Under Variance Actual Note 
£000 £000 £000    £000                              
Employee Costs 7,886 7,946 (60) over (0.76%) 2,735 1, a              
Property Costs 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0                
Supplies & Services 171 186 (15) over (8.77%) 89 
Transport & Plant 9 4 5 under 55.56% 0                
Administration Costs 1,225 1,227 (2) over (0.16%) 424                
Payments to Other Bodies 214 214 0 - 0.00% 71                
Payments to Contractors 0 2 (2) over 0.00% 2                
Transfer Payments 0 0 0 - 0.00% 0                
Financing Charges 36 36 0 - 0.00% 2 
Total Controllable Exp. 9,541 9,615 (74) over (0.78%) 3,323                
Total Controllable Inc. (1,801) (1,776) (25) under
recovery 1.39% (256)                
Net Controllable Exp. 7,740 7,839 (99) over (1.28%) 3,067   
Variance Explanations
1. The projected overspend in Employee Costs is due to a lower than budgeted level of turnover anticipated during the
financial year. 
Budget Virements
a. Realignment of Resource turnover budget across Services: Net Effect £0.006m: Employee Costs £0.006m. 
32

Page 33

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Finance and Corporate Resources – Capital Budget
Monitoring 2026/2027 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide information on the progress of the capital programme for Finance and
Corporate Resources for the period 1 April 2026 to 7 August 2026
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the Finance and Corporate Resources capital programme of
£0.498 million, and forecast expenditure of £0.498 million, be noted.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. This is the second capital monitoring report presented to the Finance and Corporate
Resources Committee for the financial year 2026/2027.  Further reports will follow
throughout the year. 
3.2. The budget of £0.498 million for Finance and Corporate Resources reflects the budget
approved by the Executive Committee in June 2026.  There has been no change to
this budget since the last report to this Committee. 
3.3. The report details the financial position for Finance and Corporate Resources in
Appendix A. 
4. Employee Implications
4.1. There are no employee implications as a result of this report. 
5. Financial Implications
5.1. 2026/2027 Budget 
As detailed in Section 3.2, the revised capital programme for Finance and Corporate
Resources for 2026/2027 is £0.498 million. 
5.2. 2026/2027 Forecast 
Appendix A shows a forecast for the financial year of £0.498 million.  For information,
actual expenditure to 7 August is £0.049 million. 
6. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
6.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in terms
of the information contained in this report. 
5
33

Page 34

7. Risk and Other Implications
7.1. The main risk associated with the Council’s Capital Programme is that there is an
overspend.  The risk has been assessed as low given the detailed project
management plans prepared and monitored for each project.  The risk of overspend
is managed through four weekly Investment Management Meetings. 
8. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
8.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact assessment
is required. 
8.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in the report. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
2 September 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Ambitions/Objectives
 Accountable, Effective, Efficient and Transparent 
Previous References
 Finance and Corporate Resources Committee, 1 July 2026
 Executive Committee, 24 June 2026 
List of Background Papers
 Financial ledger to 7 August 2026 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please contact:
Graham Booth, Finance Manager (Strategy) 
Ext:  2699 (Tel:  01698 452699)
E-mail: graham.booth@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
34

Page 35

Appendix A 
South Lanarkshire Council
Capital Expenditure 2026/2027
Finance and Corporate Resources Programme
For Period 1 April 2026 – 7 August 2026 
Finance and Corporate
Resources Total Original
Budget 
£000
Budget
Adjustments
£000
Slippage
£000
Total
Budget
£000 
Forecast
Spend
£000 
Forecast
Variance
£000
Actual
Expenditure
£000
Information Technology Services  498 - - 498 498 - 49
TOTAL 498 - - 498 498 - 49 
35

Page 36

36

Page 37

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Finance and Corporate Resources – Workforce
Monitoring – 1 May to 31 July 2026 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide employment information for 1 May to 31 July 2026 relating to Finance
and Corporate Resources
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the following employment information for 1 May to 31 July 2026 relating to
Finance and Corporate Resources be noted:- 
 attendance statistics
 occupational health
 ikuaccident/incident statistics
 discipline, grievance and Dignity at Work cases
 analysis of leavers and exit interviews
 Staffing watch as at 13 June 2026 
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. As part of the Council’s performance management arrangements, regular workforce
monitoring reports are submitted to Committee.  This report for Finance and
Corporate Resources provides information on the position for 1 May to 31 July 2026. 
4. Monitoring Statistics
4.1. Attendance Statistics (Appendix 1) 
Information on absence statistics is analysed for the month of July 2026 for Finance
and Corporate Resources. 
The Resource absence figure for July 2026 was 4.2%, this figure has increased by
0.3% when compared to the previous month and is 0.2% lower than the Council-wide
figure.  Compared to April 2025, the Resource absence figure has increased by
1.2%. 
The Resource average figure for the financial year for 2026/2027 is 3.9% compared
to a Council-wide average figure of 5.3%.
6
37

Page 38

Managers follow the procedures outlined in the Maximising Attendance Policy to
support employees to remain at work, or to return to work after a sickness absence.
There are comprehensive employee supports in place and additionally, Personnel
Services work in close partnership with line managers and Resource Management
Teams on a case management basis to ensure that appropriate actions are taken. 
4.2. Occupational Health (Appendix 2) 
In terms of referrals to occupational health overall, 70 referrals were made this
period.  This figure remains unchanged when compared with the same period last
year. 
4.3. Accident/Incident Statistics
There were no accidents/incidents recorded and investigated within the Resource
during this period.  This figure remains unchanged when compared with the same
period last year. 
4.4. Discipline, Grievance and Dignity at Work (Appendix 2) 
During the period, 1 disciplinary hearing was heard by the Resource, which remains
the same when compared with the same period last year.  No appeals were heard by
the Resource which is a decrease of 1 when compared to the same period last year,
and no appeals were pending.  No Grievance complaints were raised; this figure
remains unchanged when compared with the same period last year. 1 Dignity at
Work complaint was raised within the Resource during the period, this figure has
increased by 1 when compared to the same period last year. 
4.5. Analysis of Leavers (Appendix 2a) 
There was a total of 4 leavers this period who were eligible for an exit questionnaire.
This figure has decreased by 4 when compared with the same period last year. 
Three exit questionnaires were completed in this period. 
5. Staffing Watch (Appendix 3) 
5.1. There has been an increase of 10 employees in the number of employees in post
from 14 March to 13 June 2026. 
6. Employee Implications
6.1. There are no implications for employees arising from the information presented in
this report. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1. All financial implications are accommodated within existing budgets. 
8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. There are no Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications in terms 
of the information contained within this report. 
9. Risk and Other Implications
9.1. There are no implications for sustainability or risk in terms of the information
contained within this report. 
10. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
10.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact
assessment is required.
38

Page 39

10.2. There was no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in this report. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
25 August 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Fair, open and sustainable
 Ambitious, self aware and improving
 Excellent employer
 Focused on people and their needs
 Working with and respecting others 
Previous References
 Finance and Corporate Resources – 1 July 2026 
List of Background Papers
 Monitoring information provided by Finance and Corporate Resources 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Eileen McPake, HR Business Manager
Ext: 4647 (Tel: 01698 454647)
E-mail:  Eileen.McPake@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
39

Page 40

2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 2.8 3.0 3.6 April 0.0 0.0 0.0 April 2.8 3.0 3.6 April 5.2 5.7 5.6
May 3.2 2.7 4.0 May 0.0 0.0 0.0 May 3.2 2.7 4.0 May 5.3 5.6 5.9
June 3.2 2.9 3.9 June 0.0 0.0 0.0 June 3.2 2.9 3.9 June 5.2 5.4 5.4
July 3.5 3.0 4.2 July 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 3.5 3.0 4.2 July 4.1 4.3 4.4
August 2.6 4.0 August 0.0 0.0 August 2.6 4.0 August 4.7 4.7
September 3.2 4.0 September 0.0 0.0 September 3.2 4.0 September 6.1 6.1
October 3.2 3.9 October 0.0 0.0 October 3.2 3.9 October 6.0 6.2
November 4.6 4.5 November 0.0 0.0 November 4.6 4.5 November 6.9 7.0
December 4.4 4.7 December 0.0 0.0 December 4.4 4.7 December 7.0 7.5
January 3.7 3.5 January 0.0 0.0 January 3.7 3.5 January 6.7 6.5
February 3.5 4.1 February 0.0 0.0 February 3.5 4.1 February 7.0 6.8
March 3.7 3.9 March 0.0 0.0 March 3.7 3.9 March 6.8 6.7
Annual Average 3.5 3.7 4.0 Annual Average 0.0 0.0 0.0 Annual Average 3.5 3.7 4.0 Annual Average 5.9 6.0 6.1
Average Apr  - Jul 3.2 2.9 3.9 Average Apr  - Jul 0.0 0.0 0.0 Average Apr  - Jul 3.2 2.9 3.9 Average Apr  - Jul 5.0 5.3 5.3
834 834 15987No of Employees at 31 July 2026
Resource Total
No of Employees at 31 July 2026
Appendix 1
Absence Trends - 2024/2025, 2025/2026 & 2026/ 2027
Finance and Corporate Resources
No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026
APT&C Council WideManual Workers
40

Page 41

May to Jul May to Jul
2025 2026
MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS
Number of Employees Attending
EMPLOYEE COUNSELLING SERVICE
Total Number of Referrals
PHYSIOTHERAPY SERVICE
Total Number of Referrals
REFERRALS TO EMPLOYEE SUPPORT
OFFICER 19 21
REFERRALS TO COGNITIVE BEHAVIOUR
THERAPY 0 0
TOTAL 70 70
May to Jul May to Jul
2025 2026
Total Accidents/Incidents 0 0
May to Jul May to Jul
2025 2026
Total Number of Hearings 1 1
Total Number of Appeals 1 0
Time Taken to Convene Hearing - 01 May to 31 July 2026
0-3 Weeks 4-6 Weeks Over 6 Weeks
0 1 0
May to Jul May to Jul
2025 2026
Number of Grievances 0 0
Still in Progress 0 0
May to Jul May to Jul
2025 2026
Number of Incidents 0 1
Still in Process 0 1
***Near Miss - Any unexpected, unplanned occurrence (except Dangerous Occurrences) that does
not lead to injury of persons, damage to property, plant or equipment but may have done so in
Appendix 2
FINANCE AND CORPORATE  RESOURCES
21 27
2 4
28 18
CAUSE OF ACCIDENTS/INCIDENTS
*A Specified Injury is any fracture (other than to the fingers, thumbs or toes), amputation, loss of
sight, serious burns, crushing injury, scalping, loss of consciousness caused by asphyxiation/ head
injury, a chemical or hot metal burn to the eye or penetrating injury as defined by the HSE.
**Over 3 day / over 7day absence is an injury sustained outwith specified injury category that
results in a period of absence of absence as defined by the HSE. 
RECORD OF DIGNITY AT WORK
****Physical violent incidents are included in the "Specified" figures, where applicable, to provide the
****Physical violent incidents and ***** Verbal Violent Incidents are included in the "Over 3-day or
Over 7-day" figures, where applicable, to provide the "Total Over 3-day or Over 7-day" figures.
****Physical Violent Incidents and ***** Verbal Violent Incidents are included in the "Minor" figures,
where applicable, to provide the "Total Minor" figures.
RECORD OF DISCIPLINARY HEARINGS
RECORD OF GRIEVANCE HEARINGS
41

Page 42

May to Jul May to Jul
2025 2026
Career Advancement 1 1
Child Caring / Caring Responsibilities 1 1
Moving outwith area 1 0
Personal Reasons 2 0
Poor relationship with managers / colleagues 1 0
Other 2 2
Total Number of Leavers Eligible for Exit Interview 8 4
Number of Exit Interviews conducted 2 3
Percentage of interviews conducted 25% 75%
ANALYSIS OF REASONS FOR LEAVING
Appendix 2a
FINANCE AND CORPORATE  RESOURCES
42

Page 43

As at 13 June 2026
Total Number of Employees
F/T P/T F/T P/T
188 21 375 241
Chief Officer Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Fixed SCP Teacher TOTAL
8.00 88.17 341.51 222.00 57.06 23.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 739.74
As at 14 March 2026
Total Number of Employees
F/T P/T F/T P/T
187 19 370 239
Chief Officer Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Fixed SCP Teacher TOTAL
8.00 79.92 341.57 222.38 56.06 23.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 730.93
Appendix 3
JOINT STAFFING WATCH RETURN
FINANCE AND CORPORATE RESOURCES
*Full - Time Equivalent No of Employees
Salary Bands
825
MALE FEMALE TOTAL
*Full - Time Equivalent No of Employees
Salary Bands
MALE FEMALE TOTAL
815
43

Page 44

44

Page 45

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Council-wide Workforce Monitoring – 1 May to 31 July
2026 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide employment information relating to the Council for the period 1 May to 31
July 2026
[1purpose] 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the following employment information for the period 1 May to 31 July
2026 relating to the Council be noted:- 
 attendance statistics
 occupational health
 accident/incident statistics
 discipline, grievance and Dignity at Work cases
 analysis of leavers and exit interviews
 recruitment monitoring
 staffing watch as at 13 June 2026
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. As part of the Council’s performance management arrangements, regular workforce
monitoring reports are submitted to the Committee.  This report for the Council
provides information on the position for the period 1 May to 31 July 2026. 
4. Attendance Statistics
4.1. Information on absence statistics for the Council and each Resource, as analysed for
July 2026, is provided in Appendices 1 to 8.  Points to note are:- 
The Council’s absence rate for July 2026, shown in Appendix 1, is 4.4% which
represents an a decrease of 1.0% when compared to the previous month and an
increase of 0.1% when compared to July 2025. 
When compared to July 2025, the APT&C absence rate has decreased by 0.1%, the
teachers’ figure has remained the same and the manual workers’ figure has
increased by 0.3%. 
The Council average figure for the financial year for 2026/2027 is 5.3%. 
7
45

Page 46

In comparison to July 2025 (Appendix 8):- 
 psychological and musculoskeletal conditions are the top 2 reasons for absence
 total days lost due to psychological conditions have increased by 396 days
 total days lost due to musculoskeletal conditions have increased by 210 days 
Managers follow the procedures outlined in the Maximising Attendance Policy to
support employees to remain at work, or to return to work after a sickness absence. 
There are comprehensive employee supports in place and additionally, Personnel
Services work in close partnership with line managers and Resource Management
Teams on a case management basis to ensure that appropriate actions are taken. 
5. Occupational Health
5.1. Information on Occupational Health for the period 1 May to 31 July 2026 is provided
in Appendix 9. 
 there were 489 employees referred for a medical examination, which is an
increase of 38 when compared to the same period last year.  Both
musculoskeletal and psychological conditions continue to be the main reason for
medical referrals
 a total of 490 employees attended physiotherapy treatment, showing an increase
of 29 when compared to the same period last year.  Of the 490 employees
referred, 70% remained at work whilst undertaking treatment
 A total of 422 employees were referred to the Employee Support Officer, an
increase of 21 when compared with the same period last year.  Of the referrals
made this period, 89% related to personal reasons
 106 employees were referred to the PAM Assist counselling service, an increase
of 34 when compared with the same period last year.  All the referrals made this
period were made directly by employees.  Personal reasons accounted for 19%
of the referrals made, 17% were for work related reasons and 64% was for other
reasons
 8 employees were referred for Cognitive Behavioural Therapy, a decrease of 3
when compared to the same period last year 
6. Accidents/Incidents
6.1. The accident/incident report for 1 May to 31 July 2026 is contained in Appendix 10. 
 the number of accidents/incidents recorded was 394, all 394 have been
investigated 
 4 specified injuries were recorded
 64 were minor accidents/incidents
 no accidents resulted in an absence lasting over 3 days
 1 accident resulted in an absence lasting over 7 days 
7. Discipline, Grievance, Dignity at Work Hearings and Mediation Referrals
7.1. Information on Disciplinary, Grievance Hearings, Dignity at Work and Mediation
Referrals for 1 May to 31 July 2026 is contained in Appendices 11, 12a and 12b.
46

Page 47

During the period:- 
 a total of 69 disciplinary hearings were held across Resources within the Council,
this figure has increased by 17 when compared to the same period last year
 action was taken in 64 cases and 5 appeals were submitted to be heard within
the Resource. Three were not upheld and 2 were pending, as at 31 July 2026
 2 Appeals were submitted to be heard by the Appeals panel
 our target is to convene disciplinary hearings within 6 weeks, 61% of hearings
met this target
 9 grievances were submitted, 3 of which were resolved and 6 are currently being
investigated
 8 Dignity at Work complaints were raised, all of which are currently being
investigated
 0 referrals for mediation were submitted 
8. Analysis of Leavers and Exit Questionnaires
8.1. Information on the number of leavers and exit questionnaires for the period 1 May to
31 July 2026 is contained in Appendix 13.  Exit questionnaires are sent to employees
who leave voluntarily.  This does not include planned retirements. 
Labour Turnover 
Using figures for 1 May to 31 July 2026 the Council’s turnover figure is 0.7%. 
Based on the figure at July 2026, the annual labour turnover figure for the financial
year 2026/2027 for the Council is 2.7%. 
8.2. Analysis of Leavers and Exit Questionnaires:- 
 there were 105 leavers eligible to complete an exit questionnaire, this represents
a decrease of 3 when compared with the same period last year
 a total of 35 exit questionnaires were completed which is an increase of 7 when
compared with same period last year 
9. Recruitment Monitoring
9.1. Information on Recruitment Monitoring for 1 May to 31 July 2026 is contained within
Appendix 14. 
From an analysis of Equal Opportunities Monitoring Forms, the main points to note
are:- 
 overall, 10,233 applications were received and all candidates completed the
Equal Opportunities Monitoring Form
 of those applicants who declared themselves as disabled (861), 519 were
shortleeted for interview and 53 were appointed
 of those applicants of a black/ethnic minority background (1363), 447 were
shortleeted for interview and 17 were appointed
 Of those applicants who are ex-armed forces (154), 72 were shortleeted for
interview and 10 were appointed 
10. Staffing Watch
10.1 There has been an increase of 195 in the number of employees in post from 14
March to 13 June 2026.  Details of the staffing watch are contained in Appendix 15.
47

Page 48

11. Employee Implications
11.1. There are no implications for employees arising from the information presented in
this report. 
12. Financial Implications
12.1. All financial implications are accommodated within existing budgets. 
13. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
13.1. There are no climate change, sustainability or environmental implications arising
from the information presented in this report. 
14. Risk and Other Implications
14.1. There are no implications for risk in terms of the information contained within this
report. 
15. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
15.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and therefore no impact
assessment is required. 
15.2. There was no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in this report. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
25 August 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Fair, open and sustainable
 Ambitious, self-aware and improving
 Excellent employer
 Focused on people and their needs
 Working with and respecting others 
Previous References
 Finance and Corporate Resources Committee – 1 July 2026 
List of Background Papers
 Monitoring information provided by Resources 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Elaine Maxwell, HR Business Manager
Ext: 4647 (Tel: 01698 454647)
E-mail:  Elaine.Maxwell@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
48

Page 49

2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024/
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024/
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024/
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 5.2 6.0 5.5 April 2.9 3.5 3.2 April 7.3 7.3 7.8 April 5.2 5.7 5.6
May 5.4 5.6 5.9 May 3.0 3.8 3.5 May 7.1 7.4 8.1 May 5.3 5.6 5.9
June 5.3 5.6 5.3 June 2.8 2.9 2.8 June 7.2 7.5 7.8 June 5.2 5.4 5.4
July 4.3 4.6 4.5 July 1.0 1.4 1.4 July 6.3 6.5 6.8 July 4.1 4.3 4.4
August 4.6 5.0 August 1.9 1.7 August 7.5 7.0 August 4.7 4.7
September 6.2 5.9 September 3.5 4.1 September 8.3 8.3 September 6.1 6.1
October 6.3 6.0 October 3.8 4.2 October 7.7 8.4 October 6.0 6.2
November 7.0 6.8 November 5.0 5.3 November 8.4 8.8 November 6.9 7.0
December 7.1 7.3 December 5.4 5.6 December 8.5 9.5 December 7.0 7.5
January 6.8 6.2 January 4.9 5.0 January 8.3 8.4 January 6.7 6.5
February 7.0 6.4 February 4.9 5.1 February 9.0 9.1 February 7.0 6.8
March 7.0 6.6 March 4.5 4.8 March 8.4 8.7 March 6.8 6.7
Annual Average 6.0 6.0 6.0 Annual Average 3.6 4.0 3.9 Annual Average 7.8 8.1 8.2 Annual Average 5.9 6.0 6.1
Average Apr  - Jul 5.1 5.5 5.3 Average Apr  - Jul 2.4 2.9 2.7 Average Apr  - Jul 7.0 7.2 7.6 Average Apr  - Jul 5.0 5.3 5.3
7453 3927 4607 15987
Appendix 1
Absence Trends - 2024/2025, 2025/2026 & 2026/ 2027
Council Wide
APT&C Teachers
No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026
Manual Workers Council Wide
No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026
49

Page 50

2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026/
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 3.5 3.5 5.0 April 6.8 7.2 7.8 April 6.3 6.6 7.3 April 5.2 5.7 5.6
May 2.6 2.6 5.4 May 6.3 7.4 8.0 May 5.9 6.6 7.6 May 5.3 5.6 5.9
June 3.6 3.6 4.7 June 6.4 7.4 7.3 June 6.0 6.8 6.9 June 5.2 5.4 5.4
July 3.6 3.6 5.8 July 4.5 5.9 5.9 July 4.4 5.5 5.9 July 4.1 4.3 4.4
August 2.5 2.5 August 6.2 6.7 August 5.7 6.1 August 4.7 4.7
September 3.5 3.5 September 7.5 8.2 September 6.9 7.4 September 6.1 6.1
October 3.3 3.3 October 7.2 8.2 October 6.7 7.4 October 6.0 6.2
November 3.3 3.3 November 8.3 8.6 November 7.6 7.7 November 6.9 7.0
December 4.6 4.6 December 8.1 9.1 December 7.4 8.4 December 7.0 7.5
January 4.1 4.1 January 7.8 8.0 January 7.2 7.4 January 6.7 6.5
February 3.6 3.6 February 8.7 9.0 February 7.9 8.1 February 7.0 6.8
March 4.8 4.8 March 8.2 8.6 March 7.4 8.0 March 6.8 6.7
Annual Average 3.6 3.6 4.2 Annual Average 7.2 7.9 8.0 Annual Average 6.6 7.2 7.4 Annual Average 5.9 6.0 6.1
Average Apr  - Jul 3.3 3.3 5.2 Average Apr  - Jul 6.0 7.0 7.3 Average Apr  - Jul 5.7 6.4 6.9 Average Apr  - Jul 5.0 5.3 5.3
615 3021 3636 15987
Appendix 2
Absence Trends - 2024/2025, 2025/2026 & 2026/ 2027
Community and Enterprise Resources
APT&C Council WideManual Workers Resource Total
No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026
50

Page 51

2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 5.4 6.8 5.7 April 2.9 3.5 3.2 April 4.0 4.9 4.3 April 5.2 5.7 5.6
May 6.0 6.6 6.7 May 3.0 3.8 3.5 May 4.4 5.0 4.9 May 5.3 5.6 5.9
June 5.5 6.3 5.4 June 2.8 2.9 2.8 June 4.1 4.4 3.9 June 5.2 5.4 5.4
July 3.2 3.8 3.1 July 1.0 1.4 1.4 July 2.0 2.4 2.2 July 4.1 4.3 4.4
August 3.9 4.4 August 1.9 1.7 August 2.8 2.8 August 4.7 4.7
September 6.6 5.8 September 3.5 4.1 September 4.9 4.8 September 6.1 6.1
October 6.5 6.6 October 3.8 4.2 October 5.0 5.2 October 6.0 6.2
November 7.8 8.2 November 5.0 5.3 November 6.2 6.6 November 6.9 7.0
December 8.6 8.5 December 5.4 5.6 December 6.8 6.9 December 7.0 7.5
January 8.0 7.2 January 4.9 5.0 January 6.3 5.9 January 6.7 6.5
February 8.4 7.5 February 4.9 5.1 February 6.5 6.1 February 7.0 6.8
March 8.3 7.8 March 4.5 4.8 March 6.2 6.1 March 6.8 6.7
Annual Average 6.5 6.6 6.4 Annual Average 3.6 4.0 3.9 Annual Average 4.9 5.1 5.0 Annual Average 5.9 6.0 6.1
Average Apr  - Jul 5.0 5.9 5.2 Average Apr  - Jul 2.4 2.9 2.7 Average Apr  - Jul 3.6 4.2 3.8 Average Apr  - Jul 5.0 5.3 5.3
3282 3927 7208 15987No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026
Appendix 3
Absence Trends - 2024/2025, 2025/2026 & 2026/ 2027
Education Resources
Council WideAPT&C Teachers Resource Total
51

Page 52

2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 2.8 3.0 3.6 April 0.0 0.0 0.0 April 2.8 3.0 3.6 April 5.2 5.7 5.6
May 3.2 2.7 4.0 May 0.0 0.0 0.0 May 3.2 2.7 4.0 May 5.3 5.6 5.9
June 3.2 2.9 3.9 June 0.0 0.0 0.0 June 3.2 2.9 3.9 June 5.2 5.4 5.4
July 3.5 3.0 4.2 July 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 3.5 3.0 4.2 July 4.1 4.3 4.4
August 2.6 4.0 August 0.0 0.0 August 2.6 4.0 August 4.7 4.7
September 3.2 4.0 September 0.0 0.0 September 3.2 4.0 September 6.1 6.1
October 3.2 3.9 October 0.0 0.0 October 3.2 3.9 October 6.0 6.2
November 4.6 4.5 November 0.0 0.0 November 4.6 4.5 November 6.9 7.0
December 4.4 4.7 December 0.0 0.0 December 4.4 4.7 December 7.0 7.5
January 3.7 3.5 January 0.0 0.0 January 3.7 3.5 January 6.7 6.5
February 3.5 4.1 February 0.0 0.0 February 3.5 4.1 February 7.0 6.8
March 3.7 3.9 March 0.0 0.0 March 3.7 3.9 March 6.8 6.7
Annual Average 3.5 3.7 4.0 Annual Average 0.0 0.0 0.0 Annual Average 3.5 3.7 4.0 Annual Average 5.9 6.0 6.1
Average Apr  - Jul 3.2 2.9 3.9 Average Apr  - Jul 0.0 0.0 0.0 Average Apr  - Jul 3.2 2.9 3.9 Average Apr  - Jul 5.0 5.3 5.3
834 834 15987No of Employees at 31 July 2026
Resource Total
No of Employees at 31 July 2026
Appendix 4
Absence Trends - 2024/2025, 2025/2026 & 2026/ 2027
Finance and Corporate Resources
No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026
APT&C Council WideManual Workers
52

Page 53

2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 5.3 5.6 5.7 April 7.2 4.8 5.5 April 6.1 5.3 5.7 April 5.2 5.7 5.6
May 5.2 4.5 5.3 May 8.1 5.7 5.2 May 6.4 5.0 5.3 May 5.3 5.6 5.9
June 5.7 5.1 5.5 June 8.4 6.0 5.6 June 6.8 5.5 5.5 June 5.2 5.4 5.4
July 5.3 5.2 5.4 July 8.6 6.4 5.5 July 6.7 5.7 5.5 July 4.1 4.3 4.4
August 5.5 5.4 August 8.8 6.0 August 6.9 5.7 August 4.7 4.7
September 7.5 5.9 September 7.4 6.7 September 7.5 6.2 September 6.1 6.1
October 7.3 5.7 October 6.0 7.1 October 6.8 6.3 October 6.0 6.2
November 6.8 6.9 November 6.2 7.8 November 6.5 7.2 November 6.9 7.0
December 6.4 6.6 December 5.8 8.9 December 6.2 7.5 December 7.0 7.5
January 7.0 5.2 January 6.2 5.9 January 6.7 5.5 January 6.7 6.5
February 7.0 6.1 February 7.1 5.8 February 7.0 6.0 February 7.0 6.8
March 6.8 5.6 March 5.9 5.5 March 6.4 5.6 March 6.8 6.7
Annual Average 6.3 5.7 5.8 Annual Average 7.1 6.4 6.3 Annual Average 6.7 6.0 6.0 Annual Average 5.9 6.0 6.1
Average Apr  - Jul 5.4 5.1 5.5 Average Apr  - Jul 8.1 5.7 5.5 Average Apr  - Jul 6.5 5.4 5.5 Average Apr  - Jul 5.0 5.3 5.3
890 579 1469 15987No of Employees at 31 July 2026No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026
Appendix 5
Housing & Technical Resources
Resource Total
Absence Trends - 2024/2025, 2025/2026 & 2026/ 2027
APT&C Manual Workers Council Wide
53

Page 54

2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
2024 /
2025
2025 /
2026
2026 /
2027
% % % % % % % % % % % %
April 6.5 7.0 6.1 April 8.8 9.4 9.4 April 7.3 7.8 7.1 April 5.2 5.7 5.6
May 5.8 6.6 5.7 May 9.5 8.6 10.2 May 7.0 7.2 7.2 May 5.3 5.6 5.9
June 6.0 6.6 6.1 June 9.2 8.7 11.1 June 7.0 7.3 7.7 June 5.2 5.4 5.4
July 6.5 6.8 6.4 July 11.2 9.0 11.2 July 8.0 7.5 8.0 July 4.1 4.3 4.4
August 6.9 7.1 August 11.4 8.7 August 8.4 7.7 August 4.7 4.7
September 7.2 7.7 September 12.0 10.0 September 8.8 8.5 September 6.1 6.1
October 7.5 7.0 October 11.0 10.1 October 8.6 8.0 October 6.0 6.2
November 8.1 6.6 November 10.0 10.1 November 8.7 7.8 November 6.9 7.0
December 7.0 7.6 December 11.6 11.2 December 8.5 8.8 December 7.0 7.5
January 6.7 7.0 January 11.3 11.4 January 8.2 8.4 January 6.7 6.5
February 7.0 6.6 February 11.6 11.9 February 8.5 8.3 February 7.0 6.8
March 7.5 6.9 March 10.7 11.1 March 8.6 8.3 March 6.8 6.7
Annual Average 6.9 7.0 6.7 Annual Average 10.7 10.0 10.5 Annual Average 8.1 8.0 8.0 Annual Average 5.9 6.0 6.1
Average Apr  - Jul 6.2 6.8 6.1 Average Apr  - Jul 9.7 8.9 10.5 Average Apr  - Jul 7.3 7.5 7.5 Average Apr  - Jul 5.0 5.3 5.3
1833 1007 2840 15987No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026 No of Employees at 31 July 2026
Appendix 6
Absence Trends - 2024/2025, 2025/2026 & 2026/ 2027
Social Work Resources
APT&C Council WideResource TotalManual Workers
54

Page 55

Appendix 7
Absence by long and short term
From: 1 May 2026 to 31 July 2026
Community and Enterprise 5987 2.0 5.6 7.6 1.7 5.2 6.9 1.0 4.9 5.9
Education 7208 1.8 3.1 4.9 1.1 2.8 3.9 0.2 2.0 2.2
Finance and Corporate 834 1.4 2.6 4.0 1.2 2.7 3.9 0.7 3.5 4.2
Housing & Technical 1469 1.6 3.7 5.3 1.6 3.9 5.5 1.6 3.8 5.4
Social Work 2840 2.1 5.1 7.2 2.1 5.6 7.7 2.0 6.0 8.0
Council Overall for May to July
2026 15987 4.0 1.9 5.9 1.5 3.9 5.4 0.8 3.6 4.4
Resource No of
employees
Total Long
Term %
Total Short
Term %
Resource
Total
Absence %
May 2026 June 2026
Total Short
Term %
Total Long
Term %
Resource
Total
Absence %
July 2026
Total Short
Term %
Total Long
Term %
Resource
Total
Absence %
55

Page 56

From : 1 July to 31 July 2026
Total
WDL % Total
WDL % Total
WDL % Total
WDL % Total
WDL %
Musculoskeletal 1536 33 674 21 1 0 429 27 947 24 3587 26
Psychological 1643 36 1087 34 371 54 566 35 1600 41 5267 38
Stomach, Bowel, Blood, Metabolic
Disorders 313 7 294 9 137 20 206 13 289 7 1239 8
Respiratory 255 6 164 5 14 2 114 7 201 5 748 5
Other Classification 878 19 956 30 158 23 285 9 864 22 3141 22
Total Days Lost By Resource 4625 3175 681 1600 3901 13982
Total Work Days Available
From : 1 July 2025 to 31 July 2025
Total
WDL % Total
WDL % Total
WDL % Total
WDL % Total
WDL %
Musculoskeletal 1318 32 774 22 38 8 454 2 793 21 3377 25
Psychological 1217 30 1310 37 241 50 631 15 1472 39 4871 36
Stomach, Bowel, Blood, Metabolic
Disorders 317 8 358 10 47 10 143 3 420 11 1285 10
Respiratory 226 5 189 5 40 8 126 2 325 9 906 7
Other Classification 1032 25 875 25 113 24 257 7 728 19 3005 22
Total Days Lost By Resource 4110 3506 479 1611 3738 13444
Total Work Days Available 49603
Education
Resources
Percentage
Housing and
Technical
Resources
Education
Resources
Reasons
Community and
Enterprise
Resources
Social Work
Resources Total WDL
By Reason Percentage
Finance and
Corporate
29338 49069
Appendix 8
Attendance Monitoring
Absence Classification
Reasons
Community and
Enterprise
Resources
Social Work
Resources Total WDL
By Reason
Finance and
Corporate
Housing and
Technical
Resources
145361
78085 144864 16337
74510 814 28351
56

Page 57

Appendix 9
Teachers Others
140 38 57 27 78 149
125 32 64 21 61 148
May - Jul 2025 May - Jul 2026 May - Jul 2025 May - Jul 2026
120 141 76 96
50 47 138 147
75 88 19 21
28 18 54 42
57 59 114 116
131 137 401 422
461 490
Reason May - Jul 2025 May - Jul 2026
Work Stress 10 18
Addicition 0 1 May - Jul 2025 May - Jul 2026
Personal 4 20 0 0
Anxiety/Depression 53 63 3 5
Bereavement 5 4 0 0
Total 72 106 0 0
2 1
6 2
11 8
No of Employees Referred To Employee Support Officer
Total
Finance and Corporate
Social Work
Housing and Technical
Total
Social Work
Not Disclosed
Resource
Education
Community and Enterprise
Finance and Corporate
Education
Housing and Technical
Social Work
Total
Analysis of Counselling Referrals by Cause
No of Employees Referred For Cognitive Behavioural Therapy
Resource
Community and Enterprise
Finance and Corporate
Housing and Technical
Education (Teachers)
Education (Others)
Resource
Community and Enterprise
Total (May - Jul 2026) 489
Total (May - Jul 2025) 451
No of Employees Referred For Physiotherapy
Occupational Health Reports
From: 1 May - 31 July 2026 comparison with 1 May - 31 July 2025
Medical Referrals
Community and
Enterprise
Education Finance and
Corporate
Housing &
Technical Social Work Totals
57

Page 58

2025 2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025 2026
Specified Injury 3 1 2 2 0 0 0 0 3 0 8 3
Specified Injury (Violence) 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 1
Total Specified Injury* 3 1 3 3 0 0 0 0 4 0 10 4
Over 7 Day 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0
Over 7 Day (Violence) 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1
Total Over 7 Day** 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 3 1
Over 3 Day 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Over 3 Day (Violence) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total Over 3 Day** 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Minor Injury 22 25 14 9 0 0 3 7 17 23 56 64
Near Miss 10 7 4 12 0 0 0 2 8 13 22 34
Violence (Physical) 12 14 233 215 0 0 0 0 12 16 257 245
Violence (Verbal) 3 3 28 27 0 0 3 5 8 11 42 46
Total Minor*** 47 49 279 263 0 0 6 14 45 63 377 389
Total Finalised 51 50 282 267 0 0 6 14 51 63 390 394
Accident 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Incident 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Violence (Physical) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Violence (Verbal) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Near Miss 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total to be investigated**** 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total Events/Month 51 50 282 267 0 0 6 14 51 63 390 394
**Over 3 Day /Over 7 Day absence relates to events outwith the specified injury category that resulted in an absence or inability to do normal work for more than 3/7 days (not including day of injury)
***A minor injury is an injury not covered by  Over 7 day, Over 3 day or Specified
****In process relates to records not yet investigated/defined by managers
*Specified Injury is any fracture (other than fingers/toes), amputation, loss or sight, serious burns, crushing injury, scalping, loss of consciousness caused by asphyxiation/ head injury, a chemical or hot metal burn to the eye or penetrating
injury as defined by the HSE
Appendix 10
Analysis of Accidents / Incidents
From: 1 May 2026 - 31 July 2026 comparison with 1 May 2025 - 31 July 2025
Accidents by Month of Occurrence
Community and
Enterprise Education Finance and Corporate Housing & Tech Social Work TOTAL
58

Page 59

APT&C Manual / Craft Teachers Total APT&C Manual / Craft Teachers Total
Community and Enterprise 3 33 N/A 36 0 3 N/A 3 3 30 N/A 33 9 12 15 58% 36.58
Education 3 N/A 4 8 0 N/A 0 0 3 1 4 8 2 3 3 63% 8.63
Finance and Corporate 1 0 N/A 1 0 0 N/A 0 1 0 N/A 1 0 1 0 100% 0
Housing and Technical 9 4 N/A 13 1 0 N/A 1 8 4 N/A 12 6 5 2 85% 13
Social Work 0 11 N/A 11 0 1 N/A 1 0 10 N/A 10 1 3 7 36% 11.36
Total  (May - Jul 2026) 16 48 4 69 1 4 0 5 15 45 4 64 18 24 27 61% 69
Total  (May - Jul 2025) 9 39 4 52 1 2 0 3 8 37 4 49 19 17 16 69%
APT&C Manual/ Craft Teachers Total APT&C Manual/ Craft Teachers Total APT&C Manual/ Craft Teachers Total
Total  (May - Jul 2026) 1 4 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 3 2
Total  (May - Jul 2025) 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0
*Resources nil responses are not included in figures
Appeal's Panel
From: 1 May - 31 July 2026
Appeal's Panel
Total 00 0 2 2 0
4-6
Upheld in Part Not Upheld
Upheld Upheld in Part Not Upheld Total Withdrawn Appeals pending to date
Resource
No of Appeals Outcome of Appeals
Appeals
Pending
APT&C Manual/ Craft Teachers Total
Upheld
Appendix 11
Record of Disciplinary Hearings
From: 1 May - 31 July 2026 comparison with 1 May - 31 July 2025
Resource
No of Disciplinary Hearings Outcome of Disciplinary Hearings No of weeks to convene Disciplinary Hearing
% Held within
6 Weeks
APT&C Manual/ Craft 6+Teachers Total
No Action Action Taken
3
59

Page 60

Appendix 12a
Record of Grievances
From: 1 May - 31 July 2026 comparison with 1 May - 31 July 2025
Grievances No of Grievances No Resolved at
Stage 1
No Resolved at
Stage 2
No Resolved at
Stage 3
Still in
Process
Community and Enterprise 0 0 0 0 0
Education 4 0 3 0 1
Finance and Corporate 0 0 0 0 0
Housing and Technical 3 0 0 0 3
Social Work 2 0 0 0 2
Total (May - Jul 2026) 9 0 3 0 6
Total (May - Jul 2025) 6 0 4 2 0
Dignity at Work
From: 1 May - 31 July 2026 comparison with 1 May - 31 July 2025
Dignity at Work No of Incidents No Resolved at
Informal Stage
No Resolved at
Formal Stage No of Appeals Appeals in
Process
Still in
Process
Community and Enterprise 1 0 0 0 0 1
Education 5 0 0 0 0 5
Finance and Corporate 1 0 0 0 0 1
Housing and Technical 0 0 0 0 0 0
Social Work 1 0 0 0 0 1
Total (May - Jul 2026) 8 0 0 0 0 8
Total (May - Jul 2025) 5 1 4 0 0 0
60

Page 61

Appendix 12b
Referrals for Workplace Mediation
Workplace Mediation May-26 Jun-26 Jul-26
No of Referrals 0 0 0
*No of Successful Cases 0 0 0
*No of Unsuccessful Cases 0 0 0
No of cases unsuitable for mediation 0 0 0
Workplace Mediation May-25 Jun-25 Jul-25
No of Referrals 1 1 2
*No of Successful Cases 0 0 0
*No of Unsuccessful Cases 0 0 0
No of cases unsuitable for mediation 0 0 1
*successful/unsuccessful case outcomes may be shown outwith the month they were referred.
As at 31 July 2026
61

Page 62

Appendix 13
From: 1 May - 31 July 2026
Reason for leaving Community and
Enterprise Education Finance and
Corporate
Housing &
Technical Social Work Total %
Career Advancement 5 13 1 6 7 32 30
Child Caring / Caring
Responsibilities 0 4 1 1 5 11 10
Disatisfaction with terms and
conditions 1 0 0 0 1 2 2
Further Education 0 1 0 0 0 1 1
Moving outwith area 1 0 0 0 3 4 4
Personal Reasons 5 7 0 2 7 21 20
Other 9 6 2 6 11 34 32
Total no. of leavers per
Resource eligible for an exit
questionnaire
21 31 4 15 34 105
Number of exit questionnaires
completed 1 15 3 5 11 35
% of leavers 5 48 75 33 32 33
From: 1 July - 31 July 2025
Total no. of leavers per
Resource eligible for an exit
questionnaire
25 33 7 11 32 108
Number of exit questionnaires
completed 5 11 1 2 9 28
% of leavers 20 33 14 18 28 26
* Note these totals include temporary employees
Analysis of leavers and exit questionnaires
62

Page 63

Applied Interviewed Appointed
% breakdown
of applications
received
% breakdown
of candidates
interviewed
% breakdown of
applicants
interviewed
(based on total
applications
received)
% breakdown of
appointments
(based on total
appointments
made)
*Working age
population in
South
Lanarkshire
%
**South
Lanarkshire
Council
workforce 
%
10233 4813 616 Male 48.3 25.74
3565 1613 223 35% 34% 16% 36% Female 51.7 74.26
6668 3200 393 65% 66% 31% 64% Disabled 17 1.35
861 519 53 8% 11% 5% 9% Not disabled 83 95.63
9372 4294 563 92% 89% 42% 91% Disability not disclosed NA 3.02
0 0 0 0% 0% 0% 0% Under 50 57.1 57.12
8061 3786 496 79% 79% 37% 81% Over 50 42.9 42.88
1429 747 114 14% 16% 7% 19% Minority Ethnic 5 2.48
743 280 6 7% 6% 3% 1% BME (subset of ME) 3 1.25
1919 690 50 19% 14% 7% 8% White Scottish and White Other British 92 67.14
1363 447 17 13% 9% 4% 3% ***Ethnicity not disclosed/provided NA 30.38
8068 3994 546 79% 83% 39% 89%
246 129 20 2% 3% 1% 3%
154 72 10 2% 1% 1% 2% ***30% of employees did not disclose their ethnicity
** Includes Black, Asian, and Mixed  ethnic backgrounds
Applied Interviewed Appointed % of Applicants
interviewed
% of Applicants
appointed
% of Interviewees
appointed
4844 2207 284 46% 6% 13%
1839 924 81 50% 4% 9%
3005 1214 200 40% 7% 16%
370 200 20 54% 5% 10%
3902 1739 221 45% 6% 13%
741 398 57 54% 8% 14%
886 293 25 33% 3% 9%
1954 922 88 47% 5% 10%
2569 1123 180 44% 7% 16%
32 15 1 47% 3% 7%
Appendix 14
Recruitment Monitoring
Analysis of Gender, Disability, Ethnicity and Age
From : 1 May - 31 July 2026
Total Number of applications received: 10233
Total Number of Equal Opportunities Monitoring forms received: 10233
Total Number of posts filled: 355
Total Number of appointments: 615
Total No of applicants age not disclosed
Gender / Disability / Ethnicity / Age Comparison demographic information
Total EO Forms Received
Total No of Male Applicants
Total No of Female Applicants
Total No of Disabled Applicants
Total No of applicants not disabled
Total No of applicants disability not disclosed
Total No of applicants aged under 50
Total No of applicants aged over 50
Total No of Minority Ethnic applicants*
Total No of BAME applicants**
Total No of White applicants*** * source - 2022 census
Total no of applicants ethnicity not disclosed **source - Mainstreaming Equalities Report 2025
Total No of Ex-armed forces applicants
*Includes, Asian, Black, Mixed and White Irish, Polish, Gypsy/Traveller, Roma, Showman/Showwoman, other white and other ethnic backgrounds.
*** Includes White Scottish and White Other British
From : 1 May - 31 July 2025
Total Number of applications received: 4858
Total No of Disabled Applicants
Total Number of Equal Opportunities Monitoring forms received: 4844
Total Number of posts filled: 184
Total Number of appointments: 290
Gender / Disability / Age
Total EO Forms Received
Total No of Male Applicants
Total No of Female Applicants
*includes Mixed, Asian, Black, White (Irish, Polish, Gypsy/Traveller, Roma, Showman/Showwoman,
** includes White Scottish and White Other British
Total No of applicants aged under 50
Total No of applicants aged over 50
Total No of BME applicants
Total No of Minority Ethnic applicants*
Total No of White applicants**
Total No of Veteran applicants
63

Page 64

Appendix 15
Resource Total F/T P/T F/T P/T Total Chief Officer Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Fixed SCP Teacher
Community & Enterprise Resources 3531 1303 366 254 1608 2458.07 4.00 1693.26 412.05 280.53 50.63 15.60 0.00 2.00 0.00
Education - Others 3229 91 83 559 2496 2269.15 6.00 1084.31 991.25 131.01 47.00 9.00 0.00 0.58 0.00
Education - Teachers 4097 673 122 2102 1200 3513.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3513.40
Finance & Corporate Resources 825 188 21 375 241 739.74 8.00 88.17 341.51 222.00 57.06 23.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Housing & Technical 1430 805 112 361 152 1326.53 3.00 203.36 713.35 364.04 32.09 9.00 0.00 1.69 0.00
Social Work Resources 2771 182 237 951 1401 2370.82 3.00 320.16 1447.35 471.38 95.33 31.60 0.00 2.00 0.00
9164.31 (excluding Teachers)
Total All Staff 15883 3242 941 4602 7098 12677.71 24.00 3389.26 3905.51 1468.96 282.11 88.20 0.00 6.27 3513.40
Resource Total F/T P/T F/T P/T Total Chief Officer Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6 Fixed SCP Teacher
Community & Enterprise Resources 3376 1235 341 254 1546 2361.13 4.00 1601.75 416.42 268.73 51.63 16.60 0.00 2.00 0.00
Education - Others 3195 95 85 545 2470 2237.93 6.00 1054.83 990.77 127.95 47.80 10.00 0.00 0.58 0.00
Education - Teachers 4116 672 127 2110 1207 3519.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3519.30
Finance & Corporate Resources 815 187 19 370 239 730.93 8.00 79.92 341.57 222.38 56.06 23.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Housing & Technical 1414 791 111 361 151 1311.88 3.00 204.17 698.81 363.72 30.49 10.00 0.00 1.69 0.00
Social Work Resources 2772 184 235 953 1400 2373.57 3.00 316.00 1447.12 477.52 96.33 32.60 0.00 1.00 0.00
9015.44 (excluding Teachers)
Total All Staff 15688 3164 918 4593 7013 12534.74 24.00 3256.67 3894.69 1460.30 282.31 92.20 0.00 5.27 3519.30
Quarterly Joint Staffing Watch Return : Number Employed On 13 June 2026
Analysis by Resource
Full-Time EquivalentTotal Number of Employees
Male Female Salary Band
Total Number of Employees Full-Time Equivalent
Male Female
Quarterly Joint Staffing Watch Return : Number Employed On 14 March 2026
Analysis by Resource
Salary Band
64

Page 65

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Early Retirement, Voluntary Severance and Switch 2 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 advise on activity related to early retirement (including ill health and flexible
retirement), voluntary severance, re-employment of early retirees and re-
deployment via Switch 2, during the period 1 October 2025 to 31 March 2026
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the content of the report be noted.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. The Council monitors activity relating to early retirement and redeployment.  This
includes reporting the number of early retirements, voluntary severance, ill health and
flexible retirement applications awarded within the period and any associated
employer costs.  It also reports on the number of employees who have been matched
to suitable, alternative roles within the period via the Switch 2 policy as a result of
service reviews that have taken place across the Council. 
3.2. The report covers activity from 1 October 2025 to 31 March 2026, compares this with
the same period last year, and summarises annual trends in respect of early
retirement, voluntary severance and Switch 2 approvals. 
4. Early Retirements (Efficiency of the Service/Voluntary Redundancy) and
Voluntary Severance
4.1. During the period, no early retirement or voluntary severance cases were considered. 
This represents no change compared to the same 6-month period last year. 
4.2. Personnel Services monitors and approves re-employment requests linked to early
retirement and voluntary severance; no requests were received during the 6-month
period, and this represents no change is the same position compared to last year. 
5. Early Retirements – Ill Health
5.1. The Local Government Pension Scheme (LGPS) regulations allow for 2 tiers of ill
health retirement if a member’s ill-health or infirmity of mind or body renders them
permanently incapable of discharging efficiently the duties of their current
employment.  Tier 1 relates to members with no reasonable prospect of obtaining
gainful employment before their state pension age.  Tier 2 relates to members with a
reasonable prospect of obtaining gainful employment before their state pension age. 
8
65

Page 66

5.2. The Scottish Teachers Pension Scheme (STPS) similarly has 2 levels of ill health
retirement: total incapacity benefits and partial incapacity benefits.  Total incapacity
benefit relates to members who are permanently unable to teach and assessed as
having their ability to carry out any work impaired by more than 90% and this is likely
to be permanent in the future.  Partial incapacity benefit relates to members who are
permanently unable to teach but able to undertake other employment. 
5.3. During the period, 35 ill health retirement applications were made, and 20 of these
requests were granted as detailed below.  Early retirement on the grounds of ill health
does not incur an employer cost. 
Resource  Ill health retirements
Community and Enterprise 6
Education 4
Housing and Technical 5
Social Work 5
Total 20 
5.4. The number of ill health retirement awards dropped by 13 when compared to the same
period last year based on a reduction in the number of applications meeting the criteria. 
6. Flexible Retirement
6.1. Both the local government and teachers’ pension scheme regulations allow employees
to access their pension benefits whilst continuing to work in a reduced capacity with
their employer’s consent. 
6.2. The Council reviewed its flexible retirement arrangements in 2025 following the
introduction of revised strain on the fund calculations by Strathclyde Pension Fund. 
These changes significantly increased the number of flexible retirement applications
that would incur an employer cost.  Following the review, a revised flexible retirement
policy was approved by the Finance and Corporate Resources Committee on 18
February 2026 which allows requests that result in an employer cost to be considered. 
6.3. During the period, 72 flexible retirement applications were made, and 17 of the
requests were approved as summarised below.  Of the total number of requests
received, 55 were declined as they did not meet the Council’s policy criteria in place
at the time.  Employees whose initial applications were declined under the previous
policy criteria, were given the opportunity to amend their requests based on the policy
change.  As a result, the number of flexible retirement applications is expected to
increase over the next 6-month period. 
Resource  Flexible
Retirements (local
government
employees)
Phased
Retirements/
Winding Down
(teachers)
Community and Enterprise 6 
Education/ Finance and Corporate/
Housing and Technical 5 1
Social Work  5 
Total 17
*The average age of flexible retirees was 61 years. This is 1 year less than the
same 6-month period last year. 
66

Page 67

6.4. The number of flexible retirement awards decreased by 24 when compared to the
same period last year, for the reasons outlined above.  However based on the
implementation of the amended policy an increase in flexible retirement awards has
been noted during the period April to September 2026. 
7. Switch 2
7.1. If an employee is displaced from their role as a result of a service review, they will be
redeployed to a suitable, alternative role in line with the Switch 2 policy.  This process
is co-ordinated centrally by Personnel Services. 
7.2. During the period, 9 employees and 11 modern apprentices were redeployed to
suitable alternative posts within the Council as follows:- 
Resource Employees Modern
Apprentices
Total
Community and
Enterprise
2 0 2
Housing and Technical 1 7 8
Social Work 6 4 10
Total 9 11 20 
7.3. Of the employees matched during the period, 8 were placed in permanent roles, and
12 employees into fixed term roles; suitable permanent posts will continue to be
identified for the employees currently placed in fixed term roles. 
7.4. The number of switch 2 matches decreased by 16 when compared to the same period
last year, and this is due to a reduced number of employees being displaced across
the Council. 
8. Annual trend analysis
8.1. Annual trend information is provided in Appendix 1.  This shows a general reduction
in the number of employees being awarded early retirement or redeployed compared
to the previous financial year, April 2024 to March 2025, as follows:- 
 no early retirement or voluntary severance awards were made, and this represents
no change
 forty-eight employees were awarded ill health retirement. This is a decrease of 12
and can be attributed to a drop in the number of employees meeting the ill health
criteria, as laid out in the pension scheme regulations
 seventy-two employees were awarded flexible retirement. This is a decrease of 40
and can be attributed to the number of applications which did not meet the policy
criteria in place when the request was made.  It is anticipated that the number of
applications will increase in future periods following the implementation of the
revised flexible retirement policy criteria
 forty-seven employees were redeployed via Switch 2, and this represents a
decrease of 64; this is due to a reduction in the number of employees who were
displaced from their role resulting from a service review 
9. Employee Implications
9.1. Where ill health retirement has not been granted, the capability process aligned to the
Maximising Attendance policy may be appropriate.  
67

Page 68

9.2. The early release of employees is managed by Personnel Services.  To this end, the
approval process for flexible retirement takes account of whether the residual vacant
hours will be filled, in order to ensure that service delivery is not adversely impacted
by the loss of vital skills and experience. 
9.3. Where employees have been displaced from their role due to a service review,
redeployment to a suitable alternative post will be considered via the Switch 2 process. 
10. Financial Implications
10.1. No early exit packages relating to early retirement or voluntary severance were
granted within the period therefore no associated costs were incurred. 
10.2. During the period, 3 flexible retirement applications where approved in line with the
revised policy criteria, incurring total costs of £2,262.  The costs were accommodated
from within existing budgets. 
11. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
11.1 There are no climate change, sustainability or environmental implications. 
12.  Risk and Other Implications
12.1. Employees have the right to invoke the internal dispute resolution process if their
application for retirement has not been granted. Stage 1 appeals are considered by
the Council and cases which are not upheld can be submitted to the Scottish Public
Pensions Agency at stage 2 and the Pensions Ombudsman as the final stage. 
13. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
13.1 This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required.   
13.2. All releases have been made in line with agreed policies and procedures. Trades
unions were consulted on the revised flexible retirement policy ahead of
implementation. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
8 September 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Excellent Employer
 Accountable, Effective, Efficient and Transparent 
Previous References
 Finance and Corporate Resources Committee 19 November 2025
 Finance and Corporate Resources Committee 18 February 2026 
List of Background Papers
 None 
68

Page 69

Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Danielle Lang, HR Business Manager (Operations)
Ext:  4132 (Tel:  01698 454132)
E-mail:  Danielle.Lang@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
69

Page 70

Annual Trend Analysis Appendix 1
Number of awards Apr 21
to  Mar
22
Apr 22
to Mar
23
Apr 23
to Mar
24
Apr 24
to Mar
25
Apr 25
to Mar
26
Early Retirement - Voluntary Severance 0 0 0 0 0
Early Retirement - ill Health 46 69 66 60 48
Flexible Retirement 126 128 156 112 72
Switch 2 90 28 30 111 47
Annual Period
70

Page 71

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Treasury Management Activity – 2026/2027 First
Quarter Review 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide a first quarter review of Treasury Management Activity for 2026/2027
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the contents of this report be noted.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1 In order to provide members with information on the Council’s Treasury Management
activities, a quarterly report is presented to this Committee.  This report covers the
period 1 April 2026 to 30 June 2026. 
4. Market Performance
4.1. At the time of writing the base rate was 3.75% and the Bank of England Asset
Purchase Programme (commonly referred to as its policy of quantitative easing) was
£522bn.  The Council’s Treasury Management Advisers are forecasting that the base
rate is likely to remain at 3.75% for the remainder of the financial year before a cut to
3.50% in the second quarter of 2027/2028. 
5. Debt Management and Borrowing Strategy
5.1. The Council began the year with debt of £1,012.109m with fixed rate loans from the
Public Works Loans Board (PWLB) making up 84.24% of the debt. 
5.2. Table 1 shows the movement in borrowing from 1 April 2026 to 30 June 2026.  Short
term borrowing reflects borrowing which will mature in the coming year, or where the
debt can be recalled in the coming year. 
Table 1 – Movement in Borrowing to 30 June 2026
Borrowing  Balance at
1/4/2026
£m
New
Borrowing
£m
Debt
Maturing
£m
Debt
Repaid
£m
Balance at
30/6/2026
£m
Inc/(Dec) in
Borrowing
£m
Short Term 221.615 76.000 (110.923) 0.00 186.692 (34.923)
Long Term 790.494 0.000 0.00 0.00 790.494 0.000
TOTAL 1,012.109 76.000 (110.923) 0.00 977.186 (34.923) 
9
71

Page 72

5.3. In 2012/2013, HM Treasury introduced a “certainty rate” to enable eligible local
authorities to access cheaper PWLB funding, with a 20-basis point (0.20%) reduction
on the standard rate.  South Lanarkshire Council has access to this reduced rate. 
5.4. The council has an expected borrowing requirement of £483.934 million for 2026/2027
including £278.860 million carried over from 2025/2026.  It is expected that only
£268.000 million of borrowing will actually need to be taken in 2026/2027.  This figure
does not include borrowing that will be both taken and repaid within the current
financial year. 
5.5. The Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources), under delegated powers,
will continue to take the most appropriate form of borrowing depending on the
prevailing interest rates at the time, taking into consideration the differential between
investment earnings and debt costs that remains high. 
5.6. No long-term borrowing has been taken so far in the current financial year.  Instead,
cash balances have been used to fund capital spend.  Borrowing to replace these
balances will be required going forward. 
5.7. Short-term borrowing of £76.000 million has been taken during 2026/2027 for cashflow
purposes.  This borrowing has been taken from other public bodies such as local
authorities, police/fire boards, and local government pension funds.  This figure
includes borrowing that has been both taken and repaid within the current financial
year. 
6. Investment Activity
6.1. On a daily basis, the Treasury Management section within Finance and Corporate
Resources manages the Council’s cash balances.  These balances can result from
day-to-day cash flow situations where income has been received before expenditure
has taken place, and from the balances held in earmarked reserves for use at a later
date.  It is the responsibility of the section to manage these funds.  The primary
consideration when making deposits is the security of funds. Secondary to this,
consideration is given to ensuring we have access to funds when necessary, and that
these funds are working as well as they can for the Council. 
6.2. The Prudential Indicators, Treasury Management Strategy and Annual Investment
Strategy Report for 2026/2027 was approved by South Lanarkshire Council on 25
February 2026.  This included details of permitted investments for the Council. 
6.3. Prior to depositing funds with any bank or building society, checks are made with the
Council’s treasury adviser that the institution is considered safe and that any deposit
conforms to their recommended time duration as determined by their Rating
Methodology.  This methodology uses credit ratings, rating watches and outlooks and
credit default swap (CDS) prices to establish a suggested time duration for deposits. 
6.4. Deposits made in the period 1 April 2026 to 30 June 2026 totalled £689.581 million.
This is the cumulative deposits placed over this period.  This is broken down per sector
and institution in Table 2.  76.50% of these deposits were made with the UK
Government through the Debt Management Office (DMO) deposit facility.  
72

Page 73

6.5. In order to manage their cash flow over the short term, local authorities, as part of
normal treasury management activity, will place money on deposit with other local
authorities.  Deposits placed with other local authorities account for 22.77% of
deposits.  The remaining 0.73% was placed in instant access call accounts with Bank
of Scotland. 
Table 2 – Investment Activity 1 April 2026 to 30 June 2026 
Counterparty
Deposit
Totals (£m)
% of
Total
Deposits
Average
Interest
Rate
Deposits in UK Government   
Debt Management Account Deposit Facility 527.540 76.50% 3.71%
Total Deposits in UK Government 527.540 76.50% 3.71%    
Deposits in UK Local Authorities 157.000 22.77% 4.20%    
Deposits in UK Banks and Building
Societies:   
Bank of Scotland 5.041 0.73% 3.51%
Total Deposits in UK Banks and Building
Societies 5.041 0.73% 3.51%
Total Deposits 01/04/2025 to 30/06/2026 689.581 100.00% 3.82% 
6.6. The average interest rates achieved from the deposits are also shown in Table 2. 
6.7. Actual deposits as at 30 June 2026 totalled £106.394 million. 
7. Management of Risk
7.1. It is recognised that no Treasury Management activity is without risk and practices are
put in place in order to limit risk.  As noted in section 6.2, the Treasury Management
Strategy was approved in February 2026 and set a framework for Treasury
Management activities in 2026/2027.  It also set limits on debt and investments in order
to mitigate risks. 
7.2. The Annual Investment Strategy for 2026/2027, also approved in February 2026,
included details on how risk would be managed for all permitted investments.  This
included criteria for placing deposits with the Debt Management Office (DMO), UK
Local Authorities, Banks and Building Societies and Money Market Funds. 
7.3. Part of the criteria for counterparties is meeting minimum credit ratings with the three
main rating agencies.  A credit rating evaluates the credit worthiness of an
organisation.  It is an evaluation made by a credit rating agency of the organisation’s
ability to pay back the debt and the likelihood of default. 
7.4. Tables 3 to 5 show a breakdown of deposits with details of the credit ratings of banks
and building societies used from 1 April 2026 to 30 June 2026.  Deposits with the DMO
are with the UK Government and so have a rating equivalent to the UK’s sovereign
rating.  Deposits with local authorities are considered to be of very high credit quality. 
73

Page 74

Table 3 – Fitch Ratings 
Long Term Rating Short Term Rating Deposits
Totals
Percentage
of Total
Deposits
Deposits with DMO / UK Government (AA-) 527.540m 76.50%
Deposits with Local Authorities 157.000m 22.77%
AA F1+ 0.024m 0.00%
AA- F1+ 5.017m 0.73%
Total  689.581m 100.00% 
Table 4 – Moody’s Ratings 
Long Term Rating Short Term Rating Deposits
Totals
Percentage
of Total
Deposits
Deposits with DMO / UK Government (Aa3) 527.540m 76.50%
Deposits with Local Authorities 157.000m 22.77%
A1 P-1 5.041m 0.73%
Total  689.581m 100.00% 
Table 5 – Standard and Poor’s Ratings 
Long Term Rating Short Term Rating Deposits
Totals
Percentage
of Total
Deposits
Deposits with DMO / UK Government (AA) 527.540m 76.50%
Deposits with Local Authorities 157.000m 22.77%
A+ A-1 5.041m 0.73%
Total  689.581m 100.00% 
7.5. The tables above show that 99.27% of deposits were made with counterparties of very
high credit quality (DMO / UK Government and other local authorities).  The remaining
0.73% were deposits in instant access accounts with Bank of Scotland. 
7.6. The graph at Appendix 1 shows the duration of deposits made from 1 April 2026 to 30
June 2026.  The graph shows that, since 1 April 2026, all deposits have been made
for 1 year or less.  The maximum maturity period of 124 days was for a deposit of
£5.000m to a local authority. 
8. Next Quarter Investment Plans
8.1. The current investment framework will be continued in the next quarter.  Deposits will
continue to be placed with the institutions where their ratings are consistent with the
Council’s approved criteria.  Deposits will also continue to be placed with the DMO
and UK local authorities. 
8.2. Treasury Bills will be used when they return a higher yield than deposits in the DMO
for the same, very low risk. 
8.3. We will continue to work with our Treasury Management Advisers to ensure we gain
all information available on counterparties before any deposits are made.  
74

Page 75

9. Treasury Management Indicators
9.1. The purpose of these indicators is to contain the activity of the treasury function within
certain limits, thereby managing risk and reducing the impact of an adverse movement
in interest rates.  However, if these are set to restrictive limits, they will impair the
opportunities to reduce costs/improve performance.  The indicators are detailed in
sections 9.2 to 9.5. 
9.2. Limits for External Debt: The operational and authorised limits for external debt for
2026/2027 were set in the Prudential Indicators, Treasury Management Strategy and
Annual Investment Strategy 2026/2027 approved by South Lanarkshire Council on 25
February 2026.  These are shown in Table 6, along with a column showing the
difference between the actual debt level and the limits (headroom). 
Table 6 – Limits for External Debt 
Estimate as
per 2026/27
Strategy
Minimum
Headroom
to Limits in
period
Headroom
as at
30/06/2026 
£m £m £m
Operational Limit for external debt 1,440.000 396.410 465.814
Authorised Limit for external debt 1,460.000 416.410 485.814 
9.3. The indicator shows that we have not breached the operational and authorised limits
to 30 June 2026.  There has been a minimum level of headroom of £416.410 million
between actual and authorised level for external debt in the period to 30 June 2026. 
9.4. Limits on Maturity Structure: By setting limits on the maturity structure of borrowing,
the exposure to large concentrations of debt needing to be replaced at the same time
in the future at currently unknown rates can be limited.  This effectively places a limit
on exposure to longer term interest rate movement. This is shown in Table 7. 
Table 7 – Limits on Maturity Structure 
Maturity Structure of Borrowing  
Upper
Limit 
Lower
Limit
Maximum
for period
to 30/06/26 
Actuals as
at 30/06/26
Under 12 months 60% 0% 24.25% 18.85%
12 months and 24 months 60% 0% 7.20% 7.20%
24 months and 5 years 60% 0% 25.10% 25.10%
5 years and 10 years 60% 0% 11.04% 11.04%
10 years and 20 years 60% 0% 2.83% 2.83%
20 years and 30 years 70% 0% 28.60% 28.60%
30 years and 40 years 80% 0% 6.38% 6.38%
40 years and 50 years 90% 0% 0.00% 0.00%
50 years and above 100% 0% 0.00% 0.00% 
9.5. The indicator shows that the upper limits for all maturity profiles have not been
breached to 30 June 2026.  
75

Page 76

10. Employee Implications
10.1. There are no employee implications. 
11. Financial Implications
11.1. The current rate of interest receivable has increased over recent months.  Any deposit
interest received offsets Loan Charges made to the Council’s Revenue budget. 
11.2. The costs of borrowing for capital expenditure have been built into the long-term
Revenue Budget Strategy. 
12. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
12.1. There are no implications for climate change or sustainability in terms of the
information contained in this report. 
12.2. There is also no requirement to carry out an environmental impact assessment in
terms of the information contained within this report. 
13. Risk and Other Implications
13.1. Section 7 of this report provides details of how investment risk is managed. 
14. Equality Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
14.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
14.2. There is no requirement to carry out any consultation in terms of the information
provided in this report. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
25 August 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent 
Previous References
 Prudential Indicators, Treasury Management Strategy and Annual Investment Strategy
2026/2027, South Lanarkshire Council, 25 February 2026 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Lorraine O’Hagan, Head of Finance
Ext:  2601 (Tel:  01698 452601)
E-mail: lorraine.o’hagan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
76

Page 77

0.000
10.000
20.000
30.000
40.000
50.000
60.000
70.000
80.000
90.000
100.000
110.000
120.000
130.000
140.000
Call 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 17 18 21 25 32 46 58 60 61 63 67 81 83 92 94 124
£m
Term (Days)
Maturity of Deposits 1st April 2026 - 30th June 2026
Appendix 1
77

Page 78

78

Page 79

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee 
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Prudential Indicators, Treasury Management Activity
and Annual Investment Report 2025/2026 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide an overview of the Treasury Management Activity and Prudential Code
Indicators for 2025/2026
 allow the Committee to scrutinise the proposed Annual Investment Report for
2025/2026
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the Treasury Management Activity Report for 2025/2026 (section 4 and
Appendix 1), be noted;
(2) that the 2025/2026 Treasury Management and Prudential Code Indicators
(section 5 and Appendix 2), be noted;
(3) that the Treasury Management Activity Report (Appendix 1) and the Treasury
Management and Prudential Indicators (Appendix 2) be referred to the
Executive Committee for noting;
(4) that the 2025/2026 Annual Investment Report (Appendix 3) be endorsed; and
(5) that the 2025/2026 Annual Investment Report (Appendix 3) be referred to the
Executive Committee prior to submission to the Council for formal approval in
line with The Local Government Investments (Scotland) Regulations 2010. 
3. Background 
3.1. The Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) Code of Practice
for Treasury Management requires councils to prepare an annual report on their
Treasury Management Activities.  The report covering the Council’s Treasury
Management Activity during 2025/2026 is summarised in Section 4 of the report and
provided in detail in Appendix 1. 
3.2. The Council’s capital programme is partly funded by planned borrowing.  The CIPFA
Prudential Code provides a framework to assist the management of the financial
implications of borrowing and helps to demonstrate that the borrowing is both
affordable and prudent.  The Code requires councils to prepare a series of financial
indicators that demonstrate affordability, prudence and sustainability with regard to
capital financing decisions. 
10
79

Page 80

3.3. Estimates of these indicators are reported to the Finance and Corporate Resources
Committee at the start of each year, with selected indicators then reported on an actual
basis at the end of the year.  The year end indicators for 2025/2026 are noted in
Section 5 of the report and detailed in Appendix 2. 
3.4. The Local Government Investments (Scotland) Regulations 2010 require local
authorities to prepare an Annual Investment Strategy before the start of the financial
year and an Annual Investment Report after the financial year end.  Both documents
are required to be approved by full Council. 
3.5. The Annual Investment Report for 2025/2026 is summarised in Section 6 of this report
with the detail in Appendix 3. 
3.6. The Annual Investment Strategy for 2025/2026, approved in February 2025,
recognised that any investment activity carries an element of risk.  Appendix 4 details
the investments that the Council were permitted to use in 2025/2026, the associated
risks and the controls and limits that were put in place to mitigate these risks. 
3.7. The figures contained within this report are taken or calculated from South Lanarkshire
Council’s Annual Accounts for 2025/2026. 
4. Treasury Management Activity 2025/2026
4.1. Appendix 1 details the Treasury Management Activity for 2025/2026. 
4.2. The Council ended the year with borrowing of £1,012.109m with fixed rate loans from
the Public Works Loans Board (PWLB) making up 84.24% of the debt.  Fixed rate
loans help to build in certainty to the calculation of future loan charges which forms a
significant element of the Council’s long term Revenue Budget Strategy. 
4.3. The Council’s pooled interest rate for 2025/2026 was 3.08% (4.22% in 2024/2025),
with an expenses rate of 0.08%.  The overall cost of borrowing will increase as debt
levels increase to fund the capital programme.  The financial impact of this planned
borrowing for capital expenditure has been built into the long-term Revenue Budget
Strategy. 
4.4. Total deposits at the end of the year totalled £60.043m with the level varying
throughout the year due to the timing of expenditure and receipts. 
4.5. During 2025/2026, the Council placed £2,099.246m of deposits on a cumulative basis. 
All deposits made by the Council were in line with approved lending limits and credit
rating criteria.  The level of investment return was £4.444m. 
5. Treasury Management and Prudential Code Indicators – 2025/2026 
5.1. The Council is required by the Prudential Code to report the actual prudential
indicators after the closure of the financial year.  Appendix 2 details the indicators for
2025/2026. 
5.2. The General Fund Capital Expenditure for 2025/2026 was £48.784m which is
£18.928m less than estimated in the Prudential Indicators, Treasury Management
Strategy and Annual Investment Strategy report presented to South Lanarkshire
Council in February 2026.  The details of this have been reported to the Executive
Committee over recent months, with a final position being reported on 24 June 2026.  
80

Page 81

5.3. The Housing Revenue Account Capital Expenditure in 2025/2026 was £85.782m
which is £1.958m less than the estimate reported to South Lanarkshire Council in
February 2026.  The details of this have been reported to the Executive Committee
over recent months, with a final position being reported on 24 June 2026. 
5.4. The Council’s gross borrowing position for 2025/2026 was £1,338.118m.  This
consists of external borrowing of £1,012.109m and the Public Private Partnership
(PPP) Finance Lease Liability of £326.009m.  Gross borrowing is less than the capital
financing requirement of £1,616.982m due to the fact that no long-term borrowing was
taken during 2025/2026. 
5.5. The Council used its significant cash balances available in lieu of the remainder of its
borrowing requirement for the year.  Borrowing before cash was required would incur
a cost of carry as the interest rates achievable on deposits continue to be less than
the interest rates on borrowing. 
5.6. By not taking any long-term borrowing during 2025/2026, interest costs for 2025/2026
were reduced and savings from this used to support the Revenue Budget Strategy
going forward. 
5.7. The Capital Financing Requirement for the General Fund is £7.784m lower than
forecast and for HRA is £5.300m lower than forecast. For both General Fund and HRA
this is mainly due to a reduction in borrowing required to fund their capital programmes. 
5.8. One indicator covers borrowing and sets limits on the level of borrowing that the
Council can have:  The Operational Limit for External Debt is the expected borrowing
position, but it can vary due to changes in the cash flow and temporary breaches are
acceptable.  In contrast, the Authorised Limit for External Debt represents the
maximum level of debt the Council can afford and should not be breached.  The
Council remained within both the Operational and Authorised Limit for External Debt
during 2025/2026. 
6. Annual Investment Report – 2025/2026
6.1. The Council is required by The Local Government Investments (Scotland) Regulations
2010 to prepare an Annual Investment Report after the financial year end.  The Annual
Investment Report for financial year 2025/2026 is detailed in Appendix 3 and
summarised below. 
6.2. During 2025/2026, the Council placed £2,099.246m of deposits on a cumulative basis. 
All deposits made by the Council were in line with approved lending limits and credit
rating criteria.  £2,072.980m (98.72%) of deposits were made with counterparties of
very high credit quality (UK Government – Debt Management Account Deposit Facility
(DMADF), and other local authorities).  The remaining £26.966m (1.28%) was
deposited in an instant access call account with Bank of Scotland. 
6.3. In order to manage liquidity risk the Council held an average of £9.515m in bank
accounts with instant access. 
6.4. No borrowing in advance was taken during 2025/2026. 
7. Employee Implications
7.1. None  
81

Page 82

8. Financial Implications
8.1. The financial impact from treasury activity and borrowing for capital expenditure has
been built into the long-term Revenue Budget Strategy. 
8.2. In 2025/2026 the amounts charged to the General Fund in relation to debt (loan
charges) totalled £36.013m.  HRA loan charges totalled £13.992m.  These costs were
met from within approved Revenue Budgets. 
9. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
9.1. There are no implications for climate change or sustainability in terms of the
information contained in this report. 
9.2. There is also no requirement to carry out an environmental impact assessment in
terms of the information contained within this report. 
10. Risk and Other Implications
10.1. South Lanarkshire Council recognises that any Treasury Management Activity will
carry an element of risk. It is important that risk is identified and controls put in place
to limit those risks. 
10.2. The Council has complied with all of the relevant statutory and regulatory requirements
which limit the levels of risk associated with its treasury management activities.  In
particular, its adoption and implementation of both the Prudential Code and the CIPFA
Treasury Management Code of Practice means both that its capital expenditure is
prudent, affordable and sustainable, and its treasury practices demonstrate a low-risk
approach. 
10.3. The CIPFA Treasury Management Code of Practice adopted by the Council, places
Credit and Counterparty risk at the forefront of treasury risks. 
10.4. South Lanarkshire Council recognises that any investment activity will carry an
element of risk.  It is important that risk is identified and controls put in place to limit
and manage those risks. 
10.5. Appendix 4 to this report details the investments that the Council was permitted to use
in 2025/2026, the associated risks and the controls and limits that were put in place to
mitigate these risks. 
11. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
11.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
11.2. There is no requirement to undertake any consultation in relation to the content of the
report. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
25 August 2026 
82

Page 83

Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Value: Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent 
Previous References
 Prudential Indicators, Treasury Management Strategy and Annual Investment Strategy
2025/2026, South Lanarkshire Council, 26 February 2025
 Treasury Management Activity – 2025/2026 Third Quarter Review, Finance and
Corporate Resources Committee, 18 February 2026 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Lorraine O’Hagan, Head of Finance (Strategy)
Ext: 2601 (Tel: 01698 452601)
E-mail: lorraine.o’hagan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
83

Page 84

Appendix 1
Treasury Management Activity Report 2025/2026 
1. Background
1.1. The Annual Treasury Management Activity Report is a requirement of the Council’s
reporting procedures and covers 2025/2026. The report also includes the Treasury
Management Indicators for 2025/2026 in accordance with the requirements of the
CIPFA Code of Practice for Treasury Management in the Public Sector and actual
Prudential Indicators for 2025/2026 in accordance with the requirements of the
Prudential Code. 
2. Introduction
2.1. The Council’s treasury management activities are regulated by a variety of
professional codes and statutes and guidance. 
2.2. The Local Government in Scotland Act 2003 (the Act), which provides the powers to
borrow and invest as well as providing controls and limits on this activity:
▪ The Act permits the Scottish Ministers to set limits either on the Council or
nationally on all local authorities restricting the amount of borrowing which may be
undertaken (although no restrictions were made in 2009/2010).
▪ Statutory Instrument (SSI) 29 2004, requires the Council to undertake any
borrowing activity with regard to the CIPFA Prudential Code for Capital Finance in
Local Authorities, and therefore to operate the overall treasury function with regard
to the CIPFA Code of Practice for Treasury Management in the Public Services.
▪ This Council has adopted the CIPFA Code of Practice for Treasury Management
in the Public Sector and operates its treasury management service in compliance
with this Code and the above requirements. These require that the prime objective
of treasury management activity is the effective management of risk, and that its
borrowing activities are undertaken in a prudent, affordable and sustainable basis.
2.3. The CIPFA Code of Practice requires reports to be made on its treasury management
policies, practices and activities, including, as a minimum, an annual strategy and plan
in advance of the year, a mid-year review and an annual report after its close. 
2.4. This report will cover: 
▪ A summary of the strategy agreed for 2025/2026,
▪ The Council’s treasury position at 31 March 2026,
▪ Economic Background for 2025/2026,
▪ Actual Performance During 2025/2026,
▪ Risk Management, and
▪ Treasury Management and Prudential Indicators (see Appendix 2). 
3. The Strategy Agreed for 2025/2026
3.1. At the time of determining the strategy for 2025/2026, economic and interest rate
forecasting remained difficult with many external influences weighing on the UK. 
3.2. Public Works Loans Board (PWLB) rates and gilt yields were expected to remain
volatile as markets reacted to emerging economic data, with the overall long-term
trend being for them to decrease slightly during 2025/2026.  
84

Page 85

3.3. The differential between investment earnings and debt costs was expected to remain
high throughout 2025/2026. This “cost of carrying” would have to be considered if
borrowing was taken before our cash flow required funds as returns on deposits were
expected to remain lower than the rate paid on borrowing. 
3.4. The borrowing strategy adopted was to monitor interest rates, undertake planned
borrowing at the best time, while investigating opportunities where possible to improve
the management of our existing loan portfolio. 
3.5. The main consideration when investing surplus funds was to be the security of the
transaction. Liquidity would then be considered, and investments would only be made
for prudent time periods. Only after considering security and liquidity would the yield
to be gained from the investment be considered. 
3.6. The Executive Director of Finance and Corporate Resources would apply appropriate
restrictions to the Council’s counterparty list to ensure the security of deposits. 
4. Treasury Position at 31 March 2026
4.1. The Council began the year with debt of £1,030.762m of which 94.32% was fixed
rate loans from the PWLB. By 31 March 2026, debt had decreased to £1,012.109m
with fixed rate loans from the Public Works Loans Board (PWLB) making up 84.24%
of the debt. 
4.2. Table 1 below shows the movement in borrowing to 31 March 2026. 
Table 1 – Movement in Borrowing from 1 April 2025 to 31 March 2026. 
Balance as
at
01/04/2025
£m 
New
Borrowing
£m 
Debt
Maturing
£m 
Debt
Repaid
£m 
Balance as
at
31/03/2026
£m
Increase/
Decrease
in
Borrowing
£m
Short Term
Borrowing 170.153 336.500 (355.153) 0.00 151.500 (18.653)
Long Term
Borrowing 860.609 0.000 0.00 0.00 860.609 0.000
TOTAL
BORROWING 1,030.762 336.500 (355.153) 0.00 1,012.109 (18.653) 
4.3. The Treasury Position at the 31 March 2026 compared with the previous year is shown
in Table 2. 
85

Page 86

Table 2 – Treasury Position as at 31 March 2026 
31 March 2026 31 March 2025 
Principal Average
Rate
Principal Average
Rate
Fixed PWLB £852.609m 3.93% £972.262m 3.78%
Total Fixed Rate Debt £852.609m 3.93% £972.262m 3.78%
Market £8.000m 5.09% £8.500m 5.46%
Temporary Borrowing £151.500m 4.68% £50.000m 5.38%
Total Variable Rate Debt £159.500m 4.70% £58.500m 5.39%
Total Debt £1,012.109m 4.05% £1,030.762m 3.87%
Total Deposits £60.043m 6.06% £23.582m 5.38%
4.4. The gross debt position decreased by £18.653m from 31 March 2025, accounted for
by repayments of PWLB (£119.653m) and repayments of market loans (£0.500m)
offset by a net increase in temporary borrowing taken for cashflow purposes
(£101.500m).
4.5. The Council’s pooled cost of borrowing is measured on an equated debt basis which
takes account of how the Council’s capital expenditure was funded throughout the
year. The pooled interest cost together with the expenses rate for 2025/2026 and the
previous two years is shown in Table 3. 
Table 3 – Pooled Cost of Borrowing
Year Loans Fund
Pooled Rate
Loans Fund
Expenses Rate
2025/26 3.08% 0.08%
2024/25 4.22% 0.06%
2023/24 4.12% 0.07%
5. Economic Background for 2025/2026
5.1. The base rate began the year at 4.50%, and following a series of decreases by the
Bank of England ended the year at 3.75%. 
5.2. Gilt yields and PWLB rates were volatile throughout 2025/2026. The average PWLB
rates at the start of 2025/2026 was 5.68%. This increased to a peak of 6.18% in March
2026 before falling back to 6.03% by the 31 March 2026. 
5.3. Details of significant interest rates during 2025/2026 are shown in Table 4. 
Table 4 – Significant Interest Rates  
Borrowing Rates 
Bank
Base
Rate
1
Year
PWLB
5
Year
PWLB
10
Year
PWLB
20
Year
PWLB
30
Year
PWLB
40
Year
PWLB
50
Year
PWLB
High 4.50% 5.28% 5.47% 5.88% 6.37% 6.45% 6.38% 6.24%
Average 4.04% 4.52% 4.82% 5.38% 5.98% 6.08% 6.01% 5.82%
Low 3.75% 4.25% 4.56% 5.13% 5.71% 5.80% 5.71% 5.46%  
86

Page 87

6. Actual Performance during 2025/2026
6.1. Capital expenditure for the year was £134.566m. During 2025/2026 no long-term
borrowing was taken. 
6.2. The Council had a borrowing requirement of £615.373m for 2025/2026, including
£237.667m carried over from previous years. 
6.3. The report to South Lanarkshire Council on Service Concessions in January 2023
introduced a strategy that recognised the level of reserves and cash balances held
by the council to reduce the need to borrow for this funding requirement. After taking
these into account, the Council had an expected borrowing requirement of
£482.064m for 2025/26. 
6.4. During 2025/2026, the Council placed £2,099.246m of deposits on a cumulative
basis. All deposits made by the Council were in line with approved lending limits and
credit rating criteria. The level of investment return was £4.444m. Further details on
deposits are included in the annual investment report within this Committee paper.
7. Risk Management
7.1. The Council has complied with all of the relevant statutory and regulatory
requirements which limit the levels of risk associated with its treasury management
activities. In particular, its adoption and implementation of both the Prudential Code
and the CIPFA Treasury Management Code of Practice mean both that its capital
expenditure is prudent, affordable and sustainable, and that its treasury practices
demonstrate a low risk approach. 
7.2. Investment Risk 
The main consideration when investing surplus funds is the security of the
transaction. Through adoption on the CIPFA Code of Practice and through the
Council’s Annual Investment Strategy, the Council mitigates risks associated with all
our permitted investments. 
7.3. Interest Rate Risk
The Council’s capital programme is funded in part by borrowing. Consideration has
always been given to the optimum time to borrow funds to ensure cash flow is
maintained, that any risks of increasing borrowing interest rates are minimised and
that takes into account the level of cash balances available to the Council. 
8. Treasury Management and Prudential Indicators
8.1. The Treasury Management and Prudential Indicators are detailed in Appendix 2 to
this report.
87

Page 88

Appendix 2
Treasury Management and Prudential Indicators 2025/2026 
1. Treasury Management Indicators 2025/2026
1.1. The Treasury Management Code includes Treasury Management Indicators which
are to be reported alongside the Treasury Strategy.
1.2. The purpose of these is to contain the activity of the treasury function within certain
limits, thereby managing risk and reducing the impact of an adverse movement in
interest rates. The indicators are detailed below. 
2. Maturity Structure of Borrowing 
2.1. By setting limits on the maturity structure of borrowing, the exposure to large
concentrations of fixed rate debt needing to be replaced at the same time in the
future at currently unknown rates can be limited. This effectively places a limit on
exposure to longer term interest rate movement. 
Maturity Structure of Borrowing 
Upper
Limit
Lower
Limit
Maximum
for period
to 31/03/26
Actuals as
at 31/03/26
Under 12 months 30% 0% 23.04% 0.00%
12 months and 24 months 40% 0% 21.90% 21.90%
24 months and 5 years 50% 0% 23.31% 21.09%
5 years and 10 years 60% 0% 22.21% 20.09%
10 years and 20 years 60% 0% 3.59% 3.25%
20 years and 30 years 70% 0% 26.37% 23.86%
30 years and 40 years 80% 0% 10.84% 9.81%
40 years and 50 years 90% 0% 0.00% 0.00%
50 years and above 90% 0% 0.00% 0.00% 
3. Total Principal Sums Invested for Greater Than 364 days 
3.1. The investment regulations introduced by the Scottish Government allowed the
Council to invest for periods in excess of 364 days. The Treasury Management Code
requires local authorities to set an upper limit for each forward financial year period
for investments longer than 364 days. The purpose is to contain the exposure to the
possibility of loss that might arise as a result of having to seek early repayment of
principal sums invested. 
3.2. South Lanarkshire Council set a limit restricting investments for periods in excess of
364 days to no more than £10m and for no more than 5 years. 
3.3. No investment was made during 2025/2026 for a period in excess of 364 days. 
88

Page 89

4. Statutory Repayment of Loans Fund Advances 
4.1. The Scottish Government introduced The Local Authority (Capital Financing and
Accounting) Scotland Regulations 2016 with effect from 1 April 2016. These
regulations require the statutory loans fund to be administered in accordance with
the 2016 Regulations, proper accounting practice and prudent financial
management. 
4.2. The Council’s capital programmes are partly funded by planned borrowing which is
advanced from the Council’s Loans Fund. Repayment of these advances is made
each year and forms part of the Council’s revenue expenditure. Borrowing to fund
the capital programmes therefore creates a liability to repay those advances from
future years’ budgets. The Council is required to report on the commitment to repay
loans fund advances. 
4.3. The General Fund had an opening balance of £864.800m advances from the Loans
Fund. During 2025/2026 new advances of £10.288m were made to part fund the
Capital Programme, while repayments of £8.590m were made from the Council’s
revenue expenditure. This left a closing balance of £866.498m to be repaid over the
next 50 years. 
4.4. The HRA had an opening balance of £323.666m advances from the Loans Fund.
During 2025/2026 new advances of £15.762m were made to part fund the HRA
Capital Programme, while repayments of £4.405m were made from the HRA. This
left a closing balance of £335.023m to be repaid over the next 40 years. 
4.5. The tables below show the repayment profile of the outstanding loans fund advances
for both General Fund and HRA as at 31 March 2026. The tables do not include any
planned borrowing that may be taken in future years to fund the ongoing capital
programmes. 
General Fund
Opening
Balance
New
Advances  Repayments
Closing
Balance
2025/26 864.800 10.288 (8.590) 866.498
2026/27 866.498 0.000 (7.741) 858.757
2027/28 – 2030/31 858.757 0.000 (30.804) 827.953
2031/32 – 2035/36 827.953 0.000 (48.752) 779.201
2036/37 – 2040/41 779.201 0.000 (87.845) 691.356
2041/42 – 2045/46 691.356 0.000 (112.115) 579.241
2046/47 – 2050/51 579.241 0.000 (143.091) 436.150
2051/52 – 2055/56 436.150 0.000 (177.103) 259.047
2056/57 – 2060/61 259.047 0.000 (157.077) 101.970
2061/62 – 2065/66 101.970 0.000 (74.094) 27.876
2066/67 – 2070/71 27.876 0.000 (20.724) 7.152
2071/72 – 2075/76 7.152 0.000 (7.152) 0.000 
89

Page 90

Housing Revenue
Account
Opening
Balance
New
Advances  Repayments
Closing
Balance
2025/26 323.666 15.762 (4.405) 335.023
2026/27 335.023 0.000 (9.672) 325.351
2027/28 – 2030/31 325.351 0.000 (41.888) 283.463
2031/32 – 2035/36 283.463 0.000 (54.845) 228.618
2036/37 – 2040/41 228.618 0.000 (45.249) 183.369
2041/42 – 2045/46 183.369 0.000 (46.498) 136.871
2046/47 – 2050/51 136.871 0.000 (51.710) 85.161
2051/52 – 2055/56 85.161 0.000 (39.877) 45.284
2056/57 – 2060/61 45.284 0.000 (31.823) 13.461
2061/62 – 2065/66 13.461 0.000 (13.461) 0.000 
4.6. The Council’s strategy for managing debt includes the early repayment of some
loans within the Loans Fund. These repayments result in reduced principal and
interest payments in future years and are necessary to keep loan charges affordable. 
5. Prudential Code Indicators 2025/2026 
5.1. The Prudential Code enables Councils to take responsibility for deciding an
affordable level of borrowing to fund capital expenditure. This moves away from the
previous regime through which central government gave Councils consent to borrow
defined amounts for capital expenditure. 
5.2. To meet the objectives of the Code, the Council is required to report a number of
indicators, use those to demonstrate the affordability and sustainability of our capital
plans and to show that good treasury management practice is adhered to. 
90

Page 91

6. Capital Expenditure and Borrowing Requirement indicators 
6.1. Capital Expenditure 
6.1.1 This indicator shows the actual capital expenditure for 2025/2026. The 2025/2026
estimate is also shown. 
Estimate 
£m
Actual 
£m
Over /
(Under)
£m 
General Fund Capital Expenditure  67.712  48.784  (18.928)
Funded by:   
Borrowing 19.037 10.288 (8.749)
Capital receipts and grants 45.687 37.454 (8.233)
Revenue contributions 2.988 1.042 (1.946)
Total Funding 67.712 48.784 (18.928) 
HRA Capital Expenditure  87.740  85.782  (1.958)
Funded by:   
Borrowing 21.061 15.762 (5.299)
Capital receipts and grants 31.046 44.205 13.159
Revenue contributions 35.633 25.815 (9.818)
Total Funding 87.740 85.782 (1.958) 
6.1.2. The General Fund Capital Expenditure for 2025/2026 was £48.784m which is
£18.928m less than estimated in the Prudential Indicators, Treasury Management
Strategy and Annual Investment Strategy report presented to South Lanarkshire
Council in February 2026. The details of this have been reported to the Executive
Committee over recent months, with a final position being reported on 24 June 2026. 
6.1.3. The Housing Revenue Account Capital Expenditure in 2025/2026 was £85.782m
which is £1.958m less than the estimate reported to South Lanarkshire Council in
February 2026. The details of this have been reported to the Executive Committee
over recent months, with a final position being reported on 24 June 2026. 
6.2. Councils Borrowing Requirement (the Capital Financing Requirement) 
6.2.1. The Council’s Capital Financing Requirement (CFR) is the total outstanding capital
expenditure which has not yet been paid for from either revenue or capital resources.
It is essentially a measure of the Council’s requirement to borrow for past and
present capital expenditure and is comparable to the actual borrowing taken and
finance lease liability. 
6.2.2. The Council is required to pay off an element of the accumulated balance of
borrowing every year through a charge to the revenue account. 
6.2.3. Over the medium-term borrowing should only be for a capital purpose. Gross
borrowing should not, except in the short term, exceed the CFR for 2025/2026 plus
any additional capital financing requirement over 2026/2027 and the following two
financial years. The table below demonstrates that the Council has complied with
this requirement  
91

Page 92

6.2.4. The Capital Financing Requirement for the General Fund is £7.784m lower than
forecast and for HRA is £5.300m lower than forecast. For both General Fund and
HRA this is mainly due to a reduction in borrowing required to fund their capital
programmes 
31 March
2026
Estimate
£ m
31 March
2026
Actual
£ m
Over /
(Under) 
£m
General Fund Capital Financing
Requirement 1,289.730 1,281.946 (7.784)
HRA Capital Financing Requirement 340.336 335.036 (5.300) 
Total Capital Financing Requirement 1,630.066 1,616.982 (13.084)    
Treasury Position as at 31 March 2026   
Borrowing 1,033.108 1,012.109 (20.999)
PPP Finance Lease Liability 324.109 326.009 1.900
Gross Debt 1,357.217 1,338.118 (19.099) 
6.2.5. The Council’s gross borrowing position for 2025/2026 was £1,338.118. This consists
of external borrowing of £1,012.109m and the PPP Finance Lease Liability of
£326.099m. Gross borrowing is less than the capital financing requirement of
£1,616.982m due to the fact that no long-term borrowing was taken during
2025/2026. 
6.2.6. The Council used the significant cash balances it had available in lieu of the
remainder of its borrowing requirement.  Borrowing before cash was required would
incur a cost of carry as the interest rates achievable on deposits continue to be less
than the interest rates on borrowing. 
6.2.7. By not taking any long-term borrowing during 2025/2026, interest costs for
2025/2026 were reduced and savings from this used to support the Revenue Budget
Strategy going forward. 
6.3. Limits to Borrowing Activity 
6.3.1. The Operational Boundary for external debt is based on the expected maximum
external debt that could be faced in the course of the year. It is set to accommodate
the borrowing requirements and also includes sufficient scope to allow for changes
to the capital programme throughout the year. This limit may be breached during the
year, and this will be reported in the Prudential report presented to Committee after
year end. 
6.3.2. The Authorised Limit for External Debt represents a limit beyond which external
debt is prohibited. It represents the level of external debt which could be afforded in
the very short-term, but is not sustainable in the longer term without consideration to
revenue budgets. This limit would not be breached without the Finance and
Corporate Resources Committee being advised. 
92

Page 93

2025/2026
£ m
Operational Limit for External Debt 1,340.000
Authorised Limit for External Debt 1,360.000
Maximum Borrowing Position During the Period 1,118.262
Operational Limit for Other Liabilities (PPP/Finance Lease) 335.000
Authorised Limit for Other Liabilities (PPP/Finance Lease) 335.000
Maximum PPP/Finance Lease Liability 326.009 
6.3.3. The table demonstrates that during 2025/2026, the Council maintained its borrowing
within the Authorised Limits and Operational Boundaries for External Debt.
7. Affordability Indicators 
7.1. Ratio of Financing Costs to Net Revenue Stream 
7.1.1. This indicator focuses on the extent to which the Council’s net revenue budget is
used for servicing debt. This is shown for both General Fund and HRA.   
2025/26
Estimate
£ m
2025/26
Actual
£ m
General Fund Ratio of Financing Costs to
Net Revenue Stream (expressed as %) 4.86% 4.70%
HRA General Fund Ratio of Financing Costs
to Net Revenue Stream (expressed as %) 10.81% 11.42% 
7.1.2. For the General Fund, the ratio is lower than forecast. This is mainly due to statutory
charges for the repayment of leases and the PPP liability being lower than forecast. 
7.1.3. For the HRA, the ratio is higher than forecast due to income being lower than
forecast.  
93

Page 94

Appendix 3 
Annual Investment Report 
1. Permitted Investments 
1.1. During 2025/2026 South Lanarkshire Council only used the following permitted
investments 
▪ Deposits with the Debt Management Account Deposit Facility
▪ Deposits with UK Local Authorities
▪ Deposits with Banks and Building Societies 
1.2. Deposits made in the period 1 April 2025 to 31 March 2026 totalled £2,099.946m.
This is broken down per sector and institution in the table below. 88.30% of these
deposits were made in the UK Government through the Debt Management Account
Deposit Facility (DMADF). 
Counterparty
Deposit
Totals (£m)
% of
Total
Deposits
Average
Interest
Rate
Deposits in UK Government   
Debt Management Account Deposit
Facility 1,854.280 88.30% 4.01%
Total Deposits in UK Government 1,854.280 88.30% 4.01%    
Deposits in UK Local Authorities 218.700 10.42% 4.71%    
Deposits in UK Banks and Building
Societies   
Bank of Scotland 26.966 1.28% 3.93%
Total Deposits in UK Banks 26.966 1.28% 3.93%
Total Deposits 01/04/2025 to 31/03/2026 2,099.946 100.00% 4.08% 
1.3. The average interest rates achieved from the deposits are shown in the table above. 
1.4. Actual deposits as at 31 March 2026 totalled £60.043m. 
2. Risk Management 
2.1. The following minimum Long Term Rating thresholds were set in the strategy for all
deposits with banks and building societies, including Certificate of Deposits.  The
maximum deposit is also noted. 
Rating Agency Long Term
Rating
Maximum
Deposit
£m
Fitch A- 20
Moody’s A3 20
Standard and Poors A- 20 
94

Page 95

2.2. Prior to depositing funds with any bank or building society, checks are made with the
Council’s treasury adviser, MUFG, that the institution is considered safe and that any
deposit conforms to their recommended time duration as determined by their Rating
Methodology. This methodology uses credit ratings, rating watches and outlooks and
credit default swap (CDS) prices to establish a suggested time duration for deposits. 
2.3. The tables below show a breakdown of deposits with details of the credit ratings of
banks and building societies used from 1 April 2025 to 31 March 2026. Deposits with
the DMADF are with the UK Government and so have a very high credit rating.
Deposits with local authorities are considered to be of very high credit quality despite
most local authorities not having formal credit ratings. 
Fitch Ratings
Long Term
Rating
Short Term Rating Deposits Totals Percentage of
Total Deposits
Deposits with DMO/UK Government (AA-) 1,854.280m 88.30%
Deposits with Local Authorities 218.700m 10.42%
AA- F1 26.966m 1.28%
Total  2,099.946m 100.00% 
Moody’s Ratings
Long Term
Rating
Short Term Rating Deposits Totals Percentage of
Total Deposits
Deposits with DMO/UK Government (Aa3) 1,854.280m 88.30%
Deposits with Local Authorities 218.700m 10.42%
A1 P-1 26.966m 1.28%
Total  2,099.946m 100.00% 
Standard and Poor’s Ratings
Long Term
Rating
Short Term Rating Deposits Totals Percentage of
Total Deposits
Deposits with DMO/UK Government (AA) 1,854.280m 88.30%
Deposits with Local Authorities 218.700m 10.42%
A+ A-1 26.966m 1.28%
Total  2,099.946m 100.00% 
2.4. The tables show that 98.72% of deposits were made with counterparties of very high
credit quality (UK Government - DMADF and other local authorities). All deposits
made by the Council were in line with approved lending limits and credit rating
criteria. 
2.5. In order to manage liquidity risk the Council held an average of £9.515m in bank
accounts with instant access. 
2.6. No deposits were placed for periods in excess of 364 days. 
3. Borrowing in Advance 
3.1. No borrowing in advance was taken during 2025/2026.
95

Page 96

Appendix 4
Permitted Investments  - 2025/2026 
Investment Treasury Risks Mitigating Controls Limits
Deposits with the
Debt Management
Account Deposit
Facility
This is a deposit with
the UK Government
and so credit risk is
very low. 
Liquidity risk has to be
considered as
deposits can only be
broken with the
agreement of the
counterparty and
penalties may apply. 
There is no market
risk as the principal
sum invested is not
affected by market
prices. 
There are no mitigating
controls required. 
There is no maximum
monetary limit. 
A maximum term of
deposit of six months
as set by the Debt
Management Office.
Deposits with UK
Local Authorities and
other bodies defined
as local authorities in
the Local
Government Scotland
Act 2003
(And Equivalent
English Act)
These are considered
to be quasi UK
Government
investment and as
such credit risk is very
low. 
Liquidity risk has to be
considered as
deposits can only be
broken with the
agreement of the
counterparty and
penalties may apply. 
There is no market
risk as the principal
sum invested is not
affected by market
prices. 
There are no mitigating
controls required. 
The maximum
deposit with any local
authority will be £20m
for deposits less than
one year. 
Deposits in excess of
one year will be
subject to a maximum
term of deposit of
three years and be
limited to £10m.
Deposits with Banks
and Building
Societies
These tend to be low
risk but credit risk will
be higher than
deposits placed with
the DMO or UK local
authorities. 
Liquidity risk has to be
considered as
deposits can only be
broken with the
agreement of the
counterparty and
penalties may apply. 
The counterparty
selection criteria
restricts lending only to
high quality
counterparties,
measured initially by
credit ratings from
Fitch, Moody’s and
Standard and Poors. 
Additional indicators of
creditworthiness will
also be considered prior
to placing any deposits. 
The maximum
deposit with any bank
or building society will
be £20m. 
A maximum term of
deposit of 364 days.
96

Page 97

Investment Treasury Risks Mitigating Controls Limits
There is no market
risk as the principal
sum invested is not
affected by market
prices. 
Liquidity risk can be
controlled by the use of
instant access call
accounts. 
Certificates of Deposit
with Banks and
Building Societies
These are short to
medium term dated
marketable securities
issued by financial
institutions. 
These tend to be low
risk investments but
credit risk will be
higher than deposits
placed with the DMO
or UK local
authorities. 
Liquidity risk is lower
than placing a deposit
with a Bank or
Building Society as
these can be sold on
the market. 
There is a risk of
capital loss arising
from selling ahead of
maturity.
The counterparty
selection criteria
restricts lending only to
high quality
counterparties,
measured initially by
credit ratings from
Fitch, Moody’s and
Standard and Poor’s. 
Additional indicators of
creditworthiness will
also be considered prior
to using this type of
instrument. 
Market risk would be
mitigated by holding the
instrument to maturity.
The maximum
investment with any
bank or building
society will be £20m. 
A maximum period of
investment of 364
days.
UK Government Gilts
and Treasury Bills
These are marketable
securities issued by
the UK Government
and as such credit risk
is very low. 
Liquidity risk is very
low as there is a huge
market for Gilts and
Treasury Bills 
There is a risk of
capital loss arising
from selling ahead of
maturity.
There are no mitigating
controls required for
credit risk as the
investment is with the
UK Government. 
Market risk would be
mitigated by holding the
instrument to maturity.
There is no maximum
limit to investments in
UK Gilts or Treasury
Bills for maturities
less than one year
and a limit of £10m
for maturities greater
than one year. 
The maximum period
of investment will be
five years.
AAA Rated Bonds
Issued by Multilateral
Development Banks
These are bonds
issued by
supranational bodies
such as the European
Investment Bank or
World Bank and as a
result are backed by
several sovereign
states and as such
credit risk is very low. 
As the investment is
effectively spread
across a number of
sovereign states, the
Council will mitigate the
credit risk of holding
such bonds by
considering the
sovereign rating of the
underlying sovereign
states and only holding
The maximum
amount that will be
invested in AAA
Rated Bonds issued
by Multilateral
Development Banks
is £10m. 
The maximum period
of investment will be
five years.
97

Page 98

Investment Treasury Risks Mitigating Controls Limits
Liquidity risk is very
low as there is a large
market for
Supranational Bonds. 
There is a risk of
capital loss arising
from selling ahead of
maturity.
bonds that have a AAA
rating. 
Market risk would be
mitigated by holding the
instrument to maturity.
AAA Rated Money
Market Funds
Money market funds
are pooled funds that
invest in short-term
money market
instruments and other
debt instruments. 
The underlying
investments are
diversified and Credit
risk, liquidity risk and
market risk are all
very low. 
Investments in these
MMFs are highly
liquid (same day
liquidity).
Money Market Funds
will only be used where
they have obtained a
AAA rating from the
credit rating agencies. 
In addition to the credit
rating, Money Market
Funds will also be
assessed for suitability
on fund size, the
strength of the
custodian and the
stability of invested
capital.
Investments in Money
Market Funds will be
limited to 0.5% of the
Money Market Fund
Balance and to no
more than £10m in
any one Fund. 
Investments in
Sterling Government
Money Market Funds
which only invest in
Sterling denominated
short term debt
securities issued by
the UK Government
will be restricted to
2% of the Money
Market Fund size and
to no more than £10m
in any individual
Money Market Fund. 
Loans to Third Parties These are service
investments which
may exhibit credit risk
and are likely to be
highly illiquid.
Any new types of loans
to third parties should
be approved by
Members through the
appropriate Committee
with full consideration of
the service rationale
behind the loan and the
likelihood of partial or
full default and the
impact that this will
have on service
budgets. 
98

Page 99

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Revenue Collection and Approval for Write-Offs 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 advise Committee of Revenue Collection performance for financial year
2026/2027 to 31 August 2026
 advise Committee of the position regarding the Non-Domestic Rates
Incentivisation Scheme (NDRIS) for financial year 2026/2027 
 seek approval for write-offs 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that performance in the collection of revenue be noted;
(2) that the current position in respect of NDRIS be noted; and
(3) that write-offs for the following be approved:-
 Council Tax  £2,235,476.12
 Non-Domestic Rates £1,489,336.93
 BID Levy £8,195.04
 Sundry Debt   £618,595.09
 Housing Rent and associated charges              £244,156.90  
3. Background
3.1. Responsibility for the collection of Council Tax, Non-Domestic Rates (NDR) and
Sundry Debt is the responsibility of Finance and Corporate Resources.  This report
and the attached appendix provide information on collection performance and
proposals for write-off. 
4. Current Collection Performance
4.1. The first table in Appendix 1 presents the collection performance for Council Tax, NDR
and Sundry Debts for financial year 2026/2027. 
4.2. The annual Council Tax collection target for 2026/2027 has been set at 95.6%. Council
Tax collection is currently 50.97%, equal to target and equal to comparable
performance in 2025/2026. 
4.3. A Non-Domestic Rates (NDR) collection target of 98.0% has been set for 2026/2027. 
NDR collection is currently 42.2%, equal to target and behind comparable
performance in 2025/2026 by 0.5%.  
11
99

Page 100

4.4. The 2026/2027 annual target for Sundry Debt collection has been set at 97.8%. 
Sundry Debt collection to 31 August 2026 was 98.4%, ahead of target by 0.6% and
ahead of comparable performance in 2025/2026 by 1.1%. 
5. Arrears Collection Performance
5.1. Arrears collection performance for Council Tax, NDR and Sundry Debt is presented in
the second table of Appendix 1. 
5.2. The 2026/2027 arrears annual target for Council Tax has been set at £3.000 million,
with collection to 31 August 2026 of £1.790 million, ahead of target by £0.139 million
(4.6%) and ahead of comparable performance in 2025/2026 by £0.049 million. 
5.3. The 2026/2027 arrears target for NDR has been set at £2.000 million, with collection
to 31 August 2026 of £1.435 million, ahead of target by £0.042 million (2.1%) and
behind comparable performance in 2025/2026 by £0.090 million. 
5.4. The 2026/2027 arrears target for Sundry Debt was set at £11.301 million, with
collection to 31 August 2026 of £8.248 million, ahead of target by 0.1% and behind
comparable performance in 2025/2026 by £3.144 million. 
6. Non-Domestic Rates Incentivisation Scheme
6.1. The Non-Domestic Rates Incentivisation Scheme (NDRIS), formally known as the
Business Rates Incentivisation Scheme is a Scottish Government initiative to
incentivise growth of the local business tax base, with a view to increasing NDR
income yields. 
6.2. The Scottish Government sets annual targets for growth (buoyancy) and Councils who
achieve their target retain 50% of the additional income generated above the target. 
The buoyancy target is a measure of the increase in the total rateable value of the
non-domestic properties on the Valuation Roll (including certain categories of public
undertakings). 
6.3. The provisional buoyancy target for South Lanarkshire Council in 2026/2027 has set
by the Scottish Government at 0.9%.  This is a measure of the increase in the total
rateable value of the non-domestic properties on the Valuation Roll (including certain
categories of public undertakings). 
6.4. Performance against the NDRIS target will be reported to Committee on a quarterly
basis.  Buoyancy to the end of June 2026, was 0.12%. 
6.5. The tax base must achieve growth of more than 0.78% during the remaining three
quarters of the financial year to secure additional income under the scheme. 
7. Proposals for Write Off
7.1. Approval for write-off of the following irrecoverable debts is requested from Committee. 
The Council has the power to write-off accounts where the debtor is deceased,
sequestrated, in liquidation or the debt is prescribed or where the debt is deemed
uneconomical to pursue. 
7.2. The proposed write-off of Council Tax accounts dating from 1993/1994 to 2026/2027
totals £2,235,476.12 relating mainly to prescribed debt, sequestrations and estates of
the deceased.  This includes the bulk write off of prescribed debt for financial year
2004/2005.  
100

Page 101

7.3. The value of accounts currently marked for write-off in the Non-Domestic Rates
system totals £1,489,336.93.  These debts are deemed to be irrecoverable because
the debtor is in liquidation, has ceased trading or has been sequestrated. 
7.4. Approval is sought for the write-off of Business Improvement District (BID) Levies
totalling £8,195.04, administered by the Council on behalf of the Hamilton, Carluke
and Lanark BID companies.  There is no financial impact on the Council for these write
offs. 
7.5. Following consultation and agreement with Resources, the proposed write-off of
Sundry Debt totals £618,595.09.  Appendix 2 provides a breakdown of the proposed
write-off over categories. 
7.6. Approval is sought for the write-off of former tenant rent arrears of £244,156.90. 
7.7. A full list of all debts proposed for write-off is held by the Executive Director (Finance
and Corporate Resources). 
8. Employee Implications
8.1. None. 
9. Financial Implications
9.1. Provision is available for the financial impact of all write offs. 
10. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
10.1. There are no direct climate change, sustainability and natural environment implications
arising from this report. 
11. Risk and Other Implications
11.1. The main risk associated with the Council’s revenue collection is a failure to monitor
collection rates and take effective corrective action where required, resulting in a
significant reduction in collection performance and Council funding.  The risk is
managed through monthly performance reporting and review of performance at
monthly Senior Management Meetings. 
12. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
12.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
12.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in the report. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
1 September 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Ambitious, self-aware and improving  
101

Page 102

Previous References
 Finance and Corporate Resources Committee – 1 July 2026 
List of Background Papers
 System Reports from Council Tax, Non-Domestic Rates, Sundry Debt and Academy
Housing 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Craig Fergusson, Head of Finance (Transactions) 
Ext:  4951  (Tel:  01698 454951)
E-mail:  craig.fergusson@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
102

Page 103

Appendix 1        
SOUTH LANARKSHIRE COUNCIL        
REVENUES COLLECTION        
FOR PERIOD ENDING 31 AUGUST 2026         
Annual Budget           
Cash Target  Actual Variance   % Variance   
Budget to 31/08/26 to 31/08/26 to 31/08/26   to  Notes 
£000's £000's £000's £000's    annual budget          
FINANCIAL YEAR 2026/2027       
Council Tax 181,643  96,814     96,814          0 over 0.0% 
Non-Domestic Rates 420,486     181,067      181.121         54 over 0.0% 
Sundry Debt 125,275     125,275 126,030   755 over 0.6% 
ARREARS        
Council Tax 3,000      1,651 1,790   139       over  4.6% 
Non-Domestic Rates 2,000    1,393        1,435           42  over           2.1% 
Sundry Debt       11,301        8,239       8,248             9        over          0.1% 
103

Page 104

Appendix 2 
BREAKDOWN OF PROPOSED
SUNDRY DEBT WRITE-OFF 
Resource Service No. of Accounts Value (£)
Housing & Technical Capital Repairs / Rechargeable
Repairs 
288               108,353.94 
Estates (Commercial Rent) / H&T
General / Housing Support Service 
118                393,958.00
Community and Enterprise  Bereavement / Care of Gardens /
Roads / General / Waste 
13                 14,911.21
Education / Finance and Corporate  Education General  9    1,878.89
Social Work Residential Services / Social Work
General 
6   99,493.05 
Total                     434    618,595.09 
104

Page 105

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources 
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide an update to committee on the revised Addiction and Substance Misuse
Policy
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the proposed Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy attached at Appendix
2 of the report, be endorsed and referred to the Executive Committee for
approval.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. The Council’s Addiction Policy was last updated in January 2010, therefore, it required
to be reviewed and refreshed.  The policy in its current form had provided support on
a voluntary self-referral and management referral basis for alcohol, substance misuse,
gambling issues and other recognised addictions. 
4. Addiction and Substance Misuse - Improvements Introduced
4.1. The revised policy has been rebranded Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy and
reflects the updated definitions, modern substance misuse risks and strengthens the
emphasis on early interventions, support and prevention, reinforcing employee and
manager responsibilities under the Councils Code of Conduct. 
4.2. The aim of the revised policy is to encourage employees to seek help as early as
possible if they have substance misuse problems.  This will be supported by improved
education and awareness campaigns and training for managers and employees to
ensure both understand their responsibilities.  It will also continue to ensure the
Council continues to meet its duty of care to its employees but also communicate that
employees and managers have a personal responsibility and must take reasonable care
of themselves and anyone who could be affected in the workplace. 
4.3. Being under the influence of alcohol and drugs can seriously impair an individual’s
judgement, concentration and reactions leading to an increased risk of accidents and
injuries.  The aim of the policy is to ensure the safety of all employees, workers, and
visitors and the wider community (when delivering services) by having clear rules in
place regarding use and possession of alcohol and drugs, and to support those who
have reported a problem with alcohol or drug dependence.  
12
105

Page 106

4.4 The 2026 proposed policy modernises the 2010 policy, which was a largely reactive
procedure-led approach to a clearer preventative governance led and risk aware
approach.  The rebranded approach details greater management accountability,
broader definitions and has stronger assurance controls, with expanded support
mechanisms.  However, it does maintain the core principle of addiction being treated
as a health issue alongside health, safety and conduct responsibilities.  A fuller
summary of the changes provided by the new policy is detailed in Appendix 1. 
5. Revised Policy Launch
5.1 The Policy attached at Appendix 2, subject to approval, will be relaunched and
implemented on a phased approach to ensure effective and consistent application
across the council.  This will include:- 
 a coordinated communication plan to ensure all employees are aware of the
revised policy, the standards expected of them and the support available
 targeted training for managers and relevant personnel, focusing on early
identification of concerns, managing sensitive conversations, application of policy
and procedures, and escalation routes where risks are identified
 partnership working with the trade unions as part of the rollout to support
understanding of the policy framework and its practical application 
This approach is intended to embed the revised policy within day-to-day management
practice, promote a culture of prevention and support and ensure risks associated with
substance misuse are managed consistently and proportionately. 
6. Outcomes from Consultation with the Trade Unions
6.1. The Trade Unions have worked collaboratively on the wording of the revised policy,
recognising the importance of the policy, specifically in the definitions and ensuring
that the policy reflects modern day issues, covering all appropriate supports and that
the launch of the revised policy includes bespoke training for managers/personnel and
trade unions. 
7. Ongoing Monitoring and Review
7.1. It is proposed that the effectiveness of the revised policy and associated training and
communication arrangements is monitored on an ongoing basis.  This will include
consideration of:- 
 management confidence and capability in applying the policy
 trends in referrals to Occupational Health or other support services
 incidents or Concerns relating to impairment at work
 feedback from managers, employees and Trade Unions 
This monitoring will inform any future refinement of the policy framework and provide
assurance that risks associated with substance misuse are being actively managed in
the absence of formal testing arrangements. 
8. Training and Communication to Managers
8.1. This Policy provides a strengthened framework of prevention, with management
accountability and clear behavioural standards aligned to the Employee Code of
Conduct.  
106

Page 107

8.2. All employees are required to attend work for duty free from the effects of alcohol or
drugs, in accordance with their contractual obligations and the standards set out in the
Code of Conduct and is reinforced through policy, procedure and management
oversight. 
8.3. The revised Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy will be supported by targeted
training and guidance for managers to ensure that early identification of concerns,
timely intervention, and appropriate use of management processes where conduct,
capability or safety issues arise. 
8.4. Managers are responsible for addressing suspected impairment at work through
existing procedures, including risk assessment processes, temporary removal of
duties through the Disciplinary procedures, and referral to Occupational Health or
other appropriate services. 
8.5. A comprehensive communication and awareness programme will accompany the
policy rollout, ensuring that employees and managers clearly understand their
responsibilities, the supports available and the consequences of failing to meet the
required standards of conduct. 
8.6. This approach provides clear assurance that the Council maintains robust controls to
manage risk, uphold standards of conduct and safeguard health and safety across all
services. 
9. Next steps
9.1. Following approval, the policy will be communicated via management bulletin and
personnel circular. 
9.3 As part of the employee and management communications, employees and managers
will be asked to complete relevant and targeted policy training to ensure they
understand their obligations and responsibilities. 
10. Employee Implications
10.1 Raising awareness of the impact of risks to health, safety, and wellbeing at work (and
outside of work) due to addiction/substance misuse to employees, will highlight how
seriously the Council views this.  As a result of this, some employees may seek support
at an early stage. 
10.2. Management training would add more confidence for managers to support an
employee.  In addition, as part of communications to raise awareness, key messages
stressing the importance of confidentiality may encourage employees to speak to their
manager about addiction/substance misuse issues 
10.3. Awareness of the supports for all types of addictions e.g. gambling will also be
supported through the policy and awareness training. 
10.4. Potential consequences, depending on the circumstances, could lead to an employee
being dismissed, particularly where attending work under the influence of alcohol or a
substance creates a safety issue for them, colleagues and/or the public. 
11. Financial Implications
11.1. There are no financial implications associated with the changes made to the Addiction
and Substance Misuse Policy. 
107

Page 108

12. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
12.1. There are no climate change, sustainability or environmental implications arising from
the information presented in this report. 
13. Risk and Other Implications
13.1 Taking a preventative approach towards alcohol and substance misuse will support the
Council’s legal responsibilities and compliance.  Effective Health and Safety
management will also underpin this.  Not addressing this safety concern at work could
put the Council, its employees and the public at risk. 
14. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
14.1. This report proposes an update to an existing policy.  No impact assessment is
required at this stage. 
14.2. The development of the revised Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy has been
supported by the trade unions.  Feedback from trade unions, have contributed to the
creation of this policy. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
8 September 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
Values
 Focussed on people and their needs
 Working with and respecting others
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Fair, open and sustainable
 Excellent employer
 Ambitious, self-aware and improving 
Priorities
 We will work with people first and reduce inequality 
Outcomes
 People live the healthiest lives possible. 
Previous References
 Corporate Resources Committee – 17 March 2010
 Corporate Resources Committee – 21 September 2005 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Michelle Milne, Head of Personnel Services
Tel: 01698 454330
E-mail:  michelle.milne@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
108

Page 109

Appendix 1 
A summary of the key differences between the previous Policy and the rebranded
‘Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy’ is detailed below: 
(a). Scope, Language and Framing
• 2026 policy is rebranded as “Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy”, using
updated, trauma-informed language and explicitly recognising addiction as a
complex health condition, influenced by trauma, inequality and adverse life
experiences. 
(b). Updated Definitions and Modern Risks
• 2026 introduces updated definitions that explicitly include: 
o legal highs and over-the-counter misuse,
o clearer separation between use and misuse,
o expanded recognition of gambling-related harm with a dedicated appendix
and guidance. 
(c). Stronger Emphasis on Prevention and Early Intervention
• 2026 strengthens prevention by: 
o explicitly prioritising early identification,
o embedding expectations through the Code of Conduct,
o supporting early conversations before issues escalate into formal processes. 
(d). Clearer Management Accountability
• 2026 provides clearer accountability for managers to: 
o address suspected impairment immediately,
o undertake risk assessments,
o temporarily remove duties where required,
o actively manage conduct, capability and safety risks alongside support
pathways. 
(e). Alignment with Modern Governance and Assurance
• 2026 is explicitly framed as part of the Council’s wider governance, assurance and
risk-management framework, reinforcing: 
o consistent application across services,
o management training,
o ongoing monitoring and review to provide organisational assurance in the
absence of formal testing. 
(f). Enhanced Training, Communication and Roll-out
• 2026 introduces a phased relaunch, including: 
o a coordinated communication plan,
o targeted manager training,
o partnership working with trade unions as part of implementation, not just
consultation.  
109

Page 110

(g). Expanded and Modernised Support Resources
• 2026 significantly expands support options, including: 
o PAM Wellness and digital wellbeing tools,
o enhanced Employee Assistance Programme access,
o extensive external specialist supports (particularly for gambling-related harm). 
(h). Clearer Consequences Where Safety Is Compromised
• 2026 Policy is more explicit that attending work under the influence—particularly
where public or employee safety is at risk—may result in disciplinary action up to and
including dismissal, while still ensuring support is offered where appropriate. 
110

Page 111

Appendix 2 
Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy 
1. Policy statement 
1.1. South Lanarkshire Council is committed to a pro-active approach to ensuring the health,
safety and wellbeing of all of its employees.  The Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy
has been created to support this commitment and in recognition of the growing problem of
addiction related problems in society.  South Lanarkshire Council will act to prevent and
eliminate, in so far as it is reasonably possible, any addiction which will increase the
potential for ill health, absence, accidents, poor performance or which will otherwise
adversely affect the Council, its employees or members of the public. 
1.2. The Council recognises that addiction is an illness and the effects it can have on the
individual, colleagues and family members.  This Policy complements the Council’s
Maximising Attendance Policy by taking a preventative stance and outlining the confidential
support available to employees. 
1.3. While it is the intention of this policy to assist those with addiction problems, it does not
replace a manager’s responsibility to maintain discipline and a safe working environment or
to respond to poor work performance, misconduct or unsatisfactory levels of absence. 
Therefore, support programmes for employees with addiction problems can run concurrently
with the disciplinary procedure. 
2. Scope 
2.1. The Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy applies to all South Lanarkshire Council
employees. 
3. Objectives 
3.1. This Policy has been created in consultation with recognised trade unions and has been
produced to meet the following objectives: 
 To address the misuse and/or possession of alcohol/drugs in and around the working
day in order to ensure a safe working environment in line with the Health and Safety at
Work Act 1974. 
 To recognise that addiction problems are both a health problem and a safety problem. 
 To encourage employees who are experiencing addiction related problems to access
confidential support at the earliest opportunity. 
 To clarify the responsibilities of all concerned when dealing with addiction problems at
work.  
111

Page 112

 To expand the Council’s commitment to this policy by raising awareness of addiction-
related problems through education and training. 
4. Definitions 
4.1. For the purpose of this policy, the following definitions apply: 
Addiction: Addiction is recognised as a complex health condition involving
psychological and/or physical dependence on substances or behaviours such as
alcohol, drugs or gambling. It may be influenced by factors including trauma,
inequality, and adverse life experiences and can cause significant harm to health,
wellbeing and functioning. 
Alcohol misuse: Alcohol misuse refers to patterns of drinking—whether occasional or
regular—that negatively affect a person's health, social relationships, and/or work
performance or conduct. 
Drugs: Drugs include all psychoactive substances, whether illegal, prescribed, or available
over the counter, as well as legal substances such as those which imitate the effects of
illegal drugs known as “legal highs”, etc. Prescribed medication is recognised as legitimate
when used and possessed appropriately in line with medical guidance. 
Drug misuse: Drug misuse involves the use of illegal substances or the inappropriate use—
whether deliberate or accidental—of legal substances such as prescription medicines, legal
highs or over-the-counter drugs.
Manager: The term ‘manager’ includes any employee of the Council with supervisory
responsibility for example: Managers, Advisers, Supervisors, Team Leaders, Co-ordinators
who have responsibility for other employees. 
5. Responsibilities 
5.1 Organisational
 South Lanarkshire Council recognises that addiction problems are health issues which
should be treated in the same way as any other illness.  The Council also recognises the
potential danger to the health and safety of employees with addiction problems, and their
colleagues, if a problem is left untreated.  Therefore, employees with drug misuse or
other addiction problems will be encouraged to seek help, advice and treatment. 
 The Council will provide confidential and voluntary counselling and support services for
anyone with an addiction related problem.   
 The Council recognises the possibility of relapse. If this occurs, the same procedures of
support will be offered to the employee at management discretion depending on the
circumstances. 
 The Council will communicate the Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy and promote
Addiction awareness to all employees of South Lanarkshire Council 
 Training will be provided for key personnel involved in the implementation of the
Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy. 
 While the Executive Director is responsible for enforcing this Policy, all managers and
employees in the workplace have a duty to ensure a safe and healthy work environment. 
 Breaches of this policy will be managed under the Council’s
disciplinary procedures.  
112

Page 113

5.2. Management:
 Demonstrate the Council’s commitment to a pro-active approach to ensuring the health,
safety and wellbeing of all its employees by being responsible for understanding,
applying and enforcing the Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy.  To assist with this,
the policy provides management guidance on early recognition of problems, appropriate
support to provide/signpost to, and where necessary applying the disciplinary
procedures. 
 Ensure effective communication of the policy to employees and promote/participate in
Council-wide Addiction and Substance Misuse Awareness Campaigns. 
 Support the Council’s position where an employee’s poor attendance levels,
deterioration of performance or even misconduct at work, is due to alcohol or drug
use/misuse or other addiction.  The problem should be treated as an illness and an offer
of confidential support should be made to the employee. 
 Offer/signpost to support available including counselling and referral to the Occupational
Health Adviser (Employee Support).  Also ensure understanding of what the employee is
entitled to while receiving support so that the employee may be advised. 
 Work with the Occupational Health Adviser (Employee Support) to assess the risk of the
employee remaining at work while receiving addiction support. 
 Monitor how the employee is progressing with their support plan e.g. agree regular
support meetings. 
 Understand and be conscious of management responsibility under the Health and Safety
at Work Act 1974 to provide a safe working environment and identify risks associated
with alcohol or drug misuse in the workplace. 
5.3. Trade Unions:
 Demonstrate the Council’s and Union’s commitment to a pro-active and partnership
approach to ensuring the health, safety and wellbeing of all of employees by assisting in
the implementation of the Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy. 
 Help communicate information and promote/participate in Council-wide Addiction and
Substance Misuse Awareness Campaigns to employees. 
 Encourage employees to seek help voluntarily. 
 Be aware of and understand the employee entitlements and supports available while
receiving support so that the employee may be advised. 
 Encourage employees to engage in accessing support as appropriate 
 Ensure implementation of any agreed support plans to sustain employees at work while
receiving addiction support. 
5.4. Employees:
 Be aware of the Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy and understand its objectives. 
 Recognise that employees also have a duty under the Health and Safety at Work Act to
protect their own and others’ health and safety. Therefore, employees should: 
• avoid colluding or covering up a colleague’s addiction.
• encourage colleagues to voluntarily seek assistance.
• seek help if you suspect you have an addiction problem. 
113

Page 114

• understand that they must not attend work under the influence of alcohol, illegal
drugs or legal high substances.  Attending work or attempting to carry out duties
whilst under the influence may compromise the health and safety of themselves
and others.  Under no circumstance should an employee drive or operate
machinery whilst under the influence of a substance. 
• if impacted by prescription medication, a risk assessment would be required,
therefore employees must discuss any impact with their manager.
• be aware that their behaviour during working hours reflects the image of the
Council, and therefore and could result in disciplinary action. 
 Employees must not be in possession of illegal drugs while at work or misuse drugs
while at work.  Employees found in possession of illegal drugs while at work will normally
be reported to the police.  South Lanarkshire Council recognises the controlled use and
possession of medicines for personal use are an exception. 
6.   Managing addiction at work 
6.1      The Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy address three ways in which an employee’s 
addiction related problem may come to the attention of management as follows: 
6.2      Voluntary referral 
When employee requests support/assistance for an addiction problem, from their manager,
a referral to the Occupational Health Adviser (Employee Support) will be discussed, along
with any other relevant supports which may be identified from their confidential discussion.
Employee’s may choose to seek this support initially via Personnel Services, their Trade
Union Representative or Employee Support team.  
Employees also have the choice to contact the Occupational Health Adviser (Employee
Support) directly for support.
6.3      Informal intervention           
When management notice a change in an employee’s behaviour or job performance which 
they feel may be attributed to an addiction problem, they will meet with the employee to           
sensitively discuss their concerns with the employee.  As appropriate, support will be           
explored including a referral to the Occupational Health Adviser (Employee Support).  With 
the employee’s permission, an appointment will be scheduled with the Occupational Health 
Adviser (Employee Support) where further supportive action can be agreed. 
6.4    Formal intervention 
Employees will be formally referred to the Occupational Health Adviser (Employee Support)   
where the employee has presented as under the influence of alcohol or drugs at to work.   
Employee’s will also be referred where they raise that they have an addiction problem at 
any stage of a disciplinary process.  
6.5      Management procedures (Appendix A) outline the procedures supporting these 3 
interventions.  
7.    Employee entitlements
7.1. If the employee accepts assistance through the policy, they will be entitled to: 
  Confidentiality, in respect of their addiction. 
 Paid time off to attend counselling session(s). 
 Where the employee requires a period of absence from work to undergo treatment, such
leave will be treated as sick leave within the terms of the Council’s sick pay scheme.  
114

Page 115

 On their return to work, the employee will be entitled to return to the same job unless the
Council decides that the effect of the addiction renders them unsuitable for the same job.
In such cases alternative employment should be sought for employees through SWITCH
2. 
 Where following return to work after, or during treatment, work performance/conduct
suffers as a result of continued addiction related problems, each case will be considered
on its merits in terms of next steps. Where appropriate, a further opportunity to accept
support/counselling may be offered. 
8.    Relevant legislation
8.1. The Health and Safety at Work Act 1974 states that employers have to ensure the health,
safety and welfare of their employees as far as reasonably practical.  Employees also have a
duty to protect their own and others health and safety.  The Management of Health and
Safety at Work Regulations say employers must conduct a risk assessment.  This means
that employers have a legal duty to ensure that their employees are not put at risk as a result
of the actions of other employees, and if they are aware of any problems relating to drink or
drugs have a responsibility to address them.  It should be stressed that this duty does not
only apply when a worker is over the legal limit for alcohol when driving, but when a worker’s
performance is likely to be affected by the use of alcohol or drugs. 
8.2  The Misuse of Drugs Act 1971 makes it an offence to supply or possess    specified drugs. 
In addition, it is an offence to knowingly allow premises to be used for the use of illegal
drugs. 
8.3. The Road Traffic Act 1991 makes it an offence to drive on a public road under the influence
of drink or drugs, and the Transport and Works Act make it a separate offence for certain
transport workers to be unfit through drink and drugs while working. 
9. Support Resources: 
South Lanarkshire Council: 
• PAM Wellness
Telephone, video and face to face counselling available at various locations
Tel. 0800 882 4102 – 24 hours, 7 days a week helpline or to arrange an appointment for
counselling. 
• Employee Assistance Programme -  PAM Assist:  0800 882 410
Champion Health App (from PAM Assist), provide additional wellbeing
information, access their website at https://www.championhealth.co.uk/  or download
the app from your app store. Information required for signing up to Champion Health:   User
Name: SLC              Password: SLC1
• Occupational Health Adviser:  01698 454 677
occupationalnurse@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
• Employee Support Team: 01698 455 021 
employeesupport@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
Confidential advice/signposting to support for all employees.  
115

Page 116

External Support
The following are examples of some of the external supports an employee may wish to
approach, or they may help employees who are caring for individuals with addiction issues.  
These services offer confidential information and advice for anyone who has an addiction
problem or is worried about someone who does. This list is not exhaustive, for further advice
contact a member of the Employee Support team.
• Alcoholics Anonymous  
Helpline: 0845 769 7555  
Website: www.alcoholics-anonymous.org.uk 
• Drugs Helpline – Talk to Frank  
Helpline:  0800 776600    
Website: www.talktofrank.com    
Text: 82111 
• Community Addiction Recovery Services (CAReS)
CAReS can provide a full assessment of a person’s needs and co-ordinate their health and
social care recovery plan.  A GP or social care professional can refer an individual to a
service in their area.
• Gamblers Anonymous
Helpline: 0370 050 8881  
Website:www.gascotland.org 
Please see Appendix B for addiction referral from 
Please see Appendix C for further gambling support resources 
116

Page 117

Appendix A 
MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES 
117

Page 118

Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy
Management procedures 
The purpose of these procedures is to offer guidance to managers to implement the Addiction and
Substance Misuse Policy and respond to any of the instances listed above.   The procedures
outlined apply equally to problems relating to alcohol, drugs, gambling (see Appendix C) and other
recognised addictions, which interfere with an employee's health, wellbeing and/or work capability. 
A manager may become aware of an employee’s addiction problem in one of the following ways: 
1. Voluntary referral 
When an employee comes forward to request support/assistance either through, their Manager,
Employee Support team, Personnel Services or Trade Union Representative, this is a voluntary
referral and will be treated confidentially. 
If you are approached by an employee who feels they may have an addiction problem, you must
assure the employee that you will treat their request confidentially and advise them of the referral
process as follows: 
• The issue will be discussed with the employee, and the employee will be referred to the
Occupational Health Adviser (Employee Support) advising details of the case on the referral
form. (PER-AP-1-05, Appendix B or intranet) 
• The Occupational Health Adviser (Employee Support) will contact the employee and/or
manager advising of details of appointment. 
• The Occupational Health Adviser (Employee Support) meets the employee and will offer
support e.g. employee counselling service and may signpost to external addiction agencies. 
The Occupational Health Adviser (Employee Support) may also encourage the employee to
seek support from their GP if they have spoken to their GP already. 
• The Occupational Health Adviser (Employee Support) will monitor the employee’s progress
as appropriate and agreed with the employee. 
• The manager must also hold support meetings with the employee to discuss how they are
progressing and in case any further support or adjustments need to be considered. 
2. Informal intervention 
When management becomes aware of a change in an employee’s behaviour or work performance
that they feel may be attributed to an addiction related problem, they will meet with the employee to
discuss this behaviour and will maintain a sensitive approach.  Where appropriate an offer of
support/assistance will be made.  With the employee’s permission, the employee will be referred
(PER-AP-1-05) to the Occupational Health Adviser (Employee Support). 
Signs of addiction problems are not always obvious and may be confused with other conditions or
problems.  Therefore, managers should not make assumptions but have a confidential sensitive
discussion with the employee if they notice, for example: 
 sudden change in behaviour pattern
 tendency to become confused
 irritability
 abnormal fluctuations in mood and energy
 impairment of job performance
 poor time-keeping
118

Page 119

 increase in short-term sickness absence
 deterioration in relationships with other people. 
When meeting with an employee to discuss concerns around their behaviour a sensitive approach
must be taken at all times.   
This includes: 
 Meeting with the employee in a confidential and private setting, ensuring there will be no
interruptions. 
 Help put the employee at ease and explain the concerns which have led to this meeting.
Provide the opportunity for the employee to respond fully to any questions. 
 Be open to discussion of possible work-related causes. 
 If appropriate discuss the Council’s Addiction and Substance Misuse Policy and the
confidential support available, including referral to the Occupational Health Adviser
(Employee Support).  If not considered appropriate remind the employee of the supports
available from the Council e.g. the Employee Assistance Programme.  Also remind the
employee they can approach you at anytime if they ever wish to discuss any issues. 
 Agree any support measure to assist with personal or work related issues, where
appropriate, including arranging regular meetings to monitor progress and discuss any
further problems if they arise. 
 Keep accurate, confidential records of these meetings including any agreed support
mechanisms offered and/or being put in place. 
If managers are still concerned about an employee after their meeting, they should seek further
advice from Personnel Services. 
Training is available to managers to help have initial sensitive discussions with employees that they
are concerned about.  Further information can be gained from the Learning and Development
Team, Personnel Services and/or the Employee Support Team. 
3. Formal intervention 
Should an incident occur at work where an employee is under the influence is of e.g. alcohol, drugs
or legal high substance(s), an immediate supervisor shall have the necessary delegated powers to
remove the employee from the workplace as a precaution.  The removal from the workplace shall be
with pay and will normally be for no more than one day. 
When the decision is taken to remove an employee from the workplace, the manager will ensure the
employee is returned home safely.   The employee should report to their line manager immediately
upon return to work. 
As part of formal procedures, a manager will meet with the employee and will:
 check the employee is fit to be at work
 offer support including a referral to the Occupational Health Adviser (Employee Support). 
 confirm any necessary adjustments as appropriate e.g. alternative duties if their job
involves driving or operating machinery.
 explain that a formal factfinding will be required but at an appropriate time once support
has commenced or concluded. 
When it comes to the attention of management that an employee may have an addiction problem,
during a factfinding/disciplinary process, the employee will be offered support and referred to the
Occupational Health Adviser (Employee Support). 
119

Page 120

This will not always mean formal procedures will be delayed; however, each case will be
considered individually.
Managers should contact Personnel Services for further advice. 
120

Page 121

Appendix B 
Addiction Referral Form 
PER-AP-1-05 
Private and Confidential 
To: Occupational Health Adviser (Employee Support)
cc:  Employee Wellbeing Adviser 
I detail below the necessary information in respect of the following employee who has
accepted an offer of referral to the Occupational Health Adviser. 
Name 
Employee 
contact telephone
number 
Home Address 
Post code 
Resource 
Location 
Designation 
Circumstances
leading to referral
/ reason for
referral 
Any other relevant
information 
Line Manager
Signature 
Name in capitals 
Date 
Contact number 
121

Page 122

Appendix C 
Gambling-related harm – Guidance for Managers and Employees 
1.       Gambling-related harm 
Gambling-related harm happens when gambling disrupts or damages everyday life, 
including family, personal, or recreational activities. It can lead to financial stress, 
emotional difficulties, and relationship problems. As well as the person who gambles, it 
can also affect e.g. their partner, children, wider family, friends and colleagues. 
2.  The potential impact of gambling-related harm 
2.1  For every person experiencing gambling harm, between six and ten other people are 
impacted.1 
2.2  Gambling related harms can affect people in many different ways, sometimes with serious 
consequences.  Below are some examples: 
Financial Impact
• Accumulation of debt
• Irresponsible borrowing
• Legal actions (e.g. court summons, repossession)
• Financial crime, including theft
Wellbeing Impact
• Increased levels of depression, anxiety, and stress
• Noticeable changes in behaviour, such as isolation, distraction, or preoccupation
• Breakdown of personal and professional relationships
• Visible changes in physical appearance, including signs of fatigue
• Decline in personal hygiene and standards of dress
• Higher risk of alcohol and/or substance use or misuse
Impact at Work 
• Decline in work performance 
• Poor timekeeping 
• Taking extended or frequent breaks 
• Increased/frequent sickness absence 
• Gambling during working hours (including online gambling) 
• Discussing gambling frequently; ‘sure’ bets, being close to winning large sums 
• Changes in behaviour – dishonesty, mood swings, changes in interactions with colleagues. 
• Fraud or Crime at work to fund gambling, and/or engagement in other activities which may
impact the reputation of the Council. 
It is important to note that these are examples, which do not automatically mean an employee is
experiencing gambling harm.  However, it is important where a manager notices any changes in an
employee’s wellbeing or performance that are concerning, this should be approached sensitively,
confidentially and with support. 
4.     Noticing when an employee may be struggling 
4.1 Line managers are often best placed to notice signs if their team members are struggling. 
Managers will not always know and should not assume what difficulties the employee may be
facing, however in any situation where there seems to be a change in how the employee, 
1 Effects of gambling - Overview - Gambling harms - Improving Scotland's health - Population health - Public Health
Scotland
122

Page 123

managers should have a confidential conversation with them, to provide the opportunity to
understand any issues and to offer support.   As noted above, this should be approached very
sensitively, and non-judgementally.  The manager should do their best to put the employee at
ease and discuss what they have noticed that has led them to be concerned about them. 
4.2 If an employee discloses, they are experiencing difficulties to their manager, support can be
discussed.  Where an employee states they are directly impacted by engaging in gambling,
the manager should encourage and support them to access assistance (see support section
below).  A support plan should be agreed with the employee and put in place.  Flexibility
should be granted in terms of work to allow the employee to attend appropriate counselling. 
Reasonable time off with pay can be granted subject to the needs of the service. 
4.3   If an employee discloses that they are indirectly impacted by gambling (i.e. by a spouse, family
member, friend or co-worker) then the manager should offer appropriate supports.  The matter
should be treated as seriously and with as much care as those employees reporting that they
themselves have a direct issue. 
5. Conduct issues relating to gambling
5.1 Where conduct issues have occurred relating to gambling such where fraud or crime have
been acted on at work or in other activities that may impact on the reputation of the Council,
these matters will be managed under the disciplinary procedures. 
5.2  The employee should still be offered support and provided with a support plan as appropriate. 
6.      Employees who are concerned about their own gambling 
6.1    Employees who are concerned about their own gambling behaviour are encouraged to
approach their line manager to discuss this with them.  Managers will then have the
opportunity to explore support options to assist the employee and agree a support plan as
appropriate. 
6.2 Employees who do not wish to discuss this with their manager can still use the support
resources in section 2 or contact the employee support team:
employeesupport@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
7. Employees who are concerned about the gambling of another person 
7.1 An employee who feels that they are being affected by the gambling of someone else should
speak to their line manager or the employee support team to seek support. 
7.2    An employee might notice behaviours from a colleague that may give concern that they are
experiencing an issue with gambling. An employee who has any such concerns should raise
them in a confidential manner with their line manager.  The line manager may take further
action based on these concerns, to create the opportunity for support. 
8. Support Plans
8.1 Support plans will be agreed in discussion between the employee and line manager. 
Depending on the individual circumstances, plans may include the employee contacting
external agencies, their GP, and/or the council’s employee assistance programme.  The
manager should encourage and support employees to access assistance.   
8.2 Once the support plan is agreed it should be put in place. Flexibility should also be granted in
terms of work to allow the employee to attend appropriate counselling if appropriate. 
Reasonable time off with pay can be granted subject to the needs of the service. 
8.3 As with any support plan, there should also be agreement on the frequency of reviewing how
the employee is progressing with the support provided, and if any further assistance has been
identified. 
123

Page 124

Managers are reminded they can contact Personnel to seek advice in relation to this
guidance. 
Section 2: Support Resources 
National Gambling Helpline (provided by GamCare) – Talk to us now - The National Gambling
Helpline gives confidential information, advice and support for anyone affected by gambling
problems in England, Scotland and Wales. You can speak with an Adviser one-to-one over the
phone or on live chat 24 hours a day, every day of the year on free phone 0808 8020 133
or visit the website: https://www.gamcare.org.uk/  - GamCare offers one-to-one treatment - online,
face-to-face or on the phone, website for live chat, chat rooms and self-help modules. 
RCA Trust - Supporting Recovery Across Scotland - offers counselling: one to one, couples and
families support plus group meetings. Visit their website: https://www.rcatrust.org.uk/ or call: 0141
887 0880
email: info@rcatrust.org.uk 
Gamble Aware – 
Offer free, confidential help and support to anyone who’s worried about their – or someone else’s –
gambling. Visit the website: https://www.gambleaware.org/ 
Free Online Self-Exclusion - GAMSTOP helps you control your online gambling.  Once registered
you will be prevented from using gambling websites and apps run by companies licensed in Great
Britain, for a period of your choosing. Visit the website: https://www.gamstop.co.uk/ 
Gamban is software that once installed on your devices will block access to thousands of gambling
websites and apps. Quick and easy to install, and on up to 15 of your devices, Gamban is FREE
through 
TalkBanStop: https://www.gamcare.org.uk/talk/ 
– the above weblink also provides information about how to ask your bank how to block
gambling transactions. 
Arcades and adult gaming centres –
Visit the website: https://bacta.org.uk/safer-gambling/#selfexclusion  In order to self-exclude from an
arcade (Adult Gaming Centre) you have to physically go into the venue and complete the process
with a trained member of staff.  For further information call: 020 3930 9769 or email
selfexclusion@rbw.systems. 
Betting shops / Bookmakers – 
MOSES - Multi Operator Self-Exclusion Scheme: https://self-exclusion.co.uk/  
This is a free service for users who want to control their gambling by choosing to self-exclude from
multiple land-based bookmakers in Great Britain. You can call the team free on: 0800 294 2060 
Bingo Venues – 
To Self-exclude register at local Bingo Club. Alternatively, this can be done online via the Bingo
Industry Self-Exclusion Scheme (BISES) website: https://www.bingo-association.co.uk/ 
SENSE is the national self-exclusion scheme for the British casino industry. It enables anyone who
is experiencing gambling problems to voluntarily exclude themselves from ALL licensed, land-based
casinos in Great Britain by means of one easy application. You can register online or in-person at
any licensed land-based casino.  For more information visit the website:
https://www.senseselfexclusion.com/ 
Peer Support: 
Gamblers Anonymous is a fellowship of men and women who share their experience, strength
and hope with each other that they may solve their common problem and help others to recover
from a gambling problem.
124

Page 125

The Gamblers Anonymous website: https://gascotland.org/ offers forums, chat rooms, literature and
a meeting finder. You can also contact them by phone: 0370 050 8881 (24 Hour Helpline) 
GamFam offer support through GRA5P – The GamFam Recovery and Support Programme. 
GRA5P is a structured 5-stage self-help peer support programme, which was designed originally to
support those affected by someone else’s gambling.  However, more recently and out of increasing
demand, GamFam have now developed a programme to support those directly in recovery too. 
Website: https://gamfam.org.uk/ 
Support for Women: 
Betknowmore - New Beginnings is a digital women-only peer support service providing a safe
space for women affected by gambling harms. It is part of the National Gambling Support Network. 
To learn more visit the website: https://www.betknowmoreuk.org/support-information/new-
beginnings or call the National Gambling Helpline: 0808 8020 133 
Thrivin’ Together - A safe space for UK women impacted by gambling – led by women with lived
experience. Whatever age, background or story; whether you gamble, you’re in recovery, impacted
by someone else’s gambling or by the industry you work in.  Website: 
https://www.thrivintogether.org.uk/   
Counselling and financial concern support: 
Employee Assistance Programme -  PAM Assist:  0800 882 410
Champion Health App (from PAM Assist), provide additional wellbeing information, access their
website at https://www.championhealth.co.uk/ or download the app from your app store. 
Information required for signing up to Champion Health: User Name: SLC Password: SLC1 
Step change Charity - https://www.stepchange.org/  offer a free, confidential debt
advice service. Call: 0800 138 1111. Monday to Friday 8am to 8pm and Saturday
9am to 2pm 
Money Matters Advice Service - South Lanarkshire Council - offers a free and
confidential service that helps people living in South Lanarkshire or working for South
Lanarkshire claim benefits and deal with debt. 
125

Page 126

126

Page 127

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee 
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Artificial Intelligence (AI) Policy 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 seek the endorsement of the Finance and Corporate Resources Committee to
implement an Artificial Intelligence Policy 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that the proposed Artificial Intelligence Policy attached at Appendix 1 of the
report, be endorsed and referred to the Executive Committee for approval. 
3. Background
3.1. Recent developments in Artificial Intelligence (AI) have moved quickly from stand-
alone tools to being built into the everyday systems employees already use, such as
email, documents, meetings and collaboration tools.  These developments
demonstrate the need to put in place a policy to govern and control the adoption and
use of AI across the Council. 
3.2. Within South Lanarkshire Council’s (SLC’s) own work, this is showing up through the
Digital Transformation project.  In parallel, the Council has also had to respond to the
fact that public AI tools are easy to access and may appear useful.  This is why there
is a need to put in place guiderails on security, audit checks and data protection when
AI is used. 
3.3. For the Council, AI presents both opportunities and the need for stronger controls. 
The opportunity is to improve productivity and services by supporting better service
delivery, decision-making, operational efficiency and employee productivity. 
3.4. The benefit of putting controls in place is about making sure AI use stays within the
Council’s protected systems, rather than through non-approved public platforms.
Communications and training will reinforce safe and responsible behaviours. 
3.5. At a sector level, national guidance is becoming clearer around a small set of common
themes: transparency, human oversight, security, Data Protection Impact
Assessments (DPIAs), fairness and bias considerations, and clarity on approved tools
and procurement requirements.  
13
127

Page 128

3.6. Scotland’s local government position is being actively shaped through the Digital
Office “Once for Scotland” approach (Digital Office “Once for Scotland” AI policy
vision) aiming at a single, unified AI policy/framework for councils, rooted in ethical
use, transparency, data protection/security, accessibility/inclusion, vendor neutrality
and mandatory training. 
3.7. At Scottish Government level, the landscape has sharpened further with the
publication of Scotland’s AI Strategy 2026 to2031 (published March 2026), positioning
AI as central to economic growth and public service improvement while stressing
responsible adoption and safeguards.  Scotland’s AI Strategy 2026–2031 (gov.scot) 
3.8. Alongside that, the Scottish AI Playbook (published 29 January 2025) provides
practical, ethical implementation guidance for organisations in Scotland.  The Scottish
AI Playbook (GOV.UK)  This national direction connects directly with drafting a council
AI policy that references Scottish public sector best practice and a unified/ethical
direction and shaping governance routes. 
4. Policy Summary
4.1. SLC has developed a new AI Policy to provide a clear, consistent and robust
framework for the safe, ethical and effective use of AI across the organisation. 
4.2. The Council’s policy is to support the safe and responsible exploration and adoption
of Artificial Intelligence where there is a clear and achievable benefit to employees or
customers.  AI will be used in a way that is ethical, lawful, transparent and subject to
appropriate governance and oversight. 
4.3. In simple terms, the policy is intended to allow the Council to benefit from AI while
making sure it is used safely, lawfully and responsibly. It sets out how the Council will
use AI to support service improvement, decision-making and productivity.  It also
makes clear that information must be protected, legal duties must be met and public
trust must be maintained. 
4.4. The policy confirms Microsoft 365 Copilot as the Council’s approved corporate AI tool
because it operates within the Council’s existing security, compliance and data
protection environment.  Publicly available AI tools, such as ChatGPT and Gemini,
must not be used to process Council information unless specifically approved,
because the Council cannot apply the same level of control, monitoring or assurance
to those tools. 
4.5. The policy applies to all employees, elected members, contractors, partners and
suppliers, and covers AI used in Microsoft 365, automated workflows, decision-support
systems, predictive models, and AI features embedded within third-party systems. 
4.6. When users are signed into their Microsoft 365 (M365) account to use Copilot, the
Council’s security and data protection safeguards apply.  This means information
shared with, or generated by, Copilot chat conversations is not exposed to the public,
the vendor or used to train AI models.  The policy states that Copilot will be designated
as the sole approved AI platform for corporate use within SLC. 
4.7. Publicly available or open-source AI tools do not provide the same level of protection
as Microsoft Copilot when used outside the Council’s approved environment.  Because
of the risks to information security, data protection and regulatory compliance, the
policy formally restricts officers’ access to non-approved, web-based or open-source
AI tools for Council information. 
128

Page 129

4.8. While paragraphs 4.6 and 4.7 explain why access to public AI tools must be restricted,
the policy recognises that some AI tools may have specific strengths for particular
tasks.  In limited cases, officers may be allowed to use non-Copilot AI tools where
there is a clear business need and specific requirements are met.  This includes not
uploading private, confidential or sensitive Council information.  The policy, therefore,
allows exceptions to be considered through a structured approval process. 
4.9. A set of clear guiding principles underpins the policy, including ethical use,
transparency and explainability, human oversight and accountability, security and data
protection, fairness and equity, proportionality and continuous improvement. 
4.10. The policy is clear that AI will support professional judgement, not replace it.  Officers
remain responsible for checking AI outputs, applying their judgement and ensuring
decisions are lawful, fair and appropriate.  The policy also requires Data Protection
Impact Assessments (DPIAs), security assessments, bias testing, and internal and
public-facing AI systems registers to support transparency and accountability. 
4.11. The policy introduces defined roles, responsibilities and governance arrangements,
with strategic oversight through existing digital governance structures and enhanced
reporting on AI usage, accuracy, bias and user feedback. 
4.12. It also sets expectations for training, monitoring, audit and compliance, including
consequences for misuse. 
4.13. Finally, the policy recognises the emerging role of AI agents.  These are AI tools that
can carry out tasks across systems, such as automating workflows, retrieving and
analysing information, and supporting decision-making.  Any use of AI agents must
have a defined purpose, strict governance and human oversight. 
4.14. Overall, the policy enables safe innovation while ensuring the Council balances
opportunity with risk and provides a strong foundation for responsible AI adoption
across South Lanarkshire Council. 
5. Next Steps
5.1. To ensure that the council moves forward in a considered and appropriate way with
its use of AI, the following initial steps will be progressed. 
5.2. The Digital Transformation Team will continue to work on the use of AI to improve
Council processes and support staff productivity.  
5.3. AI agents go beyond simply responding to prompts.  They can carry out tasks across
systems, such as automating workflows, retrieving and analysing information, and
supporting decision-making.  To make sure this type of AI operates for defined
purposes, with strict governance, human oversight and approved risk controls, a
Copilot Agent Governance and Implementation Framework is being developed. 
5.4. The configuration change to restrict access to non-approved, web-based, or
open-source consumer-grade AI tools as referred to in paragraphs 4.6 to 4.8 above
will be implemented immediately.  This is to ensure the data protection and information
security protection is in place as soon as possible.  
129

Page 130

5.5. Given the evolving landscape of AI it is essential that the Council implements
appropriate governance arrangements. Whilst the Digital Transformation Review
Board, made up of Heads of Service and Resource representatives and providing
leadership to the Digital Transformation programme, will operate as the delivery
governance body for AI, it is recommended that a group is established to specifically
focus on the AI aspects of the Council’s digital transformation agenda.  An AI Oversight
Board made up of officers including Resource representatives, Trade Union
representatives and subject matter experts will be established. 
5.6. It is important that the Council has appropriate security and data protection controls in
place for AI.  Within Microsoft systems, specific controls can be enabled to improve
the logging, auditing and monitoring of AI usage.  IT Services will carry out the required
configuration work with support from an external partner with specialist expertise in
this area. 
5.7. Once the policy is approved, existing deployments of AI technology is to be reviewed
against the policy to ensure compliance, and where not action plans developed to
meet the policy.  For example, MS Copilot and Oracle Invoice Matching. 
5.8. To ensure technology procurements meet the policy, an approach similar to the Cloud
Security Questionnaire for tenders, where a standard checklist is development for
tenderers to complete as part of their response. 
5.9. A public-facing AI Systems Register will be established.  This will help understanding
on where AI is being used and what safeguards are in place.  An internal AI systems
register will also record all AI systems and use cases before deployment. 
5.10. The following table summarises the actions being taken and the date for completion:- 
Action Target Completion Date
Present Policy to CMT May 2026 - Complete
Consult with Trade Unions August 2026 - Complete
Establish AI Governance Board  September 2026
Finance and Corporate Resources Committee September 2026
Executive Committee October 2026
Conduct first AI policy review March 2027 
6. Employee Implications
6.1. The adoption of Artificial Intelligence across SLC will have a direct and positive impact
on employee productivity, capability and ways of working, while reinforcing the
importance of professional judgement and accountability. 
6.2. The policy positions AI as a supporting tool rather than a replacement for employee
decision-making, with clear expectations that officers remain responsible for validating
outputs, exercising judgement and ensuring compliance with legal and ethical
standards.  This approach supports employee confidence in using AI safely and
consistently, while maintaining accountability for decisions and outcomes.  
130

Page 131

6.3. The policy also introduces clear roles, responsibilities and governance arrangements,
ensuring employees understand how AI tools should be used, who is accountable for
AI systems, and where to seek guidance or approval.  Training and guidance will be
provided through a combination of Microsoft 365 learning resources, bespoke
in-house materials and sector-led support from the Digital Office for Scottish Local
Government.  This will help build AI literacy across the workforce, reduce risk, and
support equitable access to AI capability regardless of role or service area. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1. The AI Policy itself does not commit the Council to additional immediate expenditure
but instead provides a governance and control framework for the use of AI tools
already available within the Council’s Microsoft 365 environment.  The primary
approved AI capability, Microsoft 365 Copilot, operates within existing enterprise
security, compliance and audit controls, ensuring that value is realised while managing
risk. 
7.2. Over time, there may be resource implications associated with training, governance
activity, DPIAs and security assessments, and potential future licensing or supplier
costs where AI functionality is introduced within third-party systems.  The policy
ensures these costs are considered in a controlled and proportionate way through
existing approval, procurement and governance routes, with sustainability and value
for money forming part of decision-making. 
8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. The policy recognises that AI technologies can have environmental impacts,
particularly in relation to energy consumption and data processing.  As such,
sustainability considerations are embedded within the guiding principles of the policy,
requiring the environmental impact of AI tools to be considered and reported where
appropriate.  This aligns with wider council commitments on climate change and
sustainable digital services. 
8.2. In practical terms, the policy encourages proportionate and responsible use of AI,
prioritising enterprise tools already embedded within the Council’s Microsoft 365
environment rather than uncontrolled use of external platforms.  Where AI is procured
or enabled through third-party systems, sustainability criteria may be considered as
part of procurement evaluation.  This ensures that AI adoption supports efficiency and
service improvement without undermining environmental objectives. 
9. Risk and Other Implications
9.1. There are no additional operational, legal or service-specific implications arising from
this policy beyond those already addressed within existing governance, information
governance, equality and security frameworks. 
9.2. Any future implications arising from new AI use cases, systems or technologies will be
assessed through existing governance routes, including DPIAs, security reviews and
equality impact assessments, ensuring that emerging risks are identified and managed
appropriately.  
131

Page 132

10. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
10.1. An IIA is currently under development to support the policy. 
10.2. Consultation has been held with the Trade Unions on the policy through the
established consultation, engagement and collective bargaining arrangements.  This
has resulted in the Trade Unions collectively putting forward representatives to sit on
the AI Advisory Board. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources 
8 September 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 All council objectives 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact -
Murray Husband, Head of IT Services
Ext: 5648 (Tel: 01698 455648)
E-mail: murray.husband@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
132

Page 133

Artificial Intelligence (AI) Policy 
11 September 2026 
Purpose of the Policy 
South Lanarkshire Council (SLC) aims to harness Artificial Intelligence (AI) to improve service
delivery, decision-making, operational efficiency, and employee productivity while protecting
information, meeting legal and regulatory obligations, and maintaining public trust. This policy
establishes a responsible, ethical, safe and transparent governance framework for the
deployment and use of AI across all Council functions, drawing upon: 
• Existing Council Policies and Strategies
• Local and National Government AI best practices from Scotland and the wider UK
public sector 
This policy aligns with Scottish Government-published Scotland’s AI Strategy 2026–2031 and
the shared direction for ethical, responsible and inclusive AI adoption across Scottish Local
Government. Scotland’s Artificial Intelligence Strategy 2026–2031 is the Scottish
Government’s national, five-year plan for how AI should be developed and used across
Scotland, including in public services, local government, health, education and the economy 
It supports national outcomes relating to public trust, workforce capability, responsible data
stewardship, and transparent governance, while enabling innovation that delivers clear public
value. 
What this policy means: 
• The Council supports the safe and responsible use of AI to improve services and employee
productivity 
• Microsoft Copilot is the approved corporate AI tool 
• Employees remain responsible for decisions – AI supports, it does not replace judgement 
• Existing data protection, security and equality rules still apply 
• Higher-risk uses of AI need extra checks and approval 
Most everyday uses (drafting, summarising, analysing information you already have
access to) are low-risk and encouraged. 
13
133

Page 134

Scope of the Policy
What this policy does 
It commits South Lanarkshire Council to using AI: 
• Ethically - supporting public good, fairness and non-discrimination
• Responsibly - with human oversight and transparency
• Securely - protecting data and systems from risk
• Effectively - ensuring measurable value and improved outcomes
• Consistently - in alignment with national (Scotland/UK) standards 
This policy applies to: 
People
• All employees, contractors, temporary employees, elected members and partners
accessing SLC systems and AI capabilities
• Any third-party supplier developing, integrating or supporting AI systems for the
Council
Technology
• Microsoft 365 Copilot and related generative AI tools
• AI enabled automation, assistants, chatbots, decision-support systems
• Data-driven predictive models, classification systems, and agentic tools
• AI used within externally procured systems 
• AI features embedded in Microsoft 365 applications (e.g. Word, Outlook, Teams,
SharePoint)
• Any future AI tools integrated into the Council’s Microsoft 365 tenant
• Consumer-grade AI tools are blocked by default 
Activities
• AI generated written content, images or insights 
• AI used to support professional decisions 
• Optimised workflows or automated processes 
• AI used to support and develop coding and scripting processes
• Interactions with citizens or  employees
• The analysis of datasets or to support planning / policy development 
This policy applies where AI systems are used to support internal decision-making, service
delivery, or interactions with citizens, communities, or partners. Where AI has a material
influence on outcomes that affect individuals or groups, additional transparency, assurance
and oversight requirements apply, as set out in this policy. 
What this policy does not do 
This policy is not intended to prevent or discourage everyday use of AI. 
It does not ban the use of AI for routine work tasks, introduce new disciplinary rules, or replace
existing professional judgement and accountability. It also does not require approval for
low-risk, everyday uses of AI such as drafting, summarising or analysing information you
already have permission to access.
134

Page 135

Guiding Principles
The principles below apply across all uses of AI within the Council. They are intended to
guide behaviour and decision-making and are referenced throughout this policy, rather than
repeated in every section. 
Principle Statement
Public benefit and fairness  AI must support better services, inclusion and equitable
outcomes.
Transparency and
explainability
People should understand when AI is used and how it
supports decisions.
Human oversight and
accountability
AI supports employees – responsibility always remains
with a person.
Security and data protection AI must operate within existing data protection and
security controls.
Proportionate governance Controls should manage risk without getting in the way of
everyday work. 
Public benefit and fairness 
• AI must be used for public benefit and to support equitable and inclusive services 
• Ethical standards reflect the “Once for Scotland” principles including fairness,
accessibility, and inclusion.  Once for Scotland is a well-established collaboration
principle, led by bodies such as the Digital Office for Scottish Local Government,
COSLA and the Scottish Government.  It generally means: Shared principles and
standards agreed nationally; Consistency across councils, while allowing local
flexibility; Avoiding duplication of effort, policies and frameworks and Collective
ownership.
• AI must not be used to produce biased or discriminatory outcomes
• Bias testing must occur pre-deployment, per national and local authority good
practice
• Bias must also be monitored periodically post-deployment 
Transparency and explainability 
• All AI-generated outputs in public-facing services should be clearly labelled
• Users must understand inputs, logic and outputs of AI systems
• A public-facing AI Systems Register will be established
• An internal AI systems register will record all AI systems and use cases before
deployment 
• The environmental impact should be considered and reported as required when
selecting AI tools
• Sustainability criteria should be considered in procurement scoring where feasible
• AI systems used by the Council must remain contestable. Where AI is used to
support decisions with legal or significant effects on individuals, appropriate routes
for human review, challenge and redress must be available. Final accountability for
135

Page 136

decisions remains with a human decision-maker, and individuals must not be subject
to decisions that cannot be reasonably explained or reviewed.
• Where AI is used in services that interact with, or materially affect, citizens or service
users, the Council will be transparent about its use. This includes explaining the role
of AI, the nature of its outputs, its limitations, and the safeguards in place to ensure
fairness, accountability and compliance with legal and ethical obligations.
• Where AI tools are used as part of a business process, accountability for decisions
remains with the relevant officer, manager or service and not with the technology
itself. 
Human oversight and accountability 
• AI supports decisions; it does not replace human responsibility and accountability
• Users must verify accuracy, monitor outcomes, and exercise professional judgement
• Users remain responsible for the accuracy, appropriateness, and legality of outputs
generated using AI
• System owners and sponsors must be identified for every AI deployment 
• AI systems used by the Council will remain contestable. Where AI supports decisions
there must be appropriate routes for human review, challenge and redress. 
Security and data protection 
• No sensitive, personal or confidential SLC data may be entered into consumer grade
AI tools hence the council’s position, as standard, to block the use of these tools
• AI systems must undergo DPIA  (Data Privacy Impact Assessment) and security
assessment before implementation
• Access to AI tools must reflect Zero Trust and role-based permissions.  This means
that people should only be able to use AI tools in ways that match their job role, and
no access is automatically trusted just because someone is inside the Council’s
systems. AI tools will not therefore provide access to information beyond what a user
is already authorised to view.
• AI use must comply with data protection legislation and organisational data handling
standards
• Sensitive, personal, or confidential information must be protected through
classification, labelling, and retention controls
• Controls will seek to mitigate adversarial AI threats such as prompt injection, model
poisoning, and manipulation.  This refers to ways in which AI systems can be
deliberately tricked or interfered with and the safeguards that the council will put in
place to reduce those risks.   
Proportionate governance 
• AI policies and systems must evolve alongside the technology.  Regular review is
therefore essential
• Controls should reduce risk without unnecessarily impacting productivity
136

Page 137

• “No‑impact” governance and monitoring controls should be applied first.  These are
the least intrusive controls which are light-touch safeguards that use existing rules
and systems and do not change how employees work day-to-day.   
137

Page 138

Approved AI Tools and Use Cases 
AI Tools
Copilot is the primary authorised AI tool for South Lanarkshire Council and is governed
under enterprise-grade compliance, data protection and audit capabilities. This includes: 
• Microsoft 365 Copilot
• Microsoft 365 Copilot Chat (work mode)
• AI features embedded in Microsoft 365 applications and Microsoft Azure 
Other AI Tools
The use of external, consumer AI services, for example ChatGPT, Gemini, Bard, Claude, or
similar (e.g. public chatbots) for processing organisational information is not permitted unless
explicitly approved by the AI Oversight Board. 
Agentic AI
Agentic AI goes beyond using AI to simply respond to prompts and is a shift from traditional
reactive AI.  It behaves as goal-directed digital agents where the agents integrate with
council systems to automate workflows, retrieve and analyse information, and support
decision-making.   
All Agentic AI must operate under defined purposes, strict governance, human oversight,
and approved risk controls to ensure safe, ethical, and transparent use.  To ensure this is
consistently applied, the council’s Copilot Agent Governance and Implementation
Framework must be followed and satisfied when requesting, assessing, designing,
developing and deploying AI agents. 
Uses of AI 
Examples of AI uses are in the table below: 
You can use AI to     You must not use AI to
Draft or summarise documents you are
authorised to access
Upload Council or personal data to
public AI tools
Analyse information to support your work Make automated decisions without
human review
Improve accessibility and productivity Bypass security or information
governance rules
Support professional judgement Generate misleading or discriminatory
content 
138

Page 139

Roles & Responsibilities 
Employee Roles / Responsibilities and Governance
Given the evolving landscape of AI in South Lanarkshire Council, it is essential that
appropriate governance arrangements are in place and that officer roles and responsibilities
are clearly articulated.  The following details some of these 
• Governance – Whilst the Digital Transformation Review Board will initially act as
the overarching strategic governance body for AI, an AI Oversight Board will be
established to specifically focus on the AI aspects of the council’s digital
transformation agenda
• AI Tool Owner –service or business lead who is accountable for how a particular
AI use is applied in practice, not for the technology platform itself. They are
responsible for what the AI is used for, where, and with what impact..
• Executive Sponsor –Executive Director who provides strategic sponsorship for AI
use or adoption and ensures the right resources, priorities and approvals are in
place to give AI activity organisational legitimacy and senior oversight.
• AI Point of Contact – will act as the operational lead 
• IT Services – will configure and manage AI services securely, ensuring security,
compliance and tool approval 
• End-Users – who will validate content and AI outputs and will comply with council
policies
• All users – who will report suspected misuse or data incidents 
To support officers to deliver their roles and responsibilities above, a range of training and
guidance will be available which includes the following
• Microsoft 365 / AI training modules
• SLC in-house bespoke training and guidance
• Sectoral training and guidance from the Scottish Local Government Digital Office 
In addition to employee training, the Council will support proportionate AI awareness and
guidance for partners and service users where AI-enabled services are introduced. This will
help build understanding, trust and confidence in how AI is used and governed by the
Council. 
139

Page 140

Governance and Compliance 
Data Governance and Information Management
In accordance with the council’s M365 environment which benefits from enterprise
protection, users can only access information that they are already permitted to view.
Therefore, data governance is the primary risk control for AI.
The Council will therefore seek to:
• Reduce oversharing in SharePoint, OneDrive, and Teams
• Apply sensitivity labels and retention policies to protect information
• Apply data minimisation principles, ensuring we only collect, use, share and keep
the data that is genuinely needed to do a specific job.
• Monitor and remediate high‑risk sharing configurations
• Record, validate and store appropriately AI outputs
• Complete a DPIA and security assessment for AI systems that will use Council
data 
AI adoption must not proceed where underlying data quality, classification, access controls
or governance are inadequate. Data readiness is a prerequisite for effective and trustworthy
AI. 
Activities such as drafting documents, summarising meetings, analysing spreadsheets, or
improving accessibility using Microsoft Copilot are considered low-risk and are encouraged
where they add value. 
.
Information Security and Technical Control 
These controls are designed to protect Council information and reduce the risk of misuse,
while allowing  employees to use AI tools productively and with confidence. 
Controls applied to AI use are proportionate to risk. Most everyday uses of AI require no
additional controls beyond existing data protection, security and professional standards.
Where AI is used in more complex or higher-risk scenarios, additional safeguards help
ensure accuracy, fairness, transparency and accountability. 
These safeguards are focused on protecting employees, service users and the organisation,
rather than restricting appropriate use. 
Zero-trust - The council will apply a zero-trust posture whereby
• Conditional access, Multi Factor Authentication (MFA), and role-based access will
be required 
• Logging and monitoring of AI usage will be captured in the M365 Compliance
Centre
• AI interactions and administrative actions will be audited
140

Page 141

• AI usage patterns will be monitored for risk and misuse
• Tools will be deployed to manage data protection, governance and compliance,
withcapabilities such as audit, eDiscovery, communication compliance, insider
risk management (where licensed), DLP (Data Loss Prevention) and DSPM (Data
Security Posture Management) will be utilised
• Extend data insights to monitor activity where users have been granted
permission to use AI tools other than Copilot 
Security Reviews – The council will seek to
• Conduct threat modelling for AI systems
• Evaluate model risks relative to hallucination, poisoning and manipulation.  To do
this the council will assess whether the AI system could produce inaccurate or
misleading information, be influenced by poor or malicious data, or be
deliberately misused, and ensure appropriate safeguards are in place to manage
these risks.  
• Assess supplier security 
When the Council buys or uses AI systems from external suppliers, we will carry out
appropriate checks to make sure they are safe, transparent and suitable for public sector
use. This includes:
• Understanding where and how the AI was trained, to ensure it uses appropriate and
lawful data
• Checking how long data is kept and how it is protected, in line with data protection
rules
• Ensuring the system can explain how it produces outputs or recommendations,
especially where these may affect people or services
• Making sure the Council is not locked into a single supplier, and that there are clear
options to change or exit if needed in the future 
All AI systems must follow an agreed lifecycle approach, including design, risk assessment,
deployment, ongoing monitoring, periodic review, and controlled retirement. Risks such as
bias, accuracy drift, misuse, and unintended impacts must be reviewed throughout the
system’s lifetime, not solely at the point of approval. 
Legal and Equality Considerations 
Some uses of AI require additional consideration because they may materially affect
individuals, influence access to services, or have legal or equality implications. In these
cases, additional checks and approvals help protect employees, service users and the
Council. 
These safeguards are proportionate and are applied only where the level of risk justifies
them. Final accountability for decisions always remains with a human decision-maker. 
From a legal perspective, AI usage within South Lanarkshire Council must comply with
• UK GDPR
• Human Rights considerations
• Equality Act 2010 (EQIA’s required for hi-impact systems)
141

Page 142

• FOI and transparency duties 
Similarly, from an ethical impact perspective, the council’s use of AI should ensure that
• Explainability is ensured
• Bias and fairness is assessed
• Systems are contestable with appropriate routes for redress 
To improve accessibility, AI should also enhance inclusion and reduce inequalities through
supporting accessible formats. 
AI must not be used for fully automated decision-making without human oversight, covert
surveillance, discriminatory profiling, or any activity that would undermine legal, ethical,
human rights or equality obligations. High-risk use cases require enhanced scrutiny, explicit
approval, and ongoing monitoring. 
Sustainability and Environmental Impact 
The environmental impact of AI systems, including energy consumption, infrastructure
demands and supplier sustainability practices, will be considered during procurement and
system design. Where feasible, sustainability criteria will form part of AI tool selection and
supplier evaluation, in line with the Council’s wider climate and sustainability commitments. 
Monitoring, Audit and Review
An AI Oversight Board will operate under the Digital Transformation Review Board as the
strategic oversight body for AI adoption and implementation within South Lanarkshire
Council.  As such any significant changes will be approved through the established
governance arrangements.   
Continuous updates, including AI usage statistics will be reported to the DTRB along with an
overview and evaluation of system accuracy, bias and user feedback. 
This AI Policy will also be reviewed annually to ensure that it remains fit for purpose and to
reflect any changes in legislation or regulation, any new capabilities in Microsoft 365 and to
ensure that any lessons learned in the organisational use of AI have, where appropriate,
been applied. 
All AI systems must be managed across their full lifecycle. This includes initial assessment
and approval, controlled deployment, ongoing monitoring for accuracy, bias and unintended
impacts, periodic review of continued suitability, and planned withdrawal or retirement where
the system is no longer appropriate or delivers insufficient public value. 
The Council recognises that AI technologies, risks and regulatory expectations will continue
to evolve. This policy, associated controls and governance arrangements will be reviewed
regularly to ensure they remain effective, proportionate and aligned with emerging national
guidance, legislation and best practice. 
142

Page 143

Monitoring, audit and compliance activity relating to AI will be undertaken in accordance with
the Council's existing information governance, ICT monitoring, records management and
data protection arrangements. 
Compliance and Enforcement
This policy and associated controls seek to ensure AI is used responsibly within South
Lanarkshire Council and that risks are managed and mitigated as best as possible.  This is
essential as the use of AI presents a potential risk to the council, users and our customers.   
Where AI is used outside this policy, access may be restricted and issues managed in line
with existing Council policies. 
In summary
This policy is designed to help South Lanarkshire Council use AI confidently, safely and
productively. It enables innovation while protecting employees, citizens and the organisation.
As AI technology continues to evolve, this policy and its supporting guidance will be
reviewed and updated to ensure it remains practical, proportionate and aligned with best
practice. 
143

Page 144

Glossary 
Term Plain-English explanation
Artificial Intelligence (AI)
Technology that helps computers carry out tasks that normally need
human thinking, such as writing text, summarising information, spotting
patterns or answering questions.
Microsoft Copilot
The Council’s approved AI tool, built into Microsoft 365 apps like Word,
Outlook and Teams, which helps  employees work more efficiently using
information they already have access to.
Everyday use of AI
Routine, low-risk tasks such as drafting documents, summarising
meetings, analysing spreadsheets or improving accessibility. These uses
are encouraged.
Higher-risk use of AI Uses of AI that could affect people’s rights, access to services, or legal
outcomes, and therefore need extra checks and approval.
Human oversight The requirement that a person remains in control of decisions and
checks AI outputs before they are used.
Accountability The principle that responsibility for decisions always sits with a person,
not with an AI system.
Automated
decision-making
Decisions made entirely by a system without human involvement. This is
not permitted where it could have legal or significant effects on
individuals.
Agentic AI
A more advanced type of AI that can carry out tasks across systems to
achieve a goal, rather than simply responding to prompts. These uses
require stricter governance.
Governance The rules, processes and oversight that ensure AI is used safely, legally
and responsibly.
Data protection Laws and rules that control how personal and sensitive information is
handled, stored and shared.
Sensitive or personal
data
Information about an individual that must be handled carefully, such as
personal details, health information or financial data.
Consumer AI tools Public AI services (such as public chatbots) that are not approved for
processing Council information.
Enterprise-grade AI AI tools provided within secure organisational systems that include
protections such as access controls, logging and audit.
Transparency Being open about when AI is used and how it supports decisions,
particularly in services that affect the public.
144

Page 145

Explainability The ability to understand and explain how an AI-supported decision was
reached.
Bias When an AI system produces unfair or unequal outcomes for certain
groups of people.
Bias testing Checks carried out to help ensure AI systems do not produce
discriminatory or unfair results.
Contestability The ability for individuals to challenge or ask for a review of decisions
that affect them.
DPIA (Data Protection
Impact Assessment)
A formal process used to assess privacy risks before introducing
higher-risk systems.
EQIA (Equality Impact
Assessment)
An assessment to ensure decisions or systems do not disadvantage
protected groups.
Zero Trust A security approach where access to systems and data is strictly
controlled and continuously checked.
Audit and monitoring Processes that record and review how systems are used, helping to
identify issues and provide assurance. 
145

Page 146

146

Page 147

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Reserves Strategy 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 provide information on the Council’s Reserves Strategy, including their position
as at the end of 2025/2026, and information on their planned use across the
coming years 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that the detail on the Reserves and their balance at the end of 2025/2026
(section 4), be noted; 
(2) that the Strategy proposed for each Reserve (section 5), be noted; and
(3) that the planned use of Reserves across the coming years (section 6, Appendix
1), be noted. 
3. Background
3.1. A Reserves Strategy is presented to the Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
on an annual basis.  This details the Council’s Reserves, their balance at the end of
the previous financial year, their purpose, and also a proposed strategy. 
3.2. A report titled 2027/2028 to 2028/2029 Revenue Budget Strategy was presented to
the Executive Committee on 24 June 2026. 
3.3. Section 8 of the June 2026 Revenue Budget Strategy report to Executive Committee
(link above) noted that an annual review would continue to be undertaken to consider
the monies held in the Earmarked/Committed General Fund Reserve, alongside the
Council’s Revenue Budget Strategy. 
3.4. Section 4 details the Council’s Reserves and their balance at the end of 2025/2026. 
The Council’s Reserves, their purpose, and their link to the Revenue Budget Strategy
is provided at section 5.  Section 6 outlines the profiled use of Reserves across the
coming years. 
4. Reserves and their Position at end 2025/2026
4.1. It is the responsibility of the Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) to
advise the Council on the level of reserves it should hold and to ensure that there are
clear protocols for their establishment and use. 
14
147

Page 148

4.2. The Local Authority Accounting Panel (LAAP) provide guidance to the Council’s
Section 95 Officer (the Executive Director of Finance and Corporate Resources), on
the establishment and maintenance of local authority reserves and balances.  The
LAAP Bulletin 99 (Local Authority Balances and Reserves) does not prescribe a
minimum level of reserves which should be held by a council.  It is for the Council to
consider an appropriate level of reserves taking cognisance of strategic, operational
and financial risks facing the authority at a local level.  It does, however, say that
Reserves should not be held without a clear purpose.  Audit Scotland have noted that
the level of reserves that councils hold is a local decision. Section 5 of this paper will
detail a Strategy for each of the Council’s Reserves. 
4.3. The Council has a number of earmarked/specific reserves and one General Fund. 
This General Fund is split into 2 with an element being earmarked/committed
(including that set aside for future budget strategies), and also an unearmarked
element.  Table 1 shows a summary of the Reserves position at the end of financial
year 2025/2026. 
Table 1 – Reserves Analysis 
£m £000
Total Usable Reserves  176.726
Less:  
General Fund (earmarked/committed inc. Budget Strategies) 140.666 
Repairs and Renewals  4.631 
Insurance Fund 1.022 
Capital Funds  10.704 
Housing Revenue Account 6.660 
Total Earmarked/Committed Usable Reserves  163.683
Uncommitted General Fund  13.043 
4.4. Table 1 shows the level of Unearmarked/Uncommitted General Fund at
£13.043 million at end financial year 2025/2026 (in line with 2024/2025).  These
monies are for use in an emergency situation and are a cushion to contribute towards
unanticipated pressures that the Council may face in year.  The Council holds this to
use in the event of unforeseen circumstances, and it is not available for routine
operational activities. 
4.5. Of this total Reserves balance of £176.726 million, the Earmarked/Committed General
Fund totals £140.666 million and this includes £106.922 million identified for use in the
Council’s Revenue Budget Strategies.  The remaining £33.144 million includes a
number of items such as £11 million for Investments reflecting profile of spend across
years, and earmarked funds across Resources for multi-year project funding.  These
are covered further at Sections 5.5 and 5.6.  The Council’s Financial Strategy is
predicated on the utilisation of Reserves across a number of years, with a view to
managing the savings requirement in those years.  The Reserves being used have
either been:- 
 the underspend generated by the reduced pension contributions during
2024/2025 and 2025/2026 approved in November 2023 (final year of use being
2026/2027)
 the result of underspends generated from the Loans Fund Review and Service
Concessions as approved at Council in February 2025, (final year of use being
2029/2030)  
148

Page 149

 budget underspends previously earmarked for use in the Budget Strategy,
including pay award, or
 budget underspends previously earmarked for Children and Families budget
pressures. 
4.6. The Other amounts within the Reserves at the end of 2025/2026 relate to specific
Reserves such as the Housing Revenue Account, the Insurance Fund and Capital
Funds. All other Reserves are held for specific purposes and the total balance of
Reserves currently held is considered an appropriate level in relation to the Council’s
financial position. 
5. Reserves Position Review
5.1. The position on each Reserve is taken in turn along with an update on each. 
5.2. General Fund: The Council’s General Fund is split into 2 parts: Unearmarked /
Uncommitted and Earmarked / Committed. Each is taken in turn along with the
proposed plan to managing each Reserve. 
5.3. Uncommitted General Fund:  As at 31 March 2026, the Council’s uncommitted
General Fund remains at £13.043 million.  As noted in section 4.4, these monies are
for use in an emergency situation and are a cushion to contribute towards
unanticipated pressures that the Council may face in year.  The Council holds this to
use in the event of unforeseen circumstances and is not available for routine
operational activities.  Against an expenditure budget of £1,082 million for 2026/2027,
this represents a 1.2% reserve. 
5.4.  It is proposed that rather than suggesting that our Unearmarked / Uncommitted
General Fund Reserve should be higher, we continue to adopt the approach
suggested by the LAAP Guidance (section 4.2), and that a risk-based approach is
applied.  This would mean giving consideration to the level of the Unearmarked /
Uncommitted General Fund Reserve on an annual basis, reflecting the Council’s
planning and Budget Strategy position.  The Council does not rely on Reserves to fund
Revenue expenditure without a clear plan, and if they are used to support the Revenue
Budget (reduce the Budget Gap), then members are advised that they are temporary
solution only, and that a permanent solution is required. 
5.5. Earmarked General Fund:  As at 31 March 2026, there are £140.666 million of
earmarked general funds.  Of this amount, £106.922 million has been earmarked for
use in the Council’s medium term Budget Strategy (section 4.5).  The remaining
£33.744 million is earmarked for specific purposes including multi-year Investments
caried forward (£11.209 million) and multi-year project funding (£2.432 million).   
5.6. Other significant balances include Early Learning and Childcare (£2.361 million) to
support the Education budget in 2026/2027, Waste and Recycling Services (£2.200
million) committed across the next 4 years including for Waste Transfer Station in
2026/2027, Resettlement funding (£1.703 million) being utilised for ongoing staffing
costs, Marmot Initiative (£2.000 million) to match Health and IJB commitments and
2027 Local Government Election (£1.000 million) required in 2027/2028.  Future
additions to the Reserve will be based on Resource requests to earmark funds and
will be subject to Member approval (either in the Probable Outturn or the year-end
report to the Council’s Executive Committee).  A review will continue to take place
annually to consider the monies held in the Earmarked/Committed General Fund
Reserve, alongside the Council’s Revenue Budget Strategy and assessment of
expenditure and funding risk areas. 
149

Page 150

5.7. Repairs and Renewals Fund:  This fund has been established mainly through
contributions from the Revenue Budget.  As at 31 March 2026 the balance on this fund
is £4.631 million.  Contained within the overall heading of Repairs and Renewals is
the Winter Maintenance Fund (£0.422 million at March 2026) and the Strategic Waste
Fund, a sum of money to assist in managing the impact of uneven cash flows and
contract cost increases in relation to the Council’s Waste Collection / Disposal
contracts (£3.246 million).  These funds have been set aside and earmarked for
specific purposes.  Any future additions would be based on Resource requests for
specific projects and will be subject to Member approval (either in the Probable Outturn
or the year-end report to the Council’s Executive Committee). 
5.8. Insurance Fund:  Council Resources contribute to the Insurance Fund.  The fund
meets the cost of premiums, paying uninsured excess settlements.  The uninsured
excesses on the Council’s main policies are significant meaning the vast majority of
losses are self-insured with the cost of losses being met from the self-insurance fund,
with insurers paying for costs above the excess on individual losses. 
5.9. As at 31 March 2026, the balance on this fund is £1.022 million.  The budget for
insurance annually should cover costs each year, however due to the timing of claims
and payments, the fund is used to manage the multiyear nature of spend and to carry
forward balances.  Further budget allocations have been made in future years
including in the 2027/2028 to 2028/2029 Budget Strategy. 
5.10. Capital Fund:  The money held within the Capital Fund may be used to fund
expenditure of a capital nature or to repay loans fund principal which allows flexibility
in the Revenue Budget.  As at 31 March 2026, the balance on this fund is £10.704
million.  Contained within the overall heading of the capital fund are specific funds
including Usable Capital Receipts (£7.321 million), Central Energy Efficiency Fund
(CEEF) (£0.503 million), IT Development Fund (£0.241 million) and Education Capital
Replacement Fund (£2.360 million). 
5.11. The Capital receipts are specifically earmarked to fund the capital programme.  The
CEEF fund is specifically earmarked for energy efficiency projects within the Capital
Programme with projects approved on an annual basis and the IT Development Fund
is committed to support data analysis work and system upgrades.  The Education
Capital Replacement Fund is subject to the Devolved School Management
arrangement for schools (these monies are specifically set aside by schools for
specific spend items, from their devolved budget). 
5.12. Housing Revenue Account Reserve:  the balance on this fund as at 31 March 2026
is £6.660 million.  These monies are ring fenced for the activities associated with the
Council’s Housing stock. 
6. Profiled Use of Reserves
6.1. Appendix 1 attached shows the Council’s Reserves at the end of 2025/2026, and a
profile of anticipated use across the coming years.  The main movements reflect the
use of Reserves in the Council’s Revenue Budget Strategy, relating to the reduced
pension contributions (as part of the Revenue Budget Strategy – Executive
Committee, November 2023) and the use of underspends generated from the Loans
Fund Review and Service Concessions (as approved at Council in February 2025).  In
addition, multi-year Investment funding has been approved as part of 2025/2026 and
2026/2027 budget setting and is profiled for use over the coming years (Executive
Committee, June 2026).  
150

Page 151

6.2. The table in Appendix 1 shows that all Reserves are committed, except the
Unearmarked/Uncommitted General Fund Balance of £13.043 million. 
7. Employee Implications
7.1. There are no direct employee implications from this report. 
8. Financial Implications
8.1. The financial implications are summarised within the report. 
9. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
9.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in terms
of the information contained in this report. 
9.2. Climate Change targets will have an impact on the Council’s future financial strategies. 
This will be included in future Budget Strategy papers as appropriate. 
10. Risk and Other Implications
10.1. The review of reserves is a key part of understanding the Council’s level of financial
resilience in light of the financial risks and challenges it faces. The financial strategy
is the way in which the Council can manage a number of these key risks which directly
impact on the money available to deliver Council outcomes.   
10.2. We will continue to monitor and report on the reserves as appropriate. 
11. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
11.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
11.2. There is no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in this report. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
31 August 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, Effective, Efficient and Transparent 
Previous References
 Finance and Corporate Resources Committee, 10 September 2025
 Executive Committee, 24 June 2026 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Jackie Taylor, Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)
Ext:  4637 (Tel:  01698 454637)
E-mail : jackie.taylor@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
151

Page 152

Appendix 1
Reserves and Their Estimated Use Across 2026/2027 to 2028/2029+ 
Balance at
end
2025/2026
Estimated
Use in
2026/2027*
Estimated
Transfer to
Reserves in
2026/2027*
Estimated
Balance at
end
2026/2027
Estimated
Use in
2027/2028
Estimated
Balance at
end
2027/2028
Estimated
Use in
2028/2029
and Beyond  
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
Earmarked / Committed Usable Reserves              
General Fund 
(earmarked/committed inc. Budget Strategies) 140.666 (45.544) 36.468 131.590 (41.364) 90.226 (90.226)
Repairs and Renewals  4.631 (1.138) 0.000 3.493 (2.834) 0.659 (0.659)
Insurance Fund 1.022 (0.884) 0.000 0.138 (0.138) 0.000 0.000 
Capital Funds  10.704 (6.031) 0.000 4.673 (2.870) 1.803 (1.803) 
Housing Revenue Account 6.660 (3.498) 0.000 3.162 (3.162) 0.000 0.000  
Total Committed Usable Reserves 163.683 (57.095) 36.468 143.056 (50.368) 92.688 (92.688) 
Unearmarked / Uncommitted General Fund 13.043 0.000 0.000 13.043 0.000 13.043 0.000 
Total Reserves 176.726 (57.095) 36.468 156.099 (50.368) 105.731 (92.688) 
* Estimated (use of reserves) or transfers to reserves for 2026/2027 reflect the Period 5 Monitoring reports and estimates for the remainder of the year. 
152

Page 153

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Common Good Update Report 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:
[purpose]
 advise members of the Common Good Accounts for year ended 31 March 2026
 provide an update on the committed projects for both Lanark and Hamilton
Common Good
 seek approval to proceed with the disposal of the former Vogue bingo site at Keith
Street, Hamilton
 advise members of new lease requests
 advise members of a Community Asset Transfer Request regarding Biggar Golf
Course and Caravan Park
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):
[recs]
(1) that the accounts for Common Good for the year ended 31 March 2026 (Section
4), be noted;
(2) that the cyclical spend committed against the Common Good Repairs and
Maintenance budgets for Lanark and Hamilton (Sections 5 and 6), be noted;
(3) that previously approved projects that would require funding from both Lanark
and Hamilton Common Good Accounts out with the Repairs and Maintenance
budgets (Sections 8 and 9), be noted;
(4) that Property Services proceed with the consultation on the proposed disposal
of the former Vogue Bingo site, be noted;
(5) if there are no objections under the consultation, that Community and
Enterprise Resources proceed with the disposal of the former Vogue Bingo
Site, Hamilton, be noted;
(6) that a new lease for Lanark Rugby Club (Section 10), be noted; 
(7) that a new lease for Lanark Thistle Bowling Club (Section 11), be noted; and
(8) that the Community Asset Transfer request regarding Biggar Golf Course and
Caravan Park, be noted. 
3. Background
3.1. The Common Good is a fund of money/assets and is administered by a Scottish local
authority in respect of each former burgh within the area of the local authority. 
3.2. Common Good property is administered separately from other local authority assets
for accounting purposes.  What the authority can do with the assets is subject to a
system of statutory control.  This control has the potential to limit the extent to which
the authority can dispose of or deal with the asset and on what terms. 
15
153

Page 154

3.3. The Common Good funds held within South Lanarkshire Council are Lanark, Biggar,
Hamilton and Rutherglen.  Accounts are prepared on an annual basis, as part of the
Council’s year end process.  The position for the year ended 31 March 2026 is detailed
in Section 4. 
3.4. The Common Good Accounts in Lanark and Hamilton hold a number of properties.  A
proactive approach to maintenance supports the viability of these assets and reduces
the risk to greater liability in the future. 
3.5. The Finance and Corporate Resources Committee, at its meeting on 2 October 2013,
approved an annual cyclical maintenance plan of £15,000 for both Lanark and
Hamilton Common Good properties.  The Executive Director (Finance and Corporate
Resources) has delegated authority to approve maintenance work up to the value of
£15,000 per annum for each fund.  If inspections highlight requirements to undertake
investment which would be beyond routine maintenance, this will be considered
separately for approval and will be the subject of a report to this Committee.   
3.6. On 19 February 2008, the Finance and Information Technology Committee approved
an annual contribution of up to £2,500 will be made towards the cost of maintaining St
Nicholas Church Tower. 
3.7.  In addition to the accounts position covered in Section 4, this report will provide an up-
to-date position on the planned maintenance and spend from the Lanark, Hamilton
and Biggar Common Good Funds (Sections 5 to 7), additional funding requests from
Lanark Common Good (Section 8) and Hamilton Common Good (Section 9). New
leases for Lanark Racecourse and Lanark Thistle Bowling Club are covered in
Sections 10 and 11. 
4. Common Good Annual Accounts 2025/2026
4.1. Appendix 1 to the report shows the accounts for 2025/2026. These form part of the
Council’s audited accounts that are being presented to the Risk and Audit Scrutiny
Committee on 29 September 2026. The accounts show the income and expenditure
made against Common Good in the last financial year.   
4.2. The Appendix shows that as at the end of 2025/2026, the Advances to South
Lanarkshire Council Loans Fund is £1.080 million.  This is the cash that is held by the
Council on behalf of the Common Good Funds, and which is readily available to meet
expenditure.  Table 1 provides the details across the Funds. 
Table 1 – Advances to South Lanarkshire Council Loans Fund 
Fund Lanark Biggar Hamilton Rutherglen Total 
£m £m £m £m £m
Balance 0.302 0.027 0.613 0.138 1.080 
4.3. It should be noted that these are the balances available as at 31 March 2026 and
subsequent expenditure commitments will reduce these balances. This paper includes
details on future commitments totalling £0.130 million from the Lanark Common Good
Fund.   
5. Lanark Repairs and Maintenance Budget – Planned Maintenance 2026/2027
5.1. As noted in 3.5. an annual budget of £15,000 is available for the maintenance of
Common Good properties in Lanark.  There are three separate commitments against
this budget for 2026/2027, which total £7,292.  These are taken in turn.
154

Page 155

5.2. Lanark Racecourse Equestrian Centre:  The previous tenant vacated the property
at the end of their lease in July 2025.  The site has been secured for health and safety
purposes.  Previously reported to this committee, costs of £1,475 will be met from the
2026/2027 budget for storm damage and vandalism. 
5.3. The site was recently marketed for rent. The closing date has since passed, and the
offers are currently being considered. An update on the outcome of the new lease will
be provided to this Committee in December. 
5.4. Tolbooth External Stairs Repair: Up to £2,500 was approved to carry out a repair to
the bossed render on the external stairs at the Tolbooth. The initial work was carried
out at the end of August, however, the contractor will be back on site to conclude the
works by the end of September. The costs are anticipated to be less than budget.  An
update will be provided to this Committee on the final cost of the works. 
5.5. Lanark Moor/Lanark Racecourse Access Road Repairs: Funding of £3,317 was
approved to carry out temporary repairs to the access road to Lanark Moor/Lanark
Racecourse.  This work is now complete. The road will be monitored over the winter
period, and any permanent repair needs will be reported to this Committee, if required. 
6. Hamilton Repairs and Maintenance Budget – Planned Maintenance 2025/2026
6.1. Similarly, as noted in paragraph 3.5. an annual budget of £15,000 is also available for
the maintenance of Common Good properties in Hamilton. 
6.2. There were two outstanding separate commitments against this planned maintenance
budget for 2025/2026, totalling a maximum of £4,750.  These are taken in turn. 
6.3. Cadzow Glen:  Repairs to the footpath and bridge at Cadzow Glen were previously
funded from Hamilton Common Good – this work is complete. Removal of the old
boardwalk was also undertaken and was within the budget of £3,000 approved through
delegated authority. 
6.4. Gatehouse, 65 Bothwell Road Investigate flooding on main entrance pathway: 
A cost of £1,750 had been approved to carry out investigative work to identify the
cause of flooding on the main entrance pathway to the property.  The property is
currently leased out.  The investigations are complete and no further works were
identified. 
6.5. There are no commitments against the planned maintenance budget for 2026/2027. 
7. Biggar Assets
7.1. As previously reported to this Committee in May 2026, the Biggar Common Good
Account holds the following assets: 
 Biggar Public Park assets
 Biggar Golf Club assets
 Former Rowhead Landfill Site 
7.2. There is currently no approved annual cyclical maintenance for Biggar properties.   As
previously reported, revenue and capital costs will continue to be the responsibility of
the General Fund.  
155

Page 156

8. Lanark Common Good – Approved Projects
8.1. Several requests for funding have been received that are either not for repairs and
maintenance or which cannot be approved under delegated authority due to level of
the expected costs. 
8.2. St Nicholas Church Tower:  As reported to this Committee in August 2024, the
Heritage Architect’s report recommended the application of paint every 5 years with
an annual washdown in between.  A proposal for the costs relating to the church tower
(£0.070 million) to be met from the Lanark Common Good Fund was approved at the
August 2024 meeting of this Committee.  The intention is to progress the works jointly
with the Church. 
8.3. The Church has identified funding and are considering how the joint project can be
taken forward, the likelihood being that the Church carry out the works required for the
church building and on completion, the Council begin work on the Tower. This will be
dependent on weather conditions. An update will be provided when the start date has
been agreed. 
8.4. Lanark Loch Car Park repair: Works required to repair the bottom car park at Lanark
Loch car park at an estimated cost of £0.060 million were approved by this Committee
in August 2024. 
8.5. Drainage investigations carried out by the Council’s flood management section were
completed at a cost of £15,983. This had identified that the historical drainage outfall
and the drainage system were damaged. 
8.6. Community and Enterprise Resources have established a programme of works with
the drainage improvement site works to be undertaken in September.   
8.7. The original approved funding (£0.060 million) was to cover drainage works and car
park repairs. Once the drainage works are complete, the costs of resurfacing the car
park will be reviewed for a revised estimate of the costs, and any variation from the
original budget will be provided to this Committee for approval. 
8.8. Balance of Fund:  Lanark Common Good Fund had a cash balance of £0.302 million
held by the Council as at 31 March 2026, which is readily available to meet
expenditure.  Excluding the £0.007 million approved for planned maintenance during
2026/2027 (paragraphs 5.2 – 5.5), £0.295 million is available to meet the proposed
costs of £0.070 million for St Nicholas Church Tower (paragraphs 8.2 to 8.5), and the
approved costs of £0.060 million for the Lanark Loch Car Park (paragraphs 8.6 to
8.10).  This would leave an estimated balance of £0.165 million available for future
use. 
9. Hamilton Common Good – Approved Projects
9.1. Requests for funding have been received that are either not for repairs and
maintenance or which cannot be approved under delegated authority due to the level
of the expected costs. 
9.2. Former Vogue Bingo Site:  As noted previously (May 2026), the demolition of this
site is complete.  Community and Enterprise Resources are now seeking approval to
market the brown field town centre site for sale. The planning policy will support a wide
range of uses including leisure, retail, service and residential.   
156

Page 157

9.3. Legal Services have advised that the land belongs to Hamilton Common Good and is
alienable so can be disposed of without having to seek permission from the courts,
however, consultation to dispose of the land would be required under the Community
Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015.  
9.4. If approved by Committee, the consultation will be carried out by Property Services
and will be open for eight weeks following this Committee to allow community bodies
and others to make representations.  If there are no objections it is proposed that
Property Services progress the disposal, however, if there are objections, these would
be brought back to a future meeting of this Committee for consideration. 
9.5. Proceeds of the sale of the former Vogue Bingo Site will be allocated to the Hamilton
Common Good Fund. 
9.6. Hamilton Town Square:  A contribution from Hamilton Common Good fund of £0.100
million, approved in May 2024, was allocated to Community and Enterprise Resources
as a contribution to the costs of the design team developing proposals for Hamilton
Town Square. This was fully spent in 2025/2026.  Progress on the Town Square
project, as part of the Hamilton Town Centre Masterplan, will be reported to
Community and Enterprise Resources Committee. 
9.7. Land at Back Row/Cadzow Park, Hamilton 
As reported to this Committee in February 2026, approval was given to proceed with
the consultation on the proposed disposal of a small area of land at Back Row/Cadzow
Park, Hamilton.  The consultation closed with no objections and Property Services are
proceeding with the disposal of the small area of land. 
9.8. Balance of Fund:  Hamilton Common Good Fund had a cash balance of £0.613
million held by the Council as at 31 March 2026, which is readily available to meet
expenditure.  Excluding the outstanding £0.003 million (section 6.3) for planned
maintenance during 2025/2026, £0.610 million is available for future use. 
10. Lanark Racecourse Lease
10.1. As reported to this Committee in May 2026, Lanark Rugby Club currently have an
annual lease for a Clubhouse on land at Lanark Racecourse, Hyndford Road, for a
peppercorn rent of £1 per annum. 
10.2. A new 20-year lease on a full repairing and insuring basis, which would generate rental
income for the Common Good fund (£200 per annum) has been requested.  This is at
market value and relates to the area of land (Appendix 2 with the area shown in green)
forming both the clubhouse and playing pitches and would be leased to the trustees
and office bearers of Lanark Rugby Club. There will remain a public access across the
area of the lease, as is currently the case. 
10.3. Following the consultation and court consent process, the full lease arrangements
have been reviewed by Estates Services and approval will be sought through Housing
and Technical Resources Committee for a 20-year lease of the land to Lanark Rugby
Club. 
11. Lanark Thistle Bowling Club Lease
11.1. Lanark Thistle Bowling Club currently leases ground at Castlehill Bowling Green,
Castlegate, Lanark, from Lanark Common Good.  The club has occupied the site since
1760.  The Club has a membership of over 100 which continues to increase, and the
facilities are used for many community events. The current lease granted for 25 years
is due to expire on 27 November 2027.
157

Page 158

11.2. The club is seeking a longer-term lease of 30 years.  Approval will be sought through
Housing and Technical Resources Committee for a longer-term 30-year lease of the
ground to Lanark Thistle Bowling Club. 
12. Biggar Golf Course and Caravan Park – Community Asset Transfer Request
12.1. A Community Asset Transfer lease has been requested for Biggar Golf Course and
Caravan Park. 
12.2. The Community Asset Transfer request and a proposed heads of terms lease will be
considered by the Housing and Technical Resources Committee in November 2026.
If approved, consultation would be required under Section 104 of the Community
Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015.  As the land is inalienable, and the lease is
technically deemed as a ‘disposal’, subject to the results of the consultation, the
Council will consider petitioning the court for permission to dispose of the land. 
13. Employee Implications
13.1. None 
14. Financial Implications
14.1. All costs identified will be met from the Common Good funds held for Lanark and
Hamilton. 
15. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
15.1. There are no implications for climate change, sustainability or the environment in terms
of the information contained in this report. 
16. Risk and Other Implications
16.1. The ongoing repairs and maintenance support the viability of Common Good assets
and reduces the Council’s risk to increased liabilities in the future. 
17. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
17.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
17.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in this report. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
31 August 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent 
Previous References
 Common Good Update Report, 6 May 2026
 Common Good – Disposal of Land at Back Row / Cadzow Park, 18 February 2026
 Common Good Update Report – Former Vogue Building, 19 November 2025
 Common Good Update Report, 10 September 2025
158

Page 159

List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please contact:
Lorraine O’Hagan, Head of Finance
Ext:  2601  (Tel:  01698 452601)
E-mail:  lorraine.ohagan@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
159

Page 160

Appendix 1 
2025/2026 Annual Accounts Lanark Biggar Hamilton Rutherglen Total 
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000
Income and Expenditure
Accounts     
Income for the Year 41 1 147 5 194
Expenditure for the Year (71) (230) (327) - (628)
Surplus / (Deficit) to the
Balance Sheet
(30) (229) (180) 5 (434)      
Balance Sheet     
Fixed Assets      
Property, Plant and Equipment 1,594 3,323 1,506 - 6,423
Investments     
Advances to South
Lanarkshire Council Loans
Fund
302 27 613 138 1,080
Debtors - - - - -
Total Assets 1,896 3,350 2,119 138 7,503
Current Liabilities     
Creditors (2) - (16) - (18)
Total Assets less Current
Liabilities
1,894 3,350 2,103 138 7,485      
Represented By:     
Common Good Account 1,181 26 1,690 133 3,030
Surplus / (Deficit) (30) (229) (180) 5 (434)
Amortisation of Revaluation
Reserve
5 12 7 - 24
Gain / Loss on Revaluation - - - - - 
1,156 (191) 1,517 138 2,620
Revaluation Reserve     
Opening Balance 792 - 585 - 1,377
Gain / Loss on Revaluation (49) 3,553 8 - 3,512
Amortisation of Revaluation
Reserve
(5) (12) (7) - (24)
Closing Balance 738 3,541 586 - 4,865      
Total 1,894 3,350 2,103 138 7,485 
160

Page 161

Appendix 2
161

Page 162

162

Page 163

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject:  Annual Procurement Report 2025/2026 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 present the Annual Procurement Report for 2025/2026
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the Annual Procurement Report for 2025/2026 be noted.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. The Procurement (Scotland) Reform Act 2014 requires contracting authorities to
prepare and publish an annual procurement report on its regulated procurement
activities. 
3.2. This report to Committee provides an overview of the annual report highlighting key
content from each of the sections.  The full annual report is provided as Appendix 1. 
4. Annual reporting requirements
4.1. The Act states that the annual report must include:- 
 Regulated procurement activity
 Procurement strategy
 Community Wealth Building and Community Benefits
 Sustainable Procurement and Supported Businesses
 Future planning
 Other information 
4.2. Section 2: Regulated Procurement Activity
4.2.1. Regulated procurement is defined by the Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014 as
any procurement with an estimated value of over £50,000 for supplies or services or
£2m for works contracts.  The Council includes all awards over £50,000 in the Annual
Report for transparency. 
4.2.2. The Council’s contract awards in 2025/2026, as detailed in Appendix 1 of the annual
report, totalled 278 contracts (over £50,000) with a total value of £367 million.  This
compares to 213 contracts for the same period in 2024/2025. 
16
163

Page 164

4.3. Section 3: Regulated Procurement Compliance 
4.3.1. This section sets out how procurements demonstrate compliance with procurement
regulations and the Council’s Procurement Strategy. 
4.3.2. The Procurement Strategy 2023 to 2028 was endorsed by Finance and Corporate
Resources Committee on 3 May 2023 and approved by the Executive Committee on
17 May 2023.  The Strategy is subject to annual review, including an action plan to
ensure continuous improvement across procurement activity and an update on the
Procurement Strategy for 2026/2027 is the subject of a separate report on this agenda. 
The Annual Report highlights actions completed during 2025/2026, including
efficiencies delivered by the procured spend review and improvements in Community
Benefit monitoring. 
4.3.3. The Annual Report also outlines the Council’s arrangements to ensure compliance,
transparency and Value for Money. 
4.4. Section 4: Community Wealth Building and Community Benefits 
4.4.1. This section of the annual report has been developed to focus on procurement
outcomes from the Community Wealth Building Strategy and Community Benefits.  In
2025/2026, 571 Community Benefit outcomes from 99 contracts are detailed, in
comparison to 339 Community Benefit outcomes secured in 2024/2025. 
4.4.2. The improvement in both securing and monitoring of Community Benefits continues
to be supported by the dedicated Community Benefit officer role and Cenefits
software.  Case studies of appropriate projects are included, including contracts with
BSMI Ltd and the Bell Group. 
4.5. Section 5: Sustainable Procurement and Supported Businesses
4.5.1. This section of the report provides an update on the Council’s progress in embedding
the Scottish Government’s sustainable procurement tools and examples of
sustainable outcomes.  Positive sustainable outcomes in procurement include
compliance with Fair Work First guidance, including mandating living wage in social
care and early learning contracts and use of the sustainability test to embed
sustainability measures in Ground Source Heat Pumps and New Build Housing
tenders. 
4.5.2. The Council’s responsibility to facilitate the involvement of supported businesses in
procurement is also outlined in this section.  Supported businesses are enterprises
whose main aim is to integrate disabled or disadvantaged people socially and
professionally.  Their workforce must be at least 30% disabled or disadvantaged, as
specified in EU Directive 2014/24/EU.  The Council’s contractual activity with
supported businesses and social enterprises is noted, including Haven Products, Hey
Girls and Scotland’s Bravest Manufacturing Company. 
4.6. Section 6: Future Planning
4.6.1. A summary of the regulated procurements the authority expects to award in the next
2 years, including renewals and new contracts, is included in Appendix 3 of the report,
which has been developed following procurement service planning consultation with
Resources. 
4.6.2. The procurement programme for 2026/2027 and 2027/2028 contains a significant
volume of projects, including high value construction and regeneration projects and
continuing phases of the various Education and Social Care long-term Procured
Service Arrangements. 
164

Page 165

4.7. Section 7: Further information
4.7.1. Information to be included in this section is not prescribed, however, the Council has
highlighted several areas, including local and SME spend analysis and invoicing and
e-invoicing performance information for 2025/2026. 
4.7.2. The Council’s core trade spend for 2025/2026 was £441 million, an increase of £8
million since 2024/2025.  Spend in the South Lanarkshire area (with both SMEs and
larger organisations) was 23.4%, a reduction of 1.6% against 2024/2025.  This can be
attributed to: - 
 decreases in fleet spend with local suppliers due to the cyclical nature of vehicle
purchases
 reductions in local spend due to five high spend local enterprises entering
administration or liquidation since 2024/2025 
4.7.3. A geographical analysis of spend is included in the annual procurement report and
quantifies spend for the wider Lanarkshire area (33%), Glasgow City Region (50%)
and across Scotland (62%), relatively static to 2024/2025. 
4.7.4. The Procurement Service continue to work in partnership with the Economic
Development Service and the Supplier Development Programme to improve the
participation of local SMEs in Council contracts, an area of focus in the spend pillar of
the Council’s Community Wealth Building strategy. 
4.7.5. An analysis of the impact on local spend through collaborative arrangements is also
included in the annual report, noting that £4.2 million (10%) of South Lanarkshire
Council spend via Scotland Excel frameworks is with local enterprises. In 2025/2026,
£45 million of spend is directed to South Lanarkshire companies from Scotland Excel
in total (by all local authorities), a significant decrease from £69 million in 2024/2025:
of which £12 million is attributable to a supplier liquidation. 
4.7.6. The Annual Procurement Report 2025/2026 is attached as an Appendix for noting and
publication thereafter. 
5. Employee Implications
5.1. The forward programme presents a significant number of projects for delivery by the
Procurement Team, at a time when the recruitment of experienced procurement staff
continues to be extremely challenging.  The ongoing recruitment programme of
procurement graduates supports the capacity of the team. 
6. Financial Implications
6.1. The financial implications of procured spend is accounted for within Resource budgets. 
7. Risk and Other Implications
7.1. Given the large volume of projects identified in the forward programme there is a risk
that some procurement activity may be affected due to resourcing challenges. 
Projects will therefore continue to be prioritised and assessed to minimise the risk of
disruption. 
165

Page 166

8. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
8.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
8 September 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Ambitious, self-aware and improving 
Previous References
 Annual Procurement Report 2024/2025, Finance and Corporate Resources Committee,
19 November 2025
 Procurement Strategy Review 2025/2026, Finance and Corporate Resources Committee,
11 June 2025
 Procurement Strategy 2023 to 2028, Executive Committee, 17 May 2023 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:- 
Craig Fergusson, Head of Finance (Transactions) 
Ext: 4951   (Tel: 01698 454951)
E-mail:  craig.fergusson@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
166

Page 167

Finance and Corporate Resources 
Annual Procurement Report 2025/2026 
If you need this information in another language or format, please contact us to discuss how we
can best meet your needs. Phone 0303 123 1015 or email equalities@southlanarkshire.gov.UK 
16
167

Page 168

Contents   
1. Introduction 
2. Regulated Procurement Activity 
3. Regulated Procurement Compliance 
4. Community Wealth Building and Community Benefits 
5. Sustainable Procurement and Supported Business 
6. Future Regulated Procurements 
7. Further Information 
Appendix 1: Contracts Awarded 
Appendix 2: Procurement Strategy Action Plan 
Appendix 3: Future Regulated Procurements 
168

Page 169

1. Introduction 
South Lanarkshire Council’s Procurement Service supports the delivery of works, supplies and
services across the council and has a vital role in ensuring services operate efficiently and
effectively. 
The report details the council’s regulated procurement activity for the period 1 April 2025 to 31
March 2026, as required by the Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014. During this period, the
council’s total procured spend was £485m. 
Our annual report will publish the council’s performance in procurement activity by providing the
following information:
• a summary of regulated procurements, including all procurements over £50,000,
• a review of whether those procurements complied with our published Procurement
Strategy and where they did not, a statement on how we intend to achieve compliance,
• a review of Community Wealth Building activity and summary of Community Benefits
achieved,
• a summary of progress in facilitating the involvement of Supported Businesses.
• a summary of future regulated procurement, including all procurements over £50,000
expected to commence in the next two financial years. 
The Procurement Service continued to support council services through challenging financial
conditions while continuing to focus on the seven objectives of the council’s Procurement Strategy:   
Compliance
Value for
Money 
Collaborate
Contract and
Supplier
Management 
Fair Work
First
Sustainable
and Ethical
Community
Wealth
Building
169

Page 170

2. Regulated procurement activity 
A regulated procurement is defined by the Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014 as any
procurement with an estimated value of over £50,000 for supplies or services or over £2m for
works contracts. A regulated procurement is complete when the contract award notice is published
and can include new contracts and framework agreements. 
In addition, regulated procurements will be subject to the Public Contracts (Scotland) Regulations
2015 where they meet the appropriate thresholds. The council must follow the relevant
procurement rules in respect of planning through to contract award, as detailed in Section 3:
Regulated Procurement Compliance. 
In total, the council awarded 278 contracts over £50,000 in 2025/2026, with a total award value of
£367m, as listed in Appendix 1 (excluding the value of long-term frameworks, Dynamic Purchasing
Systems and Procured Spend Arrangements). This includes both regulated and non-regulated
contracts, with the council publishing all awards over £50,000 in this Annual Procurement Report
for transparency. All live contracts are published in the council’s online contract register regardless
of value. 
3. Regulated procurement compliance 
The Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014 requires all contracting authorities to publish a
Procurement Strategy. 
2025/2026 was the third year of our Procurement Strategy 2023-2028, which aims to promote best
practice across all procurement activity, while supporting the council’s priorities set out in the
strategic plan “Connect”. The strategy is supported by an Action Plan to ensure compliance for all
procurement activity, including regulated procurements, and is subject to annual review to reflect
new legislative requirements, innovation and updated priorities. 
A summary of the council’s strategic procurement objectives is included in Appendix 2. Progress in
achieving our Procurement Strategy action plan is monitored by the council’s Corporate
Management Team and Finance and Corporate Resources Committee. 
Key achievements in 2025/2026 included:
• Continuation of the council’s Procured Spend Review project, with efficiencies of over £3.5m
achieved since 2021.
• Delivery of payment of Living Wage in all Social Care and Early Learning contracts, uplifted in
April 2025. 
• Development of a new Whole Life Costing approach to support sustainability in tender
evaluations. 
Procurement compliance and transparency 
The council’s procurement activity, including regulated procurements, is undertaken in accordance
with a legal and procedural framework to ensure compliance with the procurement regulations.
Legal requirements are underpinned by the council’s Standing Orders on Contracts and procedural
arrangements are as set out in the Scottish Government’s Procurement Journey.   
Additional governance and monitoring arrangements for regulated procurements ensure a robust
structure is in place to ensure compliance. At a practical level this consists of the preparation and
authorisation of sourcing strategies and tender documentation through to robust arrangements for
authorisation of awards. To maintain the highest standards of transparency, the council’s Standing
Orders on Contracts mandate that all contract awards over £50,000 are reported to Committee,
with all reports available in the public domain. The council also maintains a publicly accessible
170

Page 171

online contracts register with access to all contract awards of all values, and we publish the
register monthly to ensure transparency. 
The council also has a scrutiny review structure in place to review tendering and award
arrangements for high-risk procurements. These arrangements provide assurance that all
regulated procurements are materially compliant with the strategy. 
The council monitors contractual compliance, with 97% of 2025/2026 spend over £50,000 with
contracted suppliers. Arrangements to monitor and control spend compliance to contracts have
been improved following the implementation of Oracle Fusion and a quarterly review process is in
place to identify, and resolve spend with non-contracted suppliers. 
The Council’s compliance arrangements are based on the foundation of equal treatment, as set out
in the procurement regulations, to ensure fair, transparent and proportionate competition. This can
be evidenced by mandated sequential evaluation for open tenders, a consistent approach to
developing evaluation criteria and consensus evaluation scoring. 
Value for money
Value for money in contractual arrangements is a key strategic objective of the Procurement
Service and a review of procured spend is one of the council’s key efficiency review areas led by
the Corporate Management Team. 
The review set ambitious targets to review procured spend across all council areas and seek
deliverable revenue efficiencies: either through review of existing contractual arrangements or by
putting new contracts or collaborative agreements in place. Since the introduction of the review in
2021, total efficiencies of £3.5m have been identified. 
4. Community wealth building and community benefits 
Community wealth building
The council’s Community Wealth Building Strategy was approved by the council in 2021 and sets
out five strategic pillars to develop resilient local economies. The “spend” pillar seeks to use the
purchasing power of the council and other local anchor institutions to improve local spending and
deliver positive impacts on employment opportunities: the Procurement Service and our colleagues
in Economic Development are responsible for delivering the actions for this pillar. 
Key achievements for the Procurement Service in 2025/2026 included:
• £108m spent in the local South Lanarkshire economy, a similar position to 2024/2025
• Continuing to focus on the use of Quick Quote for Works up to £2m to improve the
engagement of local enterprises in council tenders, with 8 local awards totalling £2.4m
through this route.
• Engagement with local suppliers with the Supplier Development Programme including
participation in Meet the Buyer events, Build Lanarkshire and pre-tender opportunity
events. 
• Promotion of subcontracting opportunities for local enterprises with Scotland Excel
framework opportunities and Hub Southwest projects. 
Community benefits
Community Benefit clauses require contactors to deliver long term sustainable social and
economic benefits to the South Lanarkshire community, while demonstrating Best Value in contract
awards. 
The Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014 requires the council to consider Community Benefits
for contract values over £4m, however, the council will consider inclusion of Community Benefits in
all regulated tenders (over £50,000), regardless of value, where appropriate to the supplier, value
and duration of the contract.
171

Page 172

Consideration of Community Benefits is embedded in the council’s Sourcing Strategy and clearly
stated in the tender documents to ensure transparency and fairness in the evaluation process. 
The council has a points-based system to target Community Benefits, with the number of points
based on the value and duration of the contract. Suppliers select appropriate community benefits
from the council’s menu of deliverables, including employability through apprenticeships, work
placements, local employment and engagement with local and SME subcontractors in the supply
chain. Since 2023, the council’s Community Benefit points menu has included scope for
commitments from the Community Wish List.   
The council uses the “Cenefits” system to monitor the delivery of Community Benefits
commitments with contracted suppliers. Regular Community Benefit engagement events are held
with the Supplier Development Programme and council suppliers, and we continue to deliver high
standards in the council’s monitoring and delivery of Community Benefits. 
Of the contracts awarded in 2025/2026, 99 contracts generated 571 specific Community Benefit
outcomes, detailed below. Also included in Community Benefit delivery this year was fulfilment of
90 wishes from the council’s Community Wish List. 
Community Benefit Outcome TOTAL
Other 59
Community Consultation 34
Local Events 28
Public Art Projects 1
Community Endowment Fund/Development Trust 33
Local Sponsorship 28
Financial donation to Organisations supporting communities facing poverty 53
Supply Chain Initiatives 22
Use of Local SME’s 38
Social Enterprise and Supported Business 2
Environmental Support in Education 8
Supporting local communities to make environmental improvements 13
Training Opportunity 28
Apprenticeship (Council resident) 10
Apprenticeship (non-resident) 7
Recruitment of employee 61
Work Experience 48
Young Person Engagement 17
Educational Career Development Support 58
Mentoring 23
TOTAL 571 
172

Page 173

Community Benefit case studies 
Supplier: BMSI Ltd
Contract: Maintenance of Building Energy Management Systems 
Contract Value: £1,380,475 
BMSI have committed to delivering a range of Community Benefit outcomes through the duration
of their contract, including work experience and recruitment, educational opportunities, supporting
local communities and sub-contracting to local SMEs. 
To date BMSI have already recruited a Council resident as a Support Engineer. As part of this
opportunity the locally based employee has also entered a training programme in Building Energy
Management software systems. This has been a great opportunity, not only gaining employment but
also developing their professional skills. 
In addition to recruitment, over the course of the last year, BMSI have been working in partnership
with the Council’s Employability Service to provide work experience opportunities to young people
participating in the Aspire Programme and to date, two young people have completed placements,
which included shadowing call outs to learn more about the work of the team, learning how to fault
find and how systems assist with the operation and energy management of buildings. This provided
the young people with the opportunity to learn more about the work BMSI deliver and get hands on
experience in an electrical engineering environment. 
BMSI were particularly impressed by one participant, who’s positive engagement in the placement,
good work ethic and natural aptitude led to the offer of a three-year apprenticeship. The individual
has since joined BMSI as a Year 1 apprentice, demonstrating the importance of work experience
placements and the further opportunities that can be secured as a result. 
In addition to their employability outcomes, BMSI continue to deliver other community benefit
outcomes for the council, including participation in school STEM and careers events and engaging
with local community organisations to support their projects. 
Supplier: Bell Group
Contract: Void and Fire Damaged Property Decoration works
Contract Value: £600,000 
Bell Group have focused their Community Benefit outcomes on engagement with local educational
opportunities through delivering talks in local High Schools and Further Education establishments
and creating pathways to future training and employment opportunities. 
Bell Group have created the ‘Bell Academy’ which offers apprenticeships, work experience and
training opportunities within the business. The Academy has been developed to support skills
development and create pathways into careers within the construction and maintenance industry.   
Sessions have been delivered in local colleges focusing on providing valuable insight into real-world
skills, career progression and expectations of employers. Participants at the sessions had the
opportunity to ask questions directly to Bell colleagues working in the sector and understand how
they can practically apply their studies to employment opportunities in future. 
As well as delivering talks in educational settings, the Bell Group also invite pupils to the Academy
Training Centre to see first-hand the training facilities and opportunities available. The young people
participating had the opportunity to meet with the Training Centre Manger, Tutors and Career
Pathway Leads. Each explained their role at the Centre and spent time sharing how the various
elements of the business work together. 
173

Page 174

The pupils also took part in discussions about apprenticeships and were encouraged to think about
what is expected of them in a role like this and what can be gained from undertaking an
apprenticeship. The sessions finished with a tour of the Training Centre and a hands-on practical
activity for the pupils to participate in. The visits provided pupils with meaningful insight into trade
careers and offered a supportive first experience of a professional training environment. 
Bell Group have noted that “[We] see education and awareness building sessions as a vital part of
our commitment to delivering meaningful social value alongside our core works…we aim to provide
practical insight into our industry, inspire future career pathways and equip individuals with
knowledge that supports both personal development and wider community wellbeing…sessions are
important to us because they create genuine opportunities to connect with people, share skills and
experiences…while also helping to break down barriers to employment...” 
Bell Group plan to continue delivery of similar educational opportunities for the duration of their
contract, providing more young people in School and College settings to benefit from their talks and
visits. 
5. Sustainable procurement and supported business summary 
Sustainable procurement
One of the council’s key strategic objectives is “Sustainable and Ethical” in recognition of our
responsibility to secure wider social, economic and environmental benefits through contracts, as
set out in the Sustainable Procurement Duty. 
The council uses the Scottish Government’s Sustainable Flexible Framework to measure
organisational progress in embedding sustainable outcomes: the framework measures
performance across the following areas: 
• People: training on sustainable procurement tools has been rolled out to contract managers
across the organisation (level 4 achieved)
• Objective, Strategy and Communications: sustainable procurement duty embedded in
Procurement Strategy (level 4 achieved)
• Process: using prioritisation and sustainable toolkits to focus on outcomes at category and
contract level and sustainability scoring improved (level 4 achieved)
• Stakeholders: improved engagement for stakeholders (level 3 achieved) 
• Monitoring and Reporting: on sustainable procurement outcomes through procurement
strategy and annual report (level 4 achieved) 
Prioritisation tool
The outcome from the council’s prioritisation analysis is detailed below. This identifies the
categories of spend where the council has scope to improve sustainable outcomes and influence in
the market to achieve this. This analysis will guide future procurement strategies, focusing on
areas of climate impact such as Construction and Waste Management and those areas with social
and economic impacts, including Social Care and Early Learning. 
174

Page 175

• Risk: relevance of overall sustainability risk/relevance (environmental, socio-economic and
reputational) to procurement category
• Scope: How much scope is there to improve the sustainability of procurement of this
category
• Influence: level of influence your organisation might have over the market to improve
sustainability outcomes 
Examples of good sustainable practice this year include: 
• Development of the Council’s approach to Whole Life Costing
• Ensuring Real Living Wage paid in social care and early learning contracts, which accounts
for £150m (35%) of council spend. 
• Continuing to embed the sustainable procurement measures, as supported by our
mandatory 30% sustainability score in appropriate tenders. 
• Completion of sustainability tests to identify key sustainability measures for the following
tenders: Independent Living Pods, Ground Source Heat Pumps and New Build Housing
tenders. 
Supported business engagement 
The involvement of Supported Businesses and Social Enterprises is included in the strategic
objective of “Sustainable and Ethical” and engagement is considered in the council’s Sourcing
Strategy for new tenders. 
In 2025/2026, the council’s spend with registered charities totalled £44m, representing 10% of core
spend. We continued to support Supported Business and Social Enterprises, including: 
Haven Products: Supported Business
The council has a contract with Haven Products until December 2028 for production of Social Work
Care at Home uniforms, with an estimated value of £0.5m. Haven Products is a supported
business, providing employment opportunities to disabled people. 
Royal British Legion: Supported Business
The council has a four-year contract in place with Scotland’s Bravest for signage manufacture until
March 2027, with an estimated value of £0.160m. Scotland’s Bravest are a supported business
supporting veterans with disabilities to develop new skills, regain independence and earn in a
supportive commercial environment. 
175

Page 176

Hey Girls Social Enterprise
Hey Girls are based in Dunbar, founded by a mother and her two daughters to address period
poverty through a “Buy One, Give One” social enterprise model. The council has a contract in
place with Hey Girls through the Scotland Excel Washrooms and Sanitary Framework. Hey Girls
continue to be a key supplier in achieving the Scottish Government’s period poverty targets and
the council’s spend in 2025/2026 was £0.153m. 
6. Future Regulated Procurements
The council’s activity over the next two years in regulated procurement will include existing
contracts which are due to be extended or re-let and new tenders. Appendix 3 provides a list of
anticipated future procurements over £50,000 in value.   
The council continues to develop the use of our long-term flexible framework model of Procured
Service Arrangements for light touch services, including Social Care and Education. The council is
also extending the use of Dynamic Purchasing Systems and working closely with the Scottish
Procurement Alliance, Procurement for Housing and Scotland Excel to identify future collaborative
opportunities. 
The following provides some examples from the wide range of projects detailed in Appendix 3 that
illustrate the diverse range of commodities and services being procured by the council, including: 
• Adult and Children’s social care services  
• Early Learning and childcare
• Construction and maintenance contracts for property and roads
• Purchase and maintenance of fleet and vehicles
• Waste recycling and disposal 
7. Further Information 
Procurement Performance information
The council reports on a range of performance indicators, including the level of procurement spend
with local companies (based within the South Lanarkshire area) and SMEs (small and medium
enterprises). 
The council’s spend with South Lanarkshire enterprises (including both SME and larger
companies) decreased from 25% in 2024/2025 to 23% in 2025/2026, although our level of spend in
the local area remained consistent at £108m. Spend with South Lanarkshire based SMEs reduced
from 20% to 16% and spend with SMEs generally (including those out with South Lanarkshire)
decreased by 2%. The council continues to focus on improvements in local spend levels through
the Community Wealth Building Strategy. 
Indicator 2023/2024 2024/2025 2025/2026
Core Trade spend £346m £433m £441m
Core spend in South Lanarkshire area 19% 25% 23%
Core spend with South Lanarkshire SMEs 17% 20% 16%
Core spend with SMEs 50% 51% 49%  
(Source: National Observatory) 
Where we spend
A geographical analysis of the council’s core spend by area is provided below: 23% of our spend is
within South Lanarkshire and 33% of spend was within the wider Lanarkshire area, including North
Lanarkshire. 50% of our spend was with companies based in the Glasgow City Region, with 62%
of our core spend retained in Scotland. 
176

Page 177

Collaborative contracts
The council continues to focus on a collaborative approach to procurement wherever possible and
collaborative contracts accounted for over 25% of council spend in 2025/2026. 
This year, the council’s spend through Scotland Excel frameworks totalled £43.8m, of which £4.2m
(10%) was spent with local suppliers, a reduction of 3% in comparison to last year. However, these
collaborative frameworks generated £45m of spend with South Lanarkshire based suppliers in
total, including spend from other local authorities, of which 99% was with SMEs.   
Supplier payment performance and e-invoicing
The council continues to exceed the national target of 85% of invoices paid within 30 days of
receipt, with 96% of invoices meeting this standard in 2025/2026, an improvement against 93% in
the previous year. This is as a result of improvements in automation following the implementation
of the council’s new financial management system Oracle Fusion, in April 2024. 
E-invoicing, which enables automated payment of invoices where they can be electronically
matched to a purchase order, has been in place for the council since 2017. During 2025/2026,
53% of invoices were paid using e-invoicing, a significant increase in comparison to 43% in
2024/2025 due to new processes implemented through Oracle Fusion. 
The council has arrangements in place to ensure prompt payment of sub-contractors through the
supply chain, including Prompt Payment declarations within all contracts and review of sub-
contractor payments through the performance appraisal process.
177

Page 178

7.1 Appendix 1: Contracts Awarded over £50,000 (including Regulated) 2025/2026 
Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
01-Apr-2025
Salvation Army Social Work
Trust First Stop Supported Accommodation 01-Apr-2025 31-Jul-2026 - 474,384.60
01-Apr-2025
Community Volunteers
Enabling You Ltd, Do-Be
Limited, Maths Circle Ltd,
Renaissance Learning UK
Limited, Scripture Union
Scotland, Scottish Outdoor
Education Centres Limited,
Su Scotland Lendrick Muir,
Synergy Training Services
Limited, The Verdancy
Group Ltd & Venture Trust
Education Services Procured Service
Arrangement – Phase 6 Providers  31-Mar-2025 30-Mar-2027 - 500,000.00
01-Apr-2025 Civica UK Ltd
Provision of Civica Digital 360EDM and
Workflow Software (EDRMS for
Benefits and Revenue)  01-Apr-2025 31-Mar-2030 31-Mar-2031 456,352.61
01-Apr-2025 Royal Mail Group Ltd                        
Provision of Postal Services - Physical
and Hybrid Mail (for outbound mail
physical mail) 31-Mar-2025 30-Mar-2027 30-Mar-2029 1,000,000.00
03-Apr-2025
Landcare Solutions
(Scotland) Ltd
Mini Competition from South
Lanarkshire Council's NEC3
Framework for Roads & Infrastructure
under Lot 6 for the Langlands Moss
Path Access Route Upgrade 09-Apr-2025 07-May-2025 - 73,607.80
05-Apr-2025 Computacenter (UK) Ltd End User Services 01-Jul-2025 30-Jun-2030 - 3,673,009.23
05-Apr-2025
AEBI Schmidt UK Ltd,
Alliance Automotive UK, AM
Phillips Trucktech, Arnold Supply and Delivery of Vehicle Parts 01-Apr-2025 30-Sep-2025 - 750,000.00
178

Page 179

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
Clark Automobiles,
Cartwright Fleet Services,
DAF Trucks Ltd, Dennis
Eagle Ltd, Dingbro Ltd, Econ
Engineering Ltd, FAUN
Zoeller Ltd, Fleet Factors
Ltd, Hydrasun Ltd, Hydrulink
Ltd, Masterparts Ltd,
National Windscreens Ltd,
Pirtek Paisley Ltd, Prime
Industrial Supplies Ltd,
Strathclyde Windscreens Ltd
& Volvo Group UK Ltd
08-Apr-2025 George Beattie & Sons Ltd
Hamilton Palace Sports Ground –
Removal of Playpark 28-Apr-2025 23-May-2025 - 52,223.85
08-Apr-2025
Totalenergies Gas & Power
Ltd
Utilities – Supply of Gas for SLC and
SLLC - April 2025 onwards 01-Apr-2025 31-Mar-2027 31-Mar-2028 49,892,976.04
09-Apr-2025
Hamilton Brothers
Engineering Ltd
Mini Competition under Scotland Excel
Framework for the Supply and Delivery
of Grounds and Plant Equipment 1522,
Lot 4 – Grounds Vehicles, Tractors and
Equipment 01-Apr-2025 30-Apr-2025 - 283,464.00
09-Apr-2025 FS21 T/A Coerver Coaching Football Skills Coaching Programme 01-Apr-2025 31-Mar-2027 - 53,700.00
09-Apr-2025 Lightways (Contractors) Ltd
Quick Quote for The Installation of
Street Lighting Columns, Cables and
other Associated Equipment 07-Apr-2025 31-Mar-2028 31-Mar-2029 1,935,000.00
10-Apr-2025 Computacenter (UK) Ltd
Annual Renewal of CMER Autodesk
AutoCAD Licences 14-Apr-2025 13-Apr-2027 - 76,074.52
11-Apr-2025 Esri (UK) Ltd Arcgis Licences and Maintenance 01-Apr-2025 31-Mar-2027 - 165,064.92
12-Apr-2025 GSS (Ni) Ltd T/A Plotbox Burial and Cremation Software System 14-Apr-2025 13-Apr-2028 13-Apr-2029 229,180.00
179

Page 180

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
14-Apr-2025
AVC Wise Ltd T/A My
Money Matters
Employee Salary Sacrifice, Additional
Voluntary Contributions 01-Jun-2025 31-May-2029 - 201,118.48
15-Apr-2025 Computacenter (UK) Ltd Equity Learning Package – School App 14-Feb-2025 13-Feb-2026 13-Feb-2027 92,775.08
15-Apr-2025 Maclay Civil Engineering Ltd
Resurfacing Works at Various Council
Properties 21-Apr-2025 20-Oct-2025 13-Apr-2026 100,000.00
15-Apr-2025 Teentalkscotland Ltd
Counselling, Support and Advice
Services 14-Aug-2024 13-Aug-2026 13-Aug-2027 1,831,134.00
16-Apr-2025 The Furnishing Service Ltd
Supply and Delivery of Domestic
Furniture and Furnishings 22-Apr-2025 21-Apr-2029 - 18,158,130.05
16-Apr-2025 Wolseley UK
Supply and Delivery of Boilers,
Radiators and Associated Products 22-Apr-2025 21-Apr-2027 21-Apr-2029 1,776,360.29
16-Apr-2025 Reigart Contracts Ltd Overtoun Band Stand Takedown 01-Feb-2025 30-Jun-2025 - 80,000.00
26-Apr-2025
Aitken Laboratories Ltd,
Clyde Ground Investigation
Ltd, Dunelm Geotechnical &
Environmental Ltd & Ian
Farmer Associates (1998)
Ltd Ground Investigation Framework 28-Apr-2025 27-Apr-2029  1,600,000.00
12-May-2025 SAMH SAMH Peer and Parent Support 01-May-2025 30-Apr-2026 30-Apr-2027 265,124.00
13-May-2025 East Park
Day Education Placement - East Park
School 13-Aug-2025 23-Jun-2028 - 395,273.58
13-May-2025 Blantyre Park Services Ltd
Hamilton Palace Sports Ground –
Mechanical 16-May-2025 01-Jul-2025 - 52,031.53
13-May-2025 Go Taxis Ltd
Direct Award from the Framework
Agreement for the Provision of
Passenger Transport Services 14-Aug-2025 25-Jun-2026 - 130,421.70
14-May-2025 Vip System Ltd Licensing Identification Products 01-May-2025 30-Apr-2028 30-Apr-2030 159,274.07
14-May-2025
SSI Schaefer Plastics UK
Ltd Supply and Delivery of 2 Wheeled Bins 12-May-2025 31-Mar-2026 - 390,000.00
14-May-2025 Brown & Wallace LLP
Mini Competition for Hamilton Town
Square 19-May-2025 31-Oct-2025 - 196,134.00
180

Page 181

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
22-May-2025
The Miracle Foundation
Scio                                                                                                             Parent and Child Dyadic Therapy 15-Aug-2025 14-Aug-2026 - 75,000.00
23-May-2025
Tetra Tech Consulting
Limited
Civil and Structural Engineering
Services for New Build Housing at
Priory Road, Lesmahagow 22-May-2025 30-Jul-2027 - 67,192.02
28-May-2025 Capability Scotland Life Skills Service at Stanmore House 01-Apr-2025 31-Mar-2028 31-Mar-2029 932,146.51
31-May-2025 Computacenter (UK) Ltd Digital Care Plan 31-May-2025 30-May-2030 - 252,512.10
02-Jun-2025 Physicare
Provision of Employee Physiotherapy
Services 08-Jun-2025 07-Jun-2026 - 189,339.95
02-Jun-2025 Covanburn Contracts Ltd Millheugh Bridge Refurbishment 30-Jun-2025 29-Aug-2025 - 198,818.45
02-Jun-2025 MacWilliam Demolition Ltd
Demolition of the former Early Learning
Unit, Carlisle Road, Hamilton   30-May-2025 18-Aug-2025 - 72,870.00
04-Jun-2025 Alliance Disposables Ltd
Mini Competition for the Supply and
Delivery of Catering Sundries
(Disposables) 01-Jun-2025 31-May-2029 - 664,687.26
09-Jun-2025 Morris & Spottiswood Ltd
Quick Quote Procedure for Works –
Measured Term Contract for Kitchen
Flooring 30-Jun-2025 29-Jun-2027 29-Jun-2028 1,997,280.00
10-Jun-2025 CRB Cunninghams Cashless Catering Solutions 01-Jul-2025 30-Jun-2028 30-Jun-2030 421,643.40
13-Jun-2025
Ailsa Building Contractors
Ltd Metal Roofing Works 09-Jun-2025 08-Jun-2027 08-Jun-2028 2,000,000.00
15-Jun-2025
CMS Cameron McKenna
Nabarro Olswang, Harper
Macleod LLP, Morton Fraser
MacRoberts LLP, Clyde &
Co (Scotland) LLP,
Anderson Strathern Sols,
Shepherd & Wedderburn
LLP, DWF LLP, Brodies,
Olswang LLP Legal Services Providers 01-Apr-2024 20-Dec-2026 20-Aug-2027 666,667.00
20-Jun-2025 Spectrum Decorating Ltd Primary School Paint Works 23-Jun-2025 22-Jun-2026 - 50,000.00
181

Page 182

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
23-Jun-2025 Softcat Plc
Microsoft Office 365 Backup and
Recovery Solutions 01-Aug-2025 31-Jul-2028 - 270,579.69
23-Jun-2025 Econ Engineering Ltd
Hire of 12, 18 and 26 Tonne Gritters for
Winter Maintenance 01-Oct-2025 31-Mar-2026 - 284,748.00
25-Jun-2025 AKW Medi-Care Ltd Disabled Adaptations Materials 07-Jul-2025 06-Jul-2028 06-Jul-2029 1,461,772.08
26-Jun-2025 Instock Ltd
Mini Competition for the Supply and
Delivery of Catering Sundries 30-Jun-2025 29-Jun-2029 - 775,900.65
30-Jun-2025 Allium UK Holding Ltd
Building Standards Regulations (CIS)
Licenses 17-Apr-2025 16-Apr-2027 - 85,990.49
30-Jun-2025 Prime Build Solutions Ltd
Law Primary School - Internal
Refurbishment   30-Jun-2025 08-Aug-2025 - 69,955.84
30-Jun-2025
Trust Housing Assoc Ltd         
1
Care and Support in Extra Care
Housing 01-Oct-2025 30-Sep-2027 30-Sep-2028 3,600,000.00
01-Jul-2025 MKM B.S. (Glasgow) Ltd
Supply and Delivery of Timber
Materials 07-Jul-2025 06-Jul-2028 06-Jul-2029 2,275,594.59
01-Jul-2025 Various Suppliers
Mini Competition under Lot 1 of
Passenger Transport Services
Dynamic Purchasing System (DPS) 14-Aug-2025 25-Jun-2026 25-Jun-2027 1,692,373.32
02-Jul-2025 Landscapes & Contracts Ltd
St John the Baptist Nursery – Canopy -
Quick Quote for the take down of
existing and installation of new
structures at the nursery within St John
the Baptist PS, Uddingston 07-Jul-2025 01-Aug-2025 - 67,348.58
02-Jul-2025 Leaseplan UK Ltd
Negotiated Contract renewal –
Contract Hire/Lease of Light Vehicles 01-Aug-2025 31-Jul-2026 - 365,370.84
03-Jul-2025 M Squared (Scotland) Ltd
Quick Quote for Works: Fencing Works
Measured Term Contract 2025-2027 07-Jul-2025 06-Jul-2027 - 762,928.00
03-Jul-2025 SMG Transport Ltd
Direct Award from the Framework
Agreement for the Provision of
Passenger Transport Services 14-Aug-2025 25-Jun-2026 - 53,200.00
182

Page 183

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
03-Jul-2025 Go Taxis Ltd
Direct Award from the Framework
Agreement for the Provision of
Passenger Transport Services 14-Aug-2025 25-Jun-2026 - 62,244.00
08-Jul-2025 Stepford Contracts Ltd
Quick Quote for St. Hilary’s Primary
School – MUGA 28-Jul-2025 19-Sep-2025 - 163,982.08
09-Jul-2025 The Disabilities Trust
Specialist Residential Care at Graham
Anderson House   15-Apr-2025 15-Oct-2025 - 125,725.60
09-Jul-2025 Blantyre Park Services Ltd
Quick Quote for Blantyre Leisure
Centre – Air Handling & Internal Refurb
Mechanical Sub-Contract Package 11-Aug-2025 14-Nov-2025 - 412,707.93
09-Jul-2025 Tilgear CDT Components for Education 01-Jul-2025 30-Jun-2029 - 50,000.00
11-Jul-2025
Gravitas Recruitment Group
Ltd IT Project Lead – Capita One Project 14-Jun-2025 03-Oct-2025 - 58,160.00
11-Jul-2025 Aps Group (Scotland) Ltd
Continuous Customer Feedback
Services 21-Jul-2025 31-Mar-2026 - 50,000.00
11-Jul-2025
Women’s Aid South
Lanarkshire & East             Domestic Abuse and Refuge Services 01-Jan-2025 31-Dec-2026 - 878,009.22
16-Jul-2025
Joseph Leckie & Sons
Contracts Ltd
Quick Quote for Auldhouse Primary
School Septic Tank Replacement 17-Jul-2025 10-Aug-2025 - 69,825.00
17-Jul-2025 Kooth Digital Health Limited Digital Mental Health 10-Jul-2025 09-Jun-2027 09-Jun-2028 298,075.51
20-Jul-2025 Sysco Gb Ltd T/A Brakes
Direct Award for the Supply and
Delivery of Groceries and Provisions 18-Jul-2025 17-Jun-2029 17-Jun-2030 14,256,128.50
22-Jul-2025 Various Suppliers
Mini Competition under Lot 1 of
Passenger Transport Services
Dynamic Purchasing System (DPS) 14-Aug-2025 25-Jun-2026 25-Jun-2027 351,072.50
22-Jul-2025
Landcare Solutions
(Scotland) Ltd
NEC3 Engineering and Construction
Short Contract for Braidwood Play Park
Area Redevelopment 22-Sep-2025 03-Nov-2025 - 121,215.45
24-Jul-2025 Various Suppliers
Mini Competition under Lot 1 of
Passenger Transport Services
Dynamic Purchasing System (DPS) 14-Aug-2025 25-Jun-2026 25-Jun-2027 303,712.34
183

Page 184

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
25-Jul-2025
Care Messenger Holdings
Limited
Supply, Install and Support of Smart
TVs 28-Jul-2025 30-Sep-2027 - 104,820.00
28-Jul-2025 Jewson
Mini Competition for the Supply and
Delivery of Road Marking Materials 22-Jul-2025 21-Jul-2029 - 241,960.93
28-Jul-2025 Allpay.Net Ltd Electronic Payment Services 01-Sep-2025 31-Aug-2027 31-Aug-2028 386,080.00
29-Jul-2025
Capita Business Services
Ltd
Provision, Support and Maintenance of
Tessello Software e-learning and
Development Platform 01-Aug-2025 31-Jul-2026 31-Jul-2027 261,805.50
29-Jul-2025 Street Lighting Supplies Ltd
Quick Quote for the Supply and
Delivery of Street Lighting Materials
(Urbis Lanterns) 01-Aug-2025 31-Jul-2027 31-Jul-2028 50,000.00
30-Jul-2025 Excel Vending Ltd
Negotiated Procedure for the
Maintenance & Repair of Vending
Machines at Various Locations
throughout South Lanarkshire 28-Jul-2025 27-Jul-2029 27-Jul-2030 70,000.00
07-Aug-2025
Measure For Measure
Limited Oracle Fusion Implementation Support 01-Jul-2025 31-Dec-2025 30-Jun-2026 60,200.00
08-Aug-2025
The Wind Section Ltd,
Leaning Space Belfast Ltd,
Haydock Music Ltd,
Scientific Laboratory
Supplies Ltd, CPP Trading
Group Ltd, Band Supplies
Ltd, Eastern Shires
Purchasing Organisation,
Bishop Sports & Leisure Ltd,
Newitt & Co Ltd, Lyreco UK
Ltd, Grosvenor House
Papers Ltd, Yorkshire
Purchasing Organisation,
WF Education Group Ltd,
Supply and Delivery of Education
Materials 01-Aug-2025 31-Jul-2029 - 7,148,968.77
184

Page 185

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
Findel Education Ltd, TTS
Group Ltd, SCG Global
Education Ltd, Sensory
Direct (UK) Limited, Abacus
Creative Resources Ltd,
Normans (Burton Upon
Trent) Limited, Creative
Activity Group Limited
12-Aug-2025
Voluntary Action South
Lanarkshire
3rd Sector Supported Volunteering
Programme    01-Apr-2025 31-Mar-2026 31-Mar-2027 540,000.00
12-Aug-2025 SAMH SAMH Listen and Link Service 01-Sep-2025 31-Aug-2026 31-Aug-2027 99,735.26
14-Aug-2025 Various Suppliers
The Supply & Delivery of Coated and
Uncoated Roadstone 2025-2026 01-Apr-2025 30-Sep-2026 - 1,083,930.75
14-Aug-2025
Environmental Essentials
Ltd Provision of Asbestos Consultancy 17-Aug-2025 17-Feb-2026 17-May-2026 436,948.50
14-Aug-2025
M & S Fire Protection (GLW)
Ltd
Supply and Maintenance of Fire Safety
Equipment including Signage (Lot 1)
and Service, Repair and Maintenance
of Fire Safety Equipment (Lot 2) 29-Sep-2025 28-Sep-2029 - 606,960.01
14-Aug-2025
Salvation Army Social Work
Trust Support for Supported Accommodation 01-Nov-2025 31-Oct-2027 31-Oct-2028 1,033,830.00
14-Aug-2025 Various Suppliers
Mini Competition under Lot 1 of
Passenger Transport Services
Dynamic Purchasing System (DPS) 14-Aug-2025 25-Jun-2026 25-Jun-2027 2,153,893.96
16-Aug-2025 R.C.R Safety & Training Ltd
Provision of Road Operative Modern
Apprenticeship Training 23-Jun-2025 31-Oct-2028 31-Oct-2029 88,870.52
20-Aug-2025
Mastek Systems Company
Ltd
Oracle Fusion Workforce Scheduling
Implementation 18-Aug-2025 31-Mar-2026 - 85,958.00
22-Aug-2025 Ironside Farrar Ltd
Landscape Architecture Services for
New Build Housing – Various Sites 25-Aug-2025 20-Jul-2026 - 150,000.00
185

Page 186

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
25-Aug-2025
Censis Technology
Solutions Ltd
Caresurround Device Management
Platform Friends & Family App 01-Sep-2025 31-Aug-2026 - 150,000.00
26-Aug-2025 Salvation Army
Salvation Army Intensive Support -
Outreach 01-Apr-2025 31-Mar-2027 - 314,506.28
26-Aug-2025 RPS Consulting Services Ltd
Civil and Structural Engineering
Services for various projects
throughout the South Lanarkshire area
(General Services, HIP, New Build
Housing & Sheltered Housing) 25-Aug-2025 30-Dec-2025 - 250,000.00
26-Aug-2025 Pick Everard
Mechanical Engineering Services for
various projects throughout the South
Lanarkshire area (General Services,
HIP, New Build Housing & Sheltered
Housing) 25-Aug-2025 30-Dec-2025 - 350,000.00
28-Aug-2025
Salvation Army Social Work
Trust
Salvation Army Housing First -
Outreach 01-Apr-2025 31-Mar-2027 - 209,670.85
28-Aug-2025 Sennit Construction Ltd
South Vennel – Roof Replacement
Phase 2 06-Aug-2025 14-Nov-2025 - 69,187.52
29-Aug-2025 Francis Healey                         
Quick Quote for the Provision of
Passenger Transport Services 03-Sep-2025 27-May-2026 - 61,880.00
02-Sep-2025 Ogilvie Construction Ltd
Quick Quote for Social Bite Village,
Rutherglen 15-Sep-2025 08-Dec-2025 - 954,070.64
08-Sep-2025 Canon UK Ltd
Supply, Delivery, Installation and
Maintenance of Multi-Functional Device
(MFD) Hardware incorporating
maintenance and Secure Print
Management Software 10-Sep-2025 09-Sep-2030 - 3,000,000.00
09-Sep-2025 Envirosan Ltd
Quick Quote for Works - Maintenance
for Sewage Treatments Systems 01-Sep-2025 31-Aug-2028 31-Aug-2031 584,003.82
186

Page 187

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
10-Sep-2025
Diverse Investments
(Scotland) Ltd
Mini Competition for the Receipt,
Treatment and Processing of Bulky
Waste 01-Oct-2025 30-Sep-2028 30-Sep-2030 4,838,587.10
11-Sep-2025 Hillhouse Quarry Group Ltd
CR-26-EK-01 - Supply and Delivery of
Roadstone - Hallside Boulevard,
Cambuslang 07-Sep-2025 30-Oct-2025 - 102,061.60
12-Sep-2025
First Steps Future Training
Ltd
Mini Competition for Employability
Service Construction Vocational
Tasters South Lanarkshire wide 2025 31-Oct-2025 30-Oct-2026 - 84,996.00
12-Sep-2025 Clark Contracts Limited
Removal and New Installation of
Entrance Doors at Council HQ – West
Entrance 18-Sep-2025 15-Dec-2025 - 98,069.15
17-Sep-2025
A Williams, AD Taxis Ltd,
Andrew Borland Cars,
Angus McCorquodale,
Arcasoft UK Ltd, Farhana
Riaz, Go Taxis Ltd, Hamilton
TOA, Hastie Cars, J&S
Private Hire, Jane McKelvie,
Clydewide Taxis, Luke &
Philip Thomson Taxis Ltd,
Mark McQuarrie, McCall
Cars, MS Riaz, Myle
Connect Ltd, Philip & Jane
Thomson Taxis, Ray Cars
and Coaches Ltd, Richland
(Scotland( Ltd, Robert
Cumberland, Sandy Weir
Passenger Transport Services
Dynamic Purchasing System (April to
Sept 2025 appointments)  27-Mar-2025 26-Mar-2030 26-Mar-2033 99,531,097.00*
18-Sep-2025 Globebrow Ltd Residential Learning Activity Trips 18-Aug-2025 17-Aug-2026 17-Aug-2027 945,395.22
18-Sep-2025
Women’s Aid South
Lanarkshire & East             Fund to Leave 15-Sep-2025 31-Mar-2026 30-Sep-2026 50,000.00
187

Page 188

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
19-Sep-2025 South Lanarkshire College Gradu8 Programme 25-Aug-2025 03-Apr-2026 - 80,000.00
19-Sep-2025 South Lanarkshire College Delivery of Foundation Apprenticeships 26-Aug-2025 28-May-2026 - 243,000.00
19-Sep-2025 New College Lanarkshire Gradu8 Programme 25-Aug-2025 03-Apr-2026 - 80,000.00
19-Sep-2025 Woodall-Nicholson Ltd
Direct Award for the Supply and
Delivery of Light Vehicles for the 2025
– 2026 financial year 18-Sep-2025 31-Mar-2026 - 1,269,104.00
19-Sep-2025
Joseph Leckie & Sons
Contracts Ltd
RM-26-EK-05 - 2 x 4man Squads
Carriageway Patching and Routine
Works September - October 2025 22-Sep-2025 30-Nov-2025 - 69,740.00
22-Sep-2025 CCG (Scotland) Ltd
New Build Housing Developments at
Raploch Street, Larkhall 22-Sep-2025 19-Feb-2027 - 4,868,651.73
26-Sep-2025 Computacenter (UK) Ltd Web Security Gateway Licences 02-Oct-2025 01-Oct-2026 - 112,255.00
26-Sep-2025 Pulse Fitness Ltd
Supply and Warranty/Maintenance of
Gym Equipment for SLLC – Hamilton
Water   Palace 06-Oct-2025 05-Oct-2030  75,354.56
01-Oct-2025 Hubexo North UK Ltd NBS Chorus Subscription 01-Oct-2025 30-Sep-2026 30-Sep-2027 106,907.50
01-Oct-2025 Mind Marvels Limited
Education Services Procured Service
Arrangement – Providers below
£50,000.00 30-Sep-2025 29-Sep-2027 - 50,000.00
02-Oct-2025
Edmundson Electrical
Limited
Mini-Competition for Supply and
Delivery of Ventilation, Heating and
Water Heating Materials 01-Oct-2025 30-Sep-2027 30-Sep-2029 850,928.77
02-Oct-2025
Allied Construction Services
Scot Ltd
Quick Quote for Works – Concrete
Repairs 06-Oct-2025 05-Oct-2027 05-Oct-2028 1,141,542.19
02-Oct-2025 Spectrum Decorating Ltd
Non-Housing Paint and Decoration
Maintenance and Repairs 01-Oct-2025 30-Sep-2026 - 100,000.00
02-Oct-2025 Hillhouse Quarry Group Ltd
Mini Competition for Warm Mix Asphalt
Trial - SLC Area (Supply and delivery
of coated roadstone) - October 2025 01-Oct-2025 30-Nov-2025 - 113,042.20
02-Oct-2025 Bell Group Ltd
Void and Fire Damaged Property
Decoration Works 01-Oct-2025 30-Sep-2026 - 600,000.00
188

Page 189

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
02-Oct-2025 Nilfisk Ltd
Mini Competition for the Supply and
Delivery of Scrubber Dryers 07-Oct-2025 31-Mar-2026 - 104,957.00
03-Oct-2025 Ctrack Telematics Ltd
Supply, Installation and Maintenance of
a Corporate Telematics Solution 01-Mar-2026 31-Aug-2027 31-Dec-2027 275,355.00
06-Oct-2025 Hillhouse Quarry Group Ltd
Supply and Delivery of Roadstone -
Strathaven Road, Hamilton 12-Oct-2025 30-Nov-2025 - 62,402.78
07-Oct-2025 Pgl Travel Ltd Residential Trips for Education 14-Aug-2025 25-Jun-2026 - 111,918.50
07-Oct-2025 Covanburn Contracts Ltd
Bothwell Bridge Scour Repair and
Protection Works 29-Sep-2025 05-Dec-2025 - 188,444.28
08-Oct-2025 Broxap Ltd
Cycle Shelters at Schools and on
Street 2025-26 02-Oct-2025 31-Mar-2026 - 63,615.00
10-Oct-2025 Tillicoultry Quarries Ltd
Mini Comp – Clydesdale (October to
November) 11-Oct-2025 28-Nov-2025 - 216,990.06
10-Oct-2025 Burness Paull
Legal Services – Burness Paull LLP
(CCS Public Sector) 01-Apr-2024 05-Sep-2028 - 450,000.00
15-Oct-2025 Covanburn Contracts Ltd
Bothwell Bridge Scour Protection
Bagging Package 13-Oct-2025 31-Dec-2025 - 50,089.20
20-Oct-2025 Various Suppliers
Education Employability Training
Dynamic Purchasing System 01-Jun-2020 31-May-2026 31-May-2030 12,500,000.00*
20-Oct-2025
Centrica Business Solutions
UK Ltd
Negotiated Procedure for the
Maintenance of the Combined Heat
and Power Unit ("CHP") Unit at
Hamilton Water Palace 24-Oct-2025 23-Oct-2035 - 238,049.77
20-Oct-2025 Switch2 Energy Limited
St Leonards Heat Network Metering
and Billing 01-Nov-2025 31-Oct-2030 - 167,050.00
20-Oct-2025 Switch2 Energy Limited
St Leonards Heat Network Smart Meter
Installation 01-Nov-2025 31-Mar-2026 - 264,583.88
20-Oct-2025 Living Ambitions Ltd
Care Home Service for Adults with
Learning Disabilities – Castle Street
Care Home. 01-Feb-2026 31-Jan-2031 31-Jan-2034 10,761,107.25
189

Page 190

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
21-Oct-2025
Joseph Leckie & Sons
Contracts Ltd
4 Man Tarring Squad – HTR Building
Services 20-Oct-2025 30-Jan-2026 - 198,000.00
22-Oct-2025
All Care Services Ltd, Assist
Care and Support Ltd,
Careline Home Support,
Cluaran HCS Ltd, Key
Housing Association Ltd,
Real Care Agency Ltd
Care at Home and Housing Support
Services Procured Services
Arrangement (PSA) Phase 4
appointees 01-Jul-2024 30-Jun-2034 30-Jun-2039 714,300,000.00*
23-Oct-2025 Bemco Ltd
Mini Competition for Supply and
Delivery of Lamps, Light Fittings and
Accessories 03-Nov-2025 02-Nov-2027 02-Nov-2029 664,681.38
24-Oct-2025 Glasdon UK Ltd
Negotiated Procedure for the Supply
and Delivery of Bollards and Verge
Markers 01-Dec-2025 30-Nov-2028 30-Nov-2029 438,826.84
24-Oct-2025
Jr Construction (Scotland)
Ltd
Land Led Development and New Build
Housing (Backmuir Road) 24-Oct-2025 28-Feb-2027 - 5,746,399.26
24-Oct-2025
Jr Construction (Scotland)
Ltd
Land Led Development and New Build
Housing at Reid Street, Burnbank 23-Oct-2025 11-Mar-2027 - 6,006,886.16
27-Oct-2025
Paterson’s Waste
Management Ltd
Supply, Uplift and Disposal of Asbestos
Waste Skips 03-Nov-2025 02-Nov-2030 - 150,000.00
29-Oct-2025 Td Tree & Land Services Ltd
Quick Quote - Tree Surgeon Works for
Trees affected by Ash Dieback Disease 20-Oct-2025 19-Oct-2026 - 203,134.35
29-Oct-2025 Barnardo’s Care at Home - Barnardo's – AR 17-Jul-2024 26-Feb-2031 - 68,465.15
29-Oct-2025 Barnardo’s Care at Home - Barnardo's – KA 18-Sep-2023 17-Jul-2029 - 71,903.29
30-Oct-2025 Everway Opco Limited Everway Read and Write Platform 01-Oct-2025 30-Sep-2027 30-Sep-2029 266,437.50
30-Oct-2025
The Nurture Group Network
Ltd
Supply of Nurture UK Emotional and
Behavioural Interventions, Training and
Resources 01-Nov-2025 31-Oct-2027 - 100,000.00
31-Oct-2025 Wheatley Care 1st Stop Accommodation 01-Dec-2024 31-May-2026 30-Nov-2026 213,415.66
03-Nov-2025
Abbeyfield Strathaven &
District Care at Home 01-Jul-2025 30-Jun-2026 30-Jun-2027 52,519.82
190

Page 191

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
03-Nov-2025
Joseph Leckie & Sons
Contracts Ltd
2 x 4 Man Squads Carriageway
Patching and Routine Works Nov-Dec
2025 RM-26-EK-06 03-Nov-2025 19-Dec-2025 - 93,050.00
03-Nov-2025 Computacenter (UK) Ltd
School Apps - Online Learning
Journals for Education 01-Dec-2025 30-Nov-2026 30-Nov-2027 77,156.30
03-Nov-2025 Careium UK Ltd Purchase of Eliza 4G Telecare Alarms 10-Nov-2025 09-Sep-2026 - 420,000.00
05-Nov-2025 Wheatley Care Outreach Support 01-Dec-2024 31-May-2026 30-Nov-2026 163,605.72
05-Nov-2025
Centrica Business Solutions
UK Ltd
Negotiated Procedure for the
Maintenance of the Combined Heat
and Power Unit ("CHP") Unit at
Larkhall Leisure Centre 03-Nov-2025 31-Oct-2030 - 103,084.78
05-Nov-2025 Careium UK Ltd
Supply of Sim Cards for Telecare
peripheral Equipment 10-Nov-2025 09-Nov-2027 09-Nov-2028 1,013,844.00
07-Nov-2025 Yardi Systems Ltd Lease Management Software 10-Nov-2025 09-Nov-2027 09-Nov-2028 155,204.00
07-Nov-2025 Sportex Group Ltd
NEC3 Engineering and Construction
Short Contract for the Design and
Construction of 1 x 3rd Generation
Pitch at John Cumming Stadium,
Carluke 17-Nov-2025 09-Feb-2026 - 295,524.42
09-Nov-2025 Maxi Construction Ltd Calderglen Zoo Roof Works 17-Nov-2025 06-Feb-2026 - 424,659.37
11-Nov-2025 Maclay Civil Engineering Ltd
Quick Quote for Works at Lanark
Interchange – Lanark Bus Station
Improvements 12-Jan-2026 20-Apr-2026 - 858,436.83
11-Nov-2025 Maxi Construction Ltd
Chatelherault Cafe and Toilets
Upgrade 05-Jan-2026 20-Feb-2026 - 246,347.63
12-Nov-2025
Blue Triangle (Glasgow)
Housing Intensive Support - Outreach 01-Dec-2024 31-Mar-2027 - 124,567.39
12-Nov-2025
Blue Triangle (Glasgow)
Housing Prevent and Sustain - Outreach 01-Dec-2024 31-Mar-2027 - 256,685.59
12-Nov-2025
Women’s Aid South
Lanarkshire & East            MARAC Chair Appointment 01-Aug-2025 31-Jul-2027 31-Jul-2028 52,933.67
191

Page 192

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
14-Nov-2025 Sacro Avert Service for SM 01-Apr-2025 31-Mar-2027 31-Mar-2028 73,961.75
18-Nov-2025
Angels Home Care
Lanarkshire Ltd & Keane
Premier Support Services
(Phase 7) Adult Supported Living 01-Mar-2020 14-Sep-2035 - 242,837,766.00
18-Nov-2025 Routes To Work South Employability Programme 25/26 01-Apr-2025 31-Mar-2026 - 2,663,000.00
19-Nov-2025 Sacro
Intensive Support Package (ISP) for
DM 01-Apr-2025 31-Mar-2027 31-Mar-2028 638,405.00
21-Nov-2025 David Morton (Larbert) Ltd
Former Vogue Cinema Demolition,
Keith Street, Hamilton 24-Nov-2025 30-Jan-2026 - 143,475.00
24-Nov-2025
Number 9 Childminding,
Sandra Kerr Childminding
(Phase 12), Epic Education,
Kirsty Currie Childminding,
Lindsay's Early Learning
Early Learning and Child Care
Procured Service Arrangement 01-Apr-2020 31-Jul-2030 - 143,500,000.00*
24-Nov-2025
Gravitas Recruitment Group
Ltd
IT Programme Manager (TS) – The
HOME Project 06-Oct-2025 31-Jan-2026 - 59,614.00
24-Nov-2025
Ailsa Building Contractors
Ltd General Roofing Works 24-Nov-2025 23-Nov-2027 23-Nov-2028 1,769,071.95
26-Nov-2025
Gravitas Recruitment Group
Ltd
IT Programme Manager (BH) – The
HOME Project 06-Oct-2025 31-Jan-2026 - 50,000.00
26-Nov-2025
Care & Repair in
Lanarkshire Limited Assistive Technology Installation 01-Dec-2025 30-Nov-2026 30-Nov-2027 389,993.45
26-Nov-2025 Rompa ASN Sensory Equipment 28-Nov-2025 27-Nov-2026 - 150,000.00
27-Nov-2025
Landcare Solutions
(Scotland) Ltd
NEC3 Engineering and Construction
Short Contract for Scottish Play Area
Investment Programme Hamilton &
Blantyre 05-Jan-2026 27-Mar-2026 - 288,613.19
27-Nov-2025 Tillicoultry Quarries Ltd
CR-26-HM-05 - Supply and Delivery of
Roadstone 08-Dec-2025 31-Dec-2025 - 50,975.61
192

Page 193

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
27-Nov-2025 Qualitas International Ltd             
Mini Competition for Employability
Service, Childcare Training Programme 01-Dec-2025 31-Mar-2026 - 63,900.00
01-Dec-2025 City Building Contracts LLP
Supply and Install of Smart Storage
Heating Controls 08-Dec-2025 31-Mar-2026 - 140,000.00
01-Dec-2025 David Morton (Larbert) Ltd Centre West Demolition, East Kilbride 05-Jan-2026 01-Mar-2027 - 1,480,896.25
02-Dec-2025 Computacenter (UK) Ltd Payables Fraud Software 01-Dec-2025 30-Nov-2027 - 91,789.68
04-Dec-2025 Sensory Guru Ltd ASN Sensory Equipment 28-Nov-2025 27-Nov-2026 - 150,000.00
10-Dec-2025 Tillicoultry Quarries Ltd
Supply and Delivery of Roadstone -
Mini Competition (Supply and Delivery
of coated roadstone) - Clydesdale Area
- January / February 19-Jan-2026 28-Feb-2026 - 159,915.50
10-Dec-2025
Park's Of Hamilton
(Townhead Garage) Ltd
Direct Award for the Supply and
Delivery of Light Vehicles for the 2025
– 2026 financial year 08-Dec-2025 31-Mar-2026 - 439,969.65
15-Dec-2025
Askews, Blackwell, Bright
Red, Browns Books,
EBSCO, Glowworm, Hodder
Gibson, Kelvin Books, OUP,
Peters, Scotia And
Chameleon, Star Books,
Ulverscroft, Waterstones
Supply & Delivery of Education
Books/Textbooks 15-Dec-2025 14-Dec-2028 14-Dec-2029 2,200,000.00
15-Dec-2025
Gravitas Recruitment Group
Ltd IT Project Manager Consultancy 05-Jan-2026 03-Jul-2026 - 58,500.00
15-Dec-2025 HLS McConnell Limited
Back Up Contractor – Refurbishment
Works 15-Dec-2025 15-Dec-2027 15-Dec-2029 4,800,000.00
15-Dec-2025 Jadu Creative Ltd
Upgrade of SLC Website – SLC
Website, Intranet and Galaxy 15-Dec-2025 14-Dec-2029 14-Dec-2031 155,530.75
18-Dec-2025
Edmundson Electrical
Limited
Mini Competition for Supply and
Delivery of Cable and Cable
Management Materials 05-Jan-2026 04-Jan-2028 04-Jan-2030 581,527.86
193

Page 194

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
19-Dec-2025 Stepford Contracts Ltd
Quick Quote for Works: Groundworks
Measured Term Contract 2026 - 2028 22-Dec-2025 21-Dec-2027 - 1,081,415.39
19-Dec-2025
Fraser C Robb Limited,
Hamilton Bros. (Engineering)
Limited
Mini Competition under Scotland Excel
Framework for the Supply and Delivery
of Grounds and Plant Equipment 1522,
Lot 1 – Handheld Equipment 16-Dec-2025 31-Mar-2026 - 62,094.21
22-Dec-2025
Nec Software Solutions UK
Ltd Licensing & Registration Solution 01-Jan-2026 31-Dec-2030 31-Dec-2035 183,850.00
22-Dec-2025 Storm Environmental Ltd
Direct Award - The Supply and Delivery
of Communal Recycling Bins 23-Dec-2025 31-Mar-2026 - 99,918.00
22-Dec-2025
Environmental Essentials
Ltd Asbestos Consultancy Services 16-Feb-2026 15-Feb-2029 15-Feb-2030 1,224,043.18
22-Dec-2025
Rhodar Industrial Services
Ltd
Removal of Asbestos with
Reinstatement and Remedial Works 21-Jan-2026 20-Jan-2028 20-Jan-2030 4,600,999.39
22-Dec-2025 Civica UK Ltd
Environmental Health and Trading
Standards System (Civica Cx)v 01-Feb-2025 31-Jan-2028 - 98,001.00
23-Dec-2025 Spacekraft Ltd Supply of Sensory Equipment 02-Dec-2025 01-Dec-2026 01-Dec-2027 300,000.00
23-Dec-2025 Hp Inc UK Limited Mobile Client Devices 16-Nov-2025 15-Nov-2027 15-Nov-2029 2,400,000.00
23-Dec-2025 Camcass Welding Ltd
Quick Quote for Works – Mobile
Welding Repair Services 12-Jan-2026 11-Jan-2029 11-Dec-2030 1,994,981.92
23-Dec-2025 Clark Contracts Limited
Quick Quote for Works – Cathcart
Road, Net Zero Commercial
Development 22-Dec-2025 03-Aug-2026 - 1,996,041.31
26-Dec-2025 Causeway Technologies Ltd
Causeway Project Accounting (CPA)
System 22-Dec-2025 21-Dec-2026 21-Dec-2027 266,990.98
29-Dec-2025 Haven Products Ltd
Supply of Care at Home Uniforms –
Tunics and Trousers 31-Dec-2025 30-Dec-2028 30-Dec-2030 506,003.35
06-Jan-2026
Joseph Leckie & Sons
Contracts Ltd
RM-26-EK-07 - 2 x 4 Man Squads
Carriageway Patching and Routine
Works Jan-Feb 2026 12-Jan-2026 31-Mar-2026 - 106,490.00
194

Page 195

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
07-Jan-2026 Various Suppliers
Mini Competition under Scotland Excel
Framework for the Supply and Delivery
of Grounds and Plant Equipment 1522,
Lot 2 – Push and Self-Propelled
Equipment 05-Jan-2026 30-Apr-2026 - 82,036.70
08-Jan-2026 Brb Ltd
Direct Award for the Design and
Installation of Gas Central Heating
Systems - Back Up Contractor 12-Jan-2026 11-Jan-2028 11-Jan-2030 800,000.00
08-Jan-2026 Instock Ltd
Mini Competition for the Supply,
Delivery and Installation of 20 Grid
Combi Ovens 09-Jan-2026 31-Mar-2026 - 60,118.56
12-Jan-2026 Electrical Testing Ltd
Mini Competition for the Structural
Testing and Visual Inspection of
Lighting Columns 16-Jan-2026 15-Jan-2030 - 450,000.00
14-Jan-2026
Bryson Tractors Ltd,
Hamilton Brothers
Engineering Ltd, Lloyd Ltd,
Spalding's, Double A
Trading Ltd
Direct Award under Scotland Excel
Framework for the Supply and Delivery
of Grounds and Plant Equipment 1522,
Grounds Machinery Parts 06-Jan-2026 12-Mar-2028 - 342,250.00
15-Jan-2026 P1 Solutions Ltd
Mini Competition from South
Lanarkshire Council’s NEC3
Engineering and Construction Short
Contract for The Supply and Planting of
Trees 16-Jan-2026 30-Apr-2026 - 155,363.61
19-Jan-2026 GMG Contractors Ltd
Christie Place Fabric Works including
RAAC Removal 16-Feb-2026 14-Sep-2027 - 1,186,350.41
19-Jan-2026 EDF Energy Customers Ltd
Scottish Procurement Supply of
Electricity Framework Call-off from
Scottish Procurement Electricity
Framework, SP-21-052 01-Apr-2026 31-Mar-2027 31-Mar-2028 77,918,632.22
195

Page 196

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
21-Jan-2026 Dem-Master Demolition Ltd
South Lanarkshire Council Phase 5
Demolition 19-Jan-2026 18-Jan-2029 18-Jan-2030 1,360,016.84
23-Jan-2026 Computacenter (UK) Ltd
Mobile Device Management - Omnissa
Workspace ONE 29-Jan-2026 28-Jan-2027 - 166,950.00
23-Jan-2026 Bemco Ltd
Mini Competition for Supply and
Delivery of Wiring Accessories and
Circuit Protection 02-Feb-2026 01-Feb-2028 02-Feb-2030 921,773.26
27-Jan-2026
McConechy's Tyre Service
Ltd
The Supply and Fitting of Tyres for
Vehicles and Plant 02-Feb-2026 31-Jul-2026 31-Jan-2027 550,000.00
27-Jan-2026 Bottomline Technologies Ltd BACS Processing Software 28-Jan-2026 27-Jan-2030 27-Jan-2031 300,219.82
28-Jan-2026 GCIL
Self-Directed Support (SDS)
Independent Information and Advice
Service 01-Feb-2026 31-Jan-2029 31-Jan-2031 786,894.95
28-Jan-2026 Turner & Townsend Project
Direct Award for Project Management
Feasibility Work – South Lanarkshire
Council Estates Strategy Review 02-Feb-2026 30-Jun-2026 - 220,000.00
29-Jan-2026
Park's Of Hamilton
(Townhead Garage) Ltd
Direct Award for the Supply and
Delivery of Light Vehicles for the 2025
– 2026 financial year 20-Jan-2026 30-Apr-2026 - 425,007.82
29-Jan-2026 Hillhouse Quarry Group Ltd Supply and Delivery of Roadstone 02-Feb-2026 31-Mar-2026 - 51,776.58
29-Jan-2026 Hillhouse Quarry Group Ltd
Supply and Delivery of Roadstone -
East Kilbride Area - 02/02/26 -
27/02/26 02-Feb-2026 27-Feb-2026 - 79,965.70
30-Jan-2026 Aon UK Ltd Technical Insurance Policy 01-Feb-2026 31-Mar-2030 - 1,373,069.60
02-Feb-2026 Hub Southwest Scotland Ltd
New Build – Cairnswell Avenue,
Cambuslang 02-Feb-2026 19-Apr-2027 - 11,041,626.48
02-Feb-2026 Hub Southwest Scotland Ltd Estate Strategy Review Phase 1 21-Jan-2026 31-Mar-2026 - 154,479.89
03-Feb-2026
Waterman Infrastructure and
Environment Ltd
Mini Competition from ESPO's
Consultancy Services Framework
(664_25) under Lot 8b Environmental
and Sustainability for the Preparation of 09-Feb-2026 31-Oct-2026 - 198,474.00
196

Page 197

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
12 Urban Woodland Management
Plans (UWMP) within South
Lanarkshire (Lot 8b (A))
04-Feb-2026
Kentallen Mechanical
Services Ltd
Quick Quote for Brandongate Floor 1
NHS Centre – Mechanical & Plumbing  02-Mar-2026 29-Jun-2026 - 103,861.80
04-Feb-2026 Tillicoultry Quarries Ltd
Supply and Delivery of Roadstone -
Mini Competition (Supply and Delivery
of coated roadstone) - Clydesdale
Schemes 16-Feb-2026 30-Apr-2026 - 53,778.36
04-Feb-2026 Spacekraft Ltd Supply of Sensory Equipment 02-Dec-2025 01-Dec-2026 01-Dec-2027 300,000.00
05-Feb-2026 Dennis Eagle Ltd
Negotiated Contract - Installation of Air
Conditioning Units to 19 Refuse
Collection Vehicles (RCV's 27-Jan-2026 30-Jun-2026 - 134,872.83
06-Feb-2026 Bendcrete Leisure Ltd
Design and Build of Calderglen
Country Park Pump Track 11-Feb-2026 31-Jul-2026 - 240,000.00
06-Feb-2026 Broxap Limited
Mini Competition for the Supply and
Delivery of Free-Standing Hooded Bins 09-Feb-2026 30-Sep-2026 - 181,350.00
09-Feb-2026 Storm Environmental Ltd
Supply and Delivery of 1100 L & 1280
L - 4 Wheeled Bins 09-Feb-2026 08-Feb-2030 - 120,000.00
09-Feb-2026
Keane Premier Healthcare
Ltd Interim Care Home Beds 04-Dec-2025 04-Mar-2026 - 72,902.05
10-Feb-2026 Monsters Phonics Ltd
Phonics and Spelling Programme and
Resources 01-Feb-2026 31-Jan-2028 31-Jul-2030 50,000.00
11-Feb-2026
AM Phillip Trucktech Ltd,
Arnold Clark Automobiles
Ltd, Ciceley Commercials
Ltd, DAF Trucks Ltd, Dennis
Eagle Ltd, Dingbro Ltd,
Eastern Western Motor
Group Ltd, Fleet Factors Ltd,
HGC Direct Ltd, Masterparts Supply and Delivery of Vehicle Parts 02-Feb-2026 01-Feb-2030 01-Feb-2031 7,500,000.00
197

Page 198

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
Ltd, Mich Diesel Ltd, Motus
Group (UK) Ltd, Scania (GB)
Ltd, Volvo Group UK Ltd,
Sebi Schmidt UK Ltd, Econ
Engineering Ltd, Farid
Hillend Engineering Ltd,
Scarab Sweepers Ltd,
Whale Tankers Ltd, Plant
Glazing Ltd, Southwest
Windscreens Ltd,
Strathclyde Windscreen Ltd,
Hydraquip Hose &
Hydraulics Ltd, Clark Ltd
11-Feb-2026 Various Suppliers Hire of Vehicles and Plant 21-Feb-2026 20-Sep-2026 - 1,260,000.00
12-Feb-2026
British Telecommunications
PLC BT Private Circuits Renewals 24-Sep-2020 01-May-2028 - 849,388.17
13-Feb-2026
AMAC Roofing Sheeting
Cladding Ltd
Quick Quote for Roof Repairs at Low
Parks 16-Mar-2026 08-May-2026 - 97,974.45
16-Feb-2026 Worldpay (UK) Ltd Payment Acceptance 01-Mar-2026 28-Feb-2027 28-Feb-2028 477,760.72
16-Feb-2026 Computacenter (UK) Ltd Equity Learning Package – School App 14-Feb-2026 13-Feb-2028 13-Feb-2029 261,554.21
16-Feb-2026 Physicare
Provision of Employee Physiotherapy
Services 08-Jun-2026 07-Jun-2029 07-Jun-2031 747,112.50
19-Feb-2026 Tillicoultry Quarries Ltd
Supply and Delivery of Roadstone -
East Kilbride Area - 03/03/26 -
14/03/26 03-Mar-2026 14-Mar-2026 - 75,424.90
19-Feb-2026 Hillhouse Quarry Group Ltd
Supply and Delivery of Roadstone -
Hamilton Area 2026 02-Mar-2026 31-Mar-2026 - 76,224.04
23-Feb-2026 Stepford Contracts Ltd
NI-26-HM-01 - Zebra Crossing and Bus
Stop Improvement Works -Hamilton 26-Feb-2026 04-Apr-2026 - 97,196.00
24-Feb-2026 Who Cares? Scotland
Children and Young People’s
Independent Advocacy Service   01-Mar-2026 28-Feb-2030 28-Feb-2032 706,119.21
198

Page 199

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
27-Feb-2026 Stirling Park & Co Provision of Sheriff Officer Services 01-Mar-2026 28-Feb-2029 28-Feb-2031 196,987.39
01-Mar-2026 Stirling Park & Co
Debt Management & Diligence
Services 01-Apr-2026 31-Mar-2029 31-Mar-2031 455,385.51
03-Mar-2026 Oracle Corporation UK Ltd Oracle - Technical Support Services 06-Apr-2026 05-Apr-2027 - 189,260.93
05-Mar-2026 Karcher (UK) Ltd
Direct Award for the supply and
delivery of Heavy Vehicles 02-Mar-2026 30-Jun-2026 - 988,579.55
06-Mar-2026
Community Volunteers
Enabling You Ltd, Do-Be
Limited, Maths Circle Ltd,
Renaissance Learning UK
Limited, Scripture Union
Scotland, Scottish Outdoor
Education Centres Limited,
Su Scotland Lendrick Muir,
Synergy Training Services
Limited, The Verdancy
Group Ltd & Venture Trust
Education Services Procured Service
Arrangement 20-Dec-2021 19-Dec-2026 19-Dec-2031 42,500,000.00*
06-Mar-2026 Aps Group (Scotland) Ltd
Continuous Customer Feedback
Services 01-Apr-2026 31-Mar-2030 - 190,000.00
12-Mar-2026 Qi Managed Services Ltd
Road Trace RSIF Application and
Mobility Analysis 09-Mar-2026 08-Mar-2027 08-Mar-2028 159,900.00
13-Mar-2026 Systemslink 2000 Limited
Hosted Energy Management System
(Energy Manager) 01-Apr-2026 31-Mar-2029 31-Mar-2030 84,944.00
13-Mar-2026 Bytes Software Services Ltd NFC199 Adobe Licenses 31-Mar-2026 30-Mar-2029 30-Mar-2030 150,025.89
13-Mar-2026 Bryson Tractors Ltd
SLC/CE/25/204 - Mini Competition
from the Scotland Excel Grounds and
Plant Equipment Framework Lot 9 -
Plant Lifting Equipment for Supply of 1
x Manitou mlt741 -130PS D ST5 S1
Telehandler 16-Mar-2026 06-Jul-2026 - 108,450.00
16-Mar-2026 Oxed & Assessment Ltd Nuffield Early Language Intervention 01-Mar-2026 01-Mar-2028 01-Mar-2030 229,695.00
199

Page 200

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
17-Mar-2026 Securigroup Services Ltd Provision of Security for Offices 01-Apr-2026 31-Mar-2028 31-Mar-2030 844,635.54
17-Mar-2026 Swarco Smart Charging Ltd
EV Charging Infrastructure Service
Contract Renewal 13-Mar-2026 31-Dec-2026 - 80,000.00
18-Mar-2026
Voluntary Action South
Lanarkshire
3rd Sector Supported Volunteering
Programme    01-Apr-2026 31-Mar-2027 31-Mar-2028 314,712.00
19-Mar-2026 Operation Play Outdoors Ltd
Outdoor Play Learning Sessions and
Equipment 01-Apr-2026 31-Mar-2027 31-Mar-2028 78,735.00
20-Mar-2026 Fujitsu Services
Consol Annual Maintenance and
Technical Support 01-Apr-2026 31-Mar-2027 - 197,748.00
20-Mar-2026 Randstad Solutions Ltd Social Care Agency Worker 09-Feb-2026 09-Aug-2026 08-Nov-2026 60,442.20
23-Mar-2026
Clydesdale Community
Initiatives
Carers Day Opportunities and
Community Based Activities - Lanark 01-Apr-2025 31-Mar-2028 31-Mar-2030 545,578.73
23-Mar-2026
Hamilton Bros. (Engineering)
Ltd, Bryson Tractors Ltd,
Double A Trading Company
Ltd, Fraser C Robb Ltd
Mini Competition from the Scotland
Excel Grounds and Plant Equipment
Framework Lot 4 – Grounds Vehicles,
Tractors and Equipment for Various
Large Plant Equipment 16-Mar-2026 06-Jul-2026 - 1,176,604.00
23-Mar-2026
Joseph Leckie & Sons
Contracts Ltd
RM-26-EK-09 2 x 4 Man Squads
Carriageway Patching and Routine
Works March 2026 02-Mar-2026 30-Apr-2026 - 74,762.50
24-Mar-2026 Stepford Contracts Ltd
NI-26-EK-02 EK Cycle Track A726
Strathaven Rd, EK 2025/2026 23-Mar-2026 31-May-2026 - 228,856.30
24-Mar-2026 Stepford Contracts Ltd
NI-26-EK-01 - Stonelaw Road,
Rutherglen 2025/2026 23-Mar-2026 31-May-2026 - 207,885.50
25-Mar-2026
Highland Industrial Supplies
Ltd
Negotiated Contract – The Supply,
Delivery and maintenance of Robotic
Scrubber Dryers 27-Mar-2026 26-Mar-2029 - 74,400.00
25-Mar-2026 Hub Southwest Scotland Ltd Gym & Studio Transformation Phase 2 21-Nov-2025 27-Mar-2026 - 733,334.40
25-Mar-2026 Hillhouse Quarry Group Ltd
CR-27-HM-01 Supply and Delivery of
Roadstone - Hamilton Area 7th to 19th
April 2026 01-Apr-2026 29-May-2026 - 59,281.61
200

Page 201

Award date Supplier Description Start date End date Extension
date Value £
25-Mar-2026 Covanburn Contracts Ltd
Quick Quote for Overton Park
Bandstand – Refurbishment Phase 3 13-Apr-2026 10-Jul-2026 - 362,011.31
26-Mar-2026
Joseph Leckie & Sons
Contracts Ltd
Quick Quote for Blantyre Depot –
Parking (Hard Landscaping) 20-Apr-2026 01-May-2026 - 91,489.97
28-Mar-2026 Crown Paints Ltd
Supply and Delivery of Paint, Paint
Sundries and Paint Packs 23-Mar-2026 22-Mar-2030 - 1,132,629.60
28-Mar-2026
Hub South West Scotland
Ltd Electronic Gates Project 02-Feb-2026 31-Aug-2026 - 895,268.88
30-Mar-2026 Proact It UK Limited Citrix Licence Renewal 01-Apr-2026 31-Mar-2029 - 83,992.50
30-Mar-2026 Redsky IT (Hemel) Ltd
Redsky Software Maintenance &
Support 01-May-2026 30-Apr-2029 30-Apr-2032 142,573.69
31-Mar-2026
Hub South West Scotland
Ltd Town Halls Transformation 16-Feb-2026 31-Aug-2026 - 971,146.45
31-Mar-2026
UK Plumbing Supplies Ltd
T/A Plumbstore
Supply, Delivery of Air Source Heat
Pumps 07-Apr-2026 06-Apr-2028 06-Apr-2030 1,808,078.33
31-Mar-2026 Realm Homes Limited
Negotiated contract for the acquisition
of 43 Affordable Homes at New Road,
Cambuslang 30-Mar-2026 31-Mar-2028 - 8,799,750.00
31-Mar-2026 Covanburn Contracts Ltd
Mini Competition from South
Lanarkshire Council's NEC3
Framework for Roads & Infrastructure
under Lot 6 for the Clyde Walkway
Repair Programme 07-Apr-2026 16-Jun-2026 - 186,999.45
*represents the contract value over the life of the long term Procured Service Arrangement for all suppliers
201

Page 202

7.2 Appendix 2: Procurement Strategy 2023-2028 Strategic Objectives update 
Objective Aim Outcome  Progress
Compliance Ensure compliance with
Procurement Regulations
and the Council’s Standing
Orders on Contracts
Improve compliance and
mitigate risk of contract
challenge. 
Procurement continues to monitor compliance with regulations
and Standing Orders on Contracts across the Council, as
evidenced by
• Implementation of new procurement and purchasing
arrangements under Oracle Fusion, including 
electronic authorisation of contracts. 
• Improvements in levels of compliant spend  
Value for
Money
To secure Best Value,
balancing cost and quality of
service and support the
Council in achieving budget
savings 
Improved Value for Money in
support of the Council's
Financial Strategy
We continue to work with Resources in recognising demand
and cost drivers and identifying opportunities for efficiencies,
as evidenced by:
• Procured Spend review under Council’s 
Transformational Review Programme
• Management of price increase requests given
inflationary pressures and market volatility
Collaborative Identify and influence
collaborative opportunities to
work with public partners and
drive value through the power
of public sector procurement. 
Improved levels of
collaborative activity and
delivery of efficiencies 
We continue to engage with procurement partners to identify
collaborative opportunities and influence development of
collaborative working, as evidenced by: 
• 90% participation in Scotland Excel frameworks
• Positive engagement with Scottish Procurement 
Alliance, Procurement for Housing and Government
Commercial Agency
Contract and
Supplier
Management
Support Resources to take a
proactive approach to
contract and supplier
management to achieve
innovation and value in
contract delivery. 
Ensure suppliers meet
contractual obligations, drive
improvements in supplier
performance and achieve
efficiency improvements. 
We can demonstrate an improved approach to contract and
supplier management, as evidenced by:
• Improved levels of engagement with Social Care 
providers 
• Development of new electronic performance appraisal
arrangements in Oracle Fusion. 
• Increased engagement to drive value in contracts
through Procured Spend Review
202

Page 203

Objective Aim Outcome  Progress
Fair Work
First
Work with suppliers to
implement Fair Work First
standards, including payment
of the Living Wage and
compliance with Council
Charters 
Improved Fair Work and Living
Wage arrangements for those
involved in delivery of Council
contracts 
We continue to promote Fair Work First and payment of the
Living Wage, as evidenced by:
• Annual confirmation of payment of Living Wage in 
Social Care and Early Learning contracts
• Continued focus on Fair Work First recommendations
from Scottish Government included in all appropriate
tenders.
Sustainable
and Ethical
Secure wider social,
economic and environmental
benefits through contracts as
set out in the Sustainable
Procurement Duty 
Meet the Sustainable
Procurement Duty 
Procurement continues to self-assess progress using the
Scottish Government’s Flexible Framework to assess the
organisational approach to sustainable procurement. 
• Development of Whole Life Costing approach.
• Improved achievement and reporting in Community
Benefits
Community
Wealth
Building
Support and encourage the
local economy to grow
sustainably through the
effective use of procurement
to develop local communities
and maximise use of
Community Benefits
Ensure the spending power of
the Council and Community
Benefits contribute towards
Community Wealth and
achieve National Outcomes
Procurement contributes to the local spend pillar under the
Community Wealth Building Strategy, as evidenced by: 
• Improving engagement with local enterprises with the
Supplier Development Programme and pre-tender
events
• Improved outcomes for Community Benefits 
203

Page 204

7.3 Appendix 3: Planned Future Regulated Procurements 2026/2027 and 2027/2028 
Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
GradU8 Programme 03/04/2026                        80,000 
Oracle - Technical Support Services 05/04/2026                      189,261 
Case Management System Licenses Software and Support (Employability) 06/04/2026                      117,249 
Professional Training Services 07/04/2026                      127,344 
St John the Baptist MUGA pitch 07/04/2026                      400,000 
Accommodation and Support for Unaccompanied Asylum-Seeking Children 07/04/2026                   1,668,814 
Equipu Partnership Agreement 07/04/2026                 10,832,578 
Woodhead Area Underpasses Repairs 08/04/2026                        50,000 
Support for First Stop Emergency Access Accommodation – Willow Gate 09/04/2026                      783,793 
Supply and Delivery of Free-Standing Hooded Bins 10/04/2026                      181,350 
ASN Route Mapping Software 13/04/2026                        76,600 
Adult Advocacy Services 14/04/2026                   2,282,274 
Supply and Delivery of Kitchens including Surveys 17/04/2026                   7,200,000 
Maintenance and Servicing of Weighbridges at Roads Depots and Castlehill Waste Depot 20/04/2026                      163,514 
Scottish Government Play Area Investment Programme East Kilbride  21/04/2026                      960,015 
Larkhall Leisure Centre – Enabling Works Package 21/04/2026                   1,952,137 
Peer and Parent Support 23/04/2026                      265,124 
Supply, Delivery, Installation and Maintenance of Multi-Functional Device (MFD) Hardware incorporating
maintenance and Secure Print Management Software 23/04/2026                   3,654,073 
204

Page 205

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Back-up Contractor - Multi-Disciplinary Maintenance Works 24/04/2026                      600,000 
Backup Contractor - Painting and Decoration Works 24/04/2026                      600,000 
Measured Term Render Works 24/04/2026                   1,601,260 
St. Leonard’s Crosswall Fabric Upgrade Works 24/04/2026                   2,911,994 
Supply and Delivery of Construction Materials  27/04/2026                      600,000 
Supply and Delivery of Cold Permanent Pothole Repair  28/04/2026                      125,000 
BACS Processing Software 29/04/2026                      300,220 
Steeple, Roof and Lightning Protection Works 29/04/2026                      752,149 
Traffic Order Management System 01/05/2026                      104,540 
Kirkstyles Early Learning Centre - Landscaping Phase 2 06/05/2026                        75,000 
Carriageway Patching and Routine Works May -June 2026 06/05/2026                      109,520 
Supply of Coffee and Associated Products 08/05/2026                        65,000 
Supply and Delivery of Lubricant Oils, Greases and Anti-Freeze 08/05/2026                      156,000 
Supply of Parts for Grounds Machinery 11/05/2026                      360,000 
Maple Drive, Larkhall - Footway Resurfacing 12/05/2026                        55,000 
Supply, Delivery and Installation of Furniture for Challenging Environments 12/05/2026                      388,105 
Calibration and Repair of Mechanical Testing Equipment 15/05/2026                      100,000 
Supply and delivery of Heavy Vehicles 15/05/2026                      638,621 
Signs Of Safety and Healing Implementation Training and Consultancy 18/05/2026                      143,452 
205

Page 206

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Traffic Management and Litter Picking in South Lanarkshire 19/05/2026                        57,000 
Loft and Cavity Wall Insulation Measured Term Contract 19/05/2026                      552,449 
Structural Consultant for various projects 21/05/2026                        50,000 
Hawbank Roads Depot – Spoil Bay Repairs 21/05/2026                      115,670 
Electromagnetic repairs to Non-Housing General Service Properties 21/05/2026                      746,500 
External Fabric Works 21/05/2026                 20,000,000 
External Wall Installations Fabric Works 21/05/2026                 20,000,000 
Adult Supported Living Procured Services Arrangement (PSA) ongoing applications 21/05/2026               242,837,766 
Rigside Nursery Rebuild 22/05/2026                   1,200,000 
EK Carriageway Scheme Package 2026/2027 - Phase 1 26/05/2026                      151,578 
Supported Accommodation - Clydesdale Street 26/05/2026                      448,781 
First Stop Supported Accommodation - Wide Close 26/05/2026                      602,348 
Family First Stop – Charles Brownlee 26/05/2026                   1,104,833 
Employability Services Procured Service Arrangement  26/05/2026                   4,000,000 
Technical Managed Service 28/05/2026                      148,624 
Cairnlodge – Carriageway Resurfacing 28/05/2026                      196,905 
Delivery of Foundation Apprenticeships 28/05/2026                      235,000 
Mobile Voice and Data Services 28/05/2026                   1,200,000 
Outreach Support 29/05/2026                      163,606 
206

Page 207

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
1st Stop Accommodation 29/05/2026                      213,416 
Maintenance of Crematorium Equipment 31/05/2026                      180,000 
Supply and Delivery of Education and Office Furniture 01/06/2026                   1,544,880 
Mechanical Engineering Services for various projects throughout the South Lanarkshire area (General
Services, HIP, New Build Housing and Sheltered Housing) 02/06/2026                      130,000 
Supply, Delivery, and Install of Non-Housing Timber Flooring 02/06/2026                      472,875 
Supply, Delivery and Installation of General Non-Housing Flooring 02/06/2026                      945,750 
Parent and Child Dyadic Therapy 04/06/2026                        80,000 
Bridge Joint replacement Package 04/06/2026                        89,000 
Care at Home and Housing Support Services Procured Services Arrangement (PSA) ongoing applications  04/06/2026               714,300,000 
Fire Damage - Timber Kit 05/06/2026                        84,000 
Void Property Protection 05/06/2026                      400,000 
Installation of Door and Door Entry Systems MTC 2023 - 2026 05/06/2026                      717,118 
Provision of RoadAI System 06/06/2026                      231,500 
Roads works Sycamore Drive, Hamilton and Chantinghall Road, Hamilton 08/06/2026                      116,231 
Pitched Roof: Cambuslang Housing 08/06/2026                      208,630 
Fairhill Gym Extension 08/06/2026                      391,081 
Primary School Counselling 09/06/2026                      120,000 
Technology Peripherals and Infrastructure 09/06/2026                      558,000 
Glassford Bridge Refurbishment 10/06/2026                      503,781 
207

Page 208

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Electronic Counting for Local Government Elections 12/06/2026                      250,000 
EK Carriageway Scheme Package 2026/2027 - Phase 3 12/06/2026                        64,000 
Teiglum Road, Lesmahagow – Carriageway Resurfacing 13/06/2026                      234,679 
HQ Roofing and Fascia Works 15/06/2026                        75,000 
First Stop Supported Accommodation 16/06/2026                      474,385 
Building Services Multi-Disciplinary Maintenance Works 18/06/2026                      200,000 
Homelessness Out of Hours Service 19/06/2026                      100,000 
Lanark Road, Near Rosebank - Carriageway Resurfacing 23/06/2026                      126,672 
ICT Managed Security Services 23/06/2026                      265,912 
Lanark Memorial Hall – Replacement of House Lighting System and Stage Video Wall Display System 25/06/2026                      233,365 
Industrial Cleaning, Pest Control and Other Environmental Services - Lot 2: Pest Control  25/06/2026                   1,000,000 
Routine Maintenance including Parts and Repairs of Karcher Precinct Sweepers 25/06/2026                   1,149,195 
Supply and Delivery of Light Vehicles 2026/2027 25/06/2026                   2,957,214 
Supply and Delivery of Heavy Vehicles 2026/2027 25/06/2026                   7,565,688 
Maintenance of Fire Dampers 26/06/2026                      211,887 
Supply and Delivery of Ultracrete M90  26/06/2026                      230,000 
Support Services for Oracle Fusion 26/06/2026                      657,627 
Provision of Employee Occupational Health and Employee Assistance Programme (Counselling)  27/06/2026                   1,544,772 
Website Hosting 30/06/2026                      311,248 
208

Page 209

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Provision of Scientific Testing Services (including chemical analytical, bacteriological examination) 30/06/2026                      350,000 
The Supply, Installation and Maintenance of Vehicle Wash Bay Ramp 02/07/2026                        62,000 
The Hire and Maintenance of Industrial Power Washers 03/07/2026                      531,863 
Secure Destruction of Confidential Waste 08/07/2026                        50,000 
EK Footway Scheme - Lesmahagow Road, Strathaven 08/07/2026                      151,358 
Passenger Transport Services Dynamic Purchasing System: ongoing appointments 08/07/2026                 99,531,097 
Early Learning and Child Care PSA ongoing applications 08/07/2026               143,500,000 
St Columbkilles and Woodhead PS ASN Adaptations 09/07/2026                        60,000 
EK Carriageway Scheme Package 2026/2027 - Phase 2 09/07/2026                      434,354 
Carriageway Resurfacing and Routine Works July - September 2026 10/07/2026                      150,025 
Cradle Access Hire, Survey and Emergency Remedial Works 10/07/2026                      400,000 
Fostering Provision 14/07/2026                      338,807 
Support South Lanarkshire Council’s Transformational Review of Customer Engagement 16/07/2026                        64,000 
Personal and Non-Personal Care Support for College Students 16/07/2026                      290,693 
Supply and Delivery of 2 Wheeled Bins 17/07/2026                      390,000 
Stonefield Park Gardens SH – Heating and Loft Insulation 21/07/2026                      294,840 
Stewartfield Way, East Kilbride Investigation Works 21/07/2026                      327,795 
The Supply and Fitting of Tyres for Vehicles and Plant 21/07/2026                      550,000 
Larkhall Leisure Centre Replacement 21/07/2026                 27,000,000 
209

Page 210

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Advertising Statutory Notices – Local Papers 22/07/2026                      310,000 
Wet Flooring Measured Term Contract 22/07/2026                      879,162 
Cadzow Dam Waste Transfer Station – Demolition  23/07/2026                      102,349 
Supply, Delivery and Hire of Secure Site Containers and Welfare Units 23/07/2026                      207,868 
Supply and Delivery of Industrial Gases 23/07/2026                      270,000 
Design, Supply, and Installation of Fire Doors - Towers 23/07/2026                   8,406,000 
Willie Devine Centre Alterations, Blantyre 24/07/2026                      132,085 
Carriageway Resurfacing – A706, Lanark 29/07/2026                      100,000 
The Supply and Distribution of Frozen Foods 29/07/2026                   5,000,000 
Education Services Procured Service Arrangement ongoing applications 29/07/2026                 42,500,000 
Domestic Appliance Repair 31/07/2026                        50,000 
Maths Recovery Supplies 31/07/2026                        62,000 
Contract Hire/Lease of Light Vehicles 31/07/2026                      365,371 
Mini Competitions under Lot 1 of Passenger Transport Services Dynamic Purchasing System (DPS) for
academic year 2026/2027 31/07/2026                   5,000,000 
Provision of Literacy, Numeracy, Health and Wellbeing Educational Assessment Resources 01/08/2026                      215,250 
Installation, Service, Repair and Maintenance of Closomat Equipment 01/08/2026                      261,380 
Telecare Peripheral Equipment 14/08/2026                      700,000 
Residential Learning Activity Trips 17/08/2026                      945,395 
Void Management Scheme (Utilities) 28/08/2026                      300,000 
210

Page 211

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
The Provision of Vehicle Breakdown Recovery Services 31/08/2026                      325,000 
Desktop Client Devices 31/08/2026                      700,000 
Stewartfield Way Ecology and EAI Assessment 31/08/2026                      100,000 
The Hire of Vehicles and Plant  20/09/2026                      180,000 
Employability Academy 30/09/2026                      420,000 
Printing and Issue of Postal Votes, Printing of Ballot Papers and Postal Vote Management System (PVMS) 30/09/2026                      880,000 
Tenants Contents Insurance 30/09/2026                   1,016,979 
Supply of Roadstone (Uplifts) 30/09/2026                   1,083,930 
Web Security Gateway Licences 01/10/2026                      112,255 
Fault Finding and Repair of Property Based CCTV Systems and New Installations 07/10/2026                      400,000 
Home Care Workforce Scheduling 16/10/2026                   2,039,311 
Employee Travel Services 31/10/2026                        60,000 
Supply and Delivery of Small Tools 30/11/2026                        81,000 
Provision of Independent Advice and Development Support to Customers in South Lanarkshire 30/11/2026                      256,639 
Treatment of Municipal Residual Waste 02/12/2026               127,980,000 
Void and Fire Damaged Property Decoration Works 03/12/2026                      600,000 
Provision of Secure Cash Collection Services 31/12/2026                      254,448 
Domestic Abuse and Refuge Services 31/12/2026                      878,009 
Adult and Young Peoples Carer Service 31/12/2026                   5,501,566 
211

Page 212

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Fostering and Continuing Care 31/12/2026                   9,700,000 
Hamilton Masterplan Bairds Demolition 31/12/2026                   2,000,000 
Hamilton Masterplan – New Cross Demolition  31/12/2026                   2,000,000 
Hamilton Masterplan Duke St Demolition 31/12/2026                   2,000,000 
Supply and Delivery of Corporate Clothing 10/01/2027                      200,000 
Supply and Delivery of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), First Aid Materials and Automated External
Defibrillators
10/01/2027                   3,000,000 
Anti-Skid Road Surfacing and Reflective Studs Contract 20/01/2027                   2,250,000 
Procured Spend Review   26/01/2027                      200,000 
Provision, Maintenance and Support of Telephony and Communication Services 31/01/2027                   3,100,000 
Cloud Construction Software 05/02/2027                      108,000 
Supply and Delivery of Bitumen Products 23/02/2027                        81,000 
IT Service Management System 28/02/2027                      200,000 
Education Services Procured Service Arrangement – ongoing appointments 30/03/2027                      500,000 
Provision of Postal Services - Physical and Hybrid Mail (for outbound mail physical mail) 30/03/2027                   1,000,000 
Replacement for CRM System 31/03/2027                        65,000 
Carluke Skate Park Refurbishment Works 31/03/2027                        50,000 
Mini Tractor Hire for path Gritting  31/03/2027                      500,000 
Teacher Booking System  31/03/2027                        50,000 
The Repair and Maintenance of VAS Signs 31/03/2027                        50,000 
212

Page 213

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Glespin Play Area Redevelopment 31/03/2027                        50,000 
Kirkmuirhill Play Area Redevelopment 31/03/2027                        50,000 
Replacement/Refurbishment of seating within Hamilton Town House and Rutherglen Town Hall  31/03/2027                        50,000 
Replacement vending machines 31/03/2027                        50,000 
Tree Planting Opportunities - Preparation and Associated Work 31/03/2027                        50,000 
Estate Strategy Review Lift Consultant 31/03/2027                        50,000 
Social Media Publishing and Monitoring 31/03/2027                        50,000 
Loss Adjusting Services 31/03/2027                        50,000 
Coalburn Connections - Local visitor infrastructure enhancement as part of Douglas Valley adventure tour-
ism initiative
31/03/2027                        50,000 
Calderwood Multi Storey Fabrics Feasibility Study 31/03/2027                        50,000 
Geotechnical - site investigation works 31/03/2027                        50,000 
Forest Street Office Refurbishment - Furniture 31/03/2027                        55,000 
SLC Headquarters, Almada Street - Renewal of Dumb Waiter  31/03/2027                        60,000 
Enabling Commercial Space  31/03/2027                        70,000 
Industrial development proposals  31/03/2027                        70,000 
Blacksmiths Raw Materials 31/03/2027                        70,000 
Arbor PPE and Equipment 31/03/2027                        70,000 
St. Mark's Primary School, Hamilton - Hard Landscaping 31/03/2027                        75,000 
Underbank Primary School - Sprinkler Tank Replacement 31/03/2027                        75,000 
213

Page 214

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Investment Programme: Display Screens for Schools 31/03/2027                        80,000 
Hire of Mini Tractors for Footway Gritting 31/03/2027                        80,000 
South Lanarkshire Lifestyle - Eastfield - Main Pool Filters 31/03/2027                        95,000 
New modular changing pavilions  31/03/2027                      100,000 
Early Years Admissions Management Programme  31/03/2027                      100,000 
Chimney Works 31/03/2027                      100,000 
Retread Contract  31/03/2027                      100,000 
Rhinophalt Contract  31/03/2027                      100,000 
CEEF - Battery storage 31/03/2027                      100,000 
Industrial Unit refurbs   31/03/2027                      100,000 
Dampness surveys and works  31/03/2027                      103,000 
Hawbank Roads Depot - Spoil Bay Repairs 31/03/2027                      115,669 
Burgh Business Centre, Rutherglen - Stonework to Facade 31/03/2027                      117,000 
Mechanical and Electrical Engineering Services  31/03/2027                      130,000 
Ecology (Bat and Bird Survey)  31/03/2027                      150,000 
Mount Cameron - Underground Lockups 31/03/2027                      150,000 
Blantyre Volunteer Group - Demolition 31/03/2027                      150,000 
Estate Strategy Review Geotechnical / Ground Investigation 31/03/2027                      150,000 
Travel Insurance 31/03/2027                      175,932 
214

Page 215

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Biometric sign in / sign out 31/03/2027                      180,000 
Synthetic Football Pitch Upgrades - John Cumming and Hamilton Palace Sports Grounds  31/03/2027                      200,000 
Interpretation Services including British Sign Language  31/03/2027                      200,000 
Heavy Vehicle Parts  31/03/2027                      200,000 
Secondary School Counselling 31/03/2027                      200,000 
DPS for Ecology Surveys (Bat Surveys) 31/03/2027                      200,000 
Framework for Light and Heavy Vehicle Repairs (Mechanical and Electrical) including Servicing and MOTs 31/03/2027                      200,000 
Reactive Repairs - Small Plant  31/03/2027                      200,000 
Supply and Delivery of Glass for Double and Single Glazed Units 31/03/2027                      200,000 
Supply and Delivery of Trees, Plants, Shrubs and Associated Products 31/03/2027                      200,000 
Provision of Flue Works in Various Properties 31/03/2027                      200,000 
Cadzow Dam Demolition 31/03/2027                      200,000 
St. Columbkille's Primary School - Window and Curtain Walling Phase 1 31/03/2027                      200,000 
Outdoor Spaces - MUGA and Community Space Upgrades 31/03/2027                      200,000 
Civil and Structural Engineering Services 31/03/2027                      250,000 
Supply, Delivery and Installation of Street Nameplates 31/03/2027                      250,000 
Lone Worker System 31/03/2027                      250,000 
Wiston Cruden Rural Properties - Structural Repairs 31/03/2027                      250,000 
Estate Strategy Review Civil and Structural 31/03/2027                      250,000 
215

Page 216

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Estate Strategy Review Ecology 31/03/2027                      250,000 
Estate Strategy Review Mechanical and Electrical 31/03/2027                      250,000 
Stonefield Park Gardens, Blantyre - Pipework 31/03/2027                      294,840 
Digital Blueprint Consultancy Service 31/03/2027                      300,000 
Coulter Primary School - Roof Replacement and PV Installation 31/03/2027                      300,000 
Terrorism Insurance    31/03/2027                      343,136 
Hamilton Town Centre Masterplan Project Consultants 31/03/2027                      350,000 
Heating Spares 31/03/2027                      400,000 
Stewartfield Way Drainage Investigation 31/03/2027                      400,000 
Wet flooring 31/03/2027                      500,000 
RAAC projects 31/03/2027                      500,000 
Window Cleaning - Various Locations 31/03/2027                      500,000 
Dampness and Remedial Works  31/03/2027                      500,000 
Disability Discrimination Act - General Building Works 31/03/2027                      500,000 
Estates Improvement Works 31/03/2027                      500,000 
Supply and Delivery of Timber Materials  31/03/2027                      560,000 
The Supply and Delivery of Liquid Fuels 31/03/2027                      800,000 
CEEF - BEMS upgrades  31/03/2027                   1,000,000 
Blantyre Waste Station Upgrade Works  31/03/2027                   1,100,000 
216

Page 217

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Arboriculture Call Out - Works Contract 31/03/2027                   1,200,000 
Alberta Avenue New Build Affordable Housing 31/03/2027                   2,000,000 
Speech and Language Therapy 31/03/2027                   2,034,000 
Supply and Distribution of Fresh Meats, Cooked Meats and Fresh Fish 31/03/2027                   2,046,000 
Glasgow Road, Strathaven - Design and Build - Affordable Housing 31/03/2027                   2,834,820 
Former Hunter PS Site New Build Affordable Housing  31/03/2027                   3,000,000 
Westburn Timbers Cambuslang External Fabric Upgrade 31/03/2027                      650,000 
Springhall Environmental Works 31/03/2027                   2,000,000 
Emergency Demolition Works  31/03/2027                   4,000,000 
Cruden Rural Properties - Structural Repair 31/03/2027                   4,000,000 
Kittoch Street, East Kilbride - Design and Build - Affordable Housing 31/03/2027                   4,185,523 
Homelessness Provision all areas 31/03/2027                   5,000,000 
Receipt and Treatment of Organic Waste 31/03/2027                   8,256,404 
Provision of Water and Waste Services 31/03/2027                 14,000,000 
Digital Connectivity Multi-Lot 31/03/2027                 18,000,000 
Stewartfield Way EK Improvement Works 31/03/2027                 25,000,000 
Estates Strategy - Various Projects  31/03/2027                 24,000,000 
EK Town Hall - Construction Phase 31/03/2027                 30,000,000 
Educational Services PSA ongoing applications 31/03/2027                 42,141,617 
217

Page 218

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Single Building Assessments 31/03/2027                      504,000 
High School Modular Extensions (Calderglen) 31/03/2027                      900,000 
High School Modular Extensions (Uddingston) 31/03/2027                      677,000 
Independent Living Accommodation Pods  31/03/2027                      400,000 
Headquarters Boiler Replacement 31/03/2027                   1,000,000 
Suspended Ceilings MTC 31/03/2027                   1,087,150 
Inspection and Servicing of Moveable Walls 31/03/2027                        50,000 
Larkhall Leisure Centre - Furniture and Equipment  31/03/2027                      500,000 
Dalquhandy Recreational Enhancements and Coalburn Connections 31/03/2027  TBC 
Feasibility Studios - Various locations (Town Centres and Leisure Facilities)  31/03/2027  TBC 
EK Centre West - Residential Development (Housing) 31/03/2027                 20,000,000 
Clydesdale Way - paths and infrastructure  31/03/2027  TBC 
Country Parks Master Planning – Phase 2 Project Manager 31/03/2027  TBC 
Chatelherault Play Park (Masterplan Funding) - Works 31/03/2027                      900,000 
Chatelherault Play Park (Masterplan Funding) Design 31/03/2027                      500,000 
Climate Emergency Fund 31/03/2027  TBC 
Clydesdale Play Investment Programme 31/03/2027                      450,000 
Coalburn Play Area 31/03/2027                        80,000 
Douglas Play Area 31/03/2027  TBC 
218

Page 219

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Hamilton Palace Sports Ground  31/03/2027                      200,000 
Hankerton Play Area 31/03/2027  TBC 
Murray Allotment Site 31/03/2027  TBC 
Nature Restoration Fund Projects  31/03/2027                      268,000 
Phase 2 Of Clyde Walkway 31/03/2027                      150,000 
Replacement of Small and Large Plant (Grounds Machinery) 31/03/2027  TBC 
Transport appraisal of proposed Local Development Plan  31/03/2027  TBC 
Priory Avenue/Road New Build Affordable Housing (Lesmahagow) 31/03/2027                   5,584,828 
Douglas Valley branding, signage and website development 31/03/2027                        67,000 
Maintenance of Lift Installations  31/03/2027                      353,491 
Civil and Structural Engineering Services  31/03/2027                      250,000 
Geotechnical / Ground Investigation 31/03/2027                      250,000 
Group Activities for Adults and Older People 31/03/2027  TBC 
SLC Employee Training  31/03/2027  TBC 
Heat Network Regulation Support 31/03/2027  TBC 
Heat Options Feasibility Analysis 31/03/2027  TBC 
Isolating Switches 31/03/2027  TBC 
LHEES Energy Efficiency Measures 31/03/2027                      150,000 
Mechanical / Thermal modelling  31/03/2027                      100,000 
219

Page 220

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Sheltered Housing - Vacant Wings Conversion Feasibility (Meldrum, McKillop and David Walker) 31/03/2027  TBC 
Term Lift Consultant  31/03/2027                      100,000 
Westburn Timbers - Fabric Works 31/03/2027                   1,000,000 
Head Quarters Chiller Replacement 31/03/2027                      400,000 
The Provision of Specialist Cleaning and Clearance Services 31/03/2027                 10,342,392 
Milton Bridge, Lesmahagow - Targeted parapet repairs 31/03/2027                        50,000 
Hapturnal Bridge - Abutment and deck repairs with new parapet 31/03/2027                      100,000 
VAS Signs Part-time 20mph replacement 31/03/2027                      155,000 
Strathaven Road East Kilbride Phase 2 roads works 31/03/2027                      500,000 
Works to upgrade East Kilbride underpasses  31/03/2027                      100,000 
Cambuslang to Newton widening, surfacing and lighting 31/03/2027                      370,000 
Bogleshole Road, Cambuslang connection to Clyde Cycle Park  31/03/2027                      750,000 
Bothwell to Uddingston footpath works 31/03/2027                      250,000 
High Blantyre Road/ Russell Street ~ Toucan Crossing  31/03/2027                      100,000 
Quiet routes pilot Biggar to Carstairs Junction  31/03/2027                      130,000 
Hamilton Surface Water Management Plan 31/03/2027                        95,000 
Single Building Assessments  31/03/2027                      576,000 
Provision of an ICT Research and Advisory Service 31/03/2027                        50,000 
Summer Leavers Construction  31/03/2027                        60,000 
220

Page 221

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Summer Leavers Creative Industries  31/03/2027                        60,000 
Winter Leavers Construction  31/03/2027                        60,000 
Winter Leavers Creative Industries  31/03/2027                        60,000 
Blue Badge Digital Service Blue Badge Printing and Fulfilment Services 31/03/2027                        75,000 
Play Therapy   31/03/2027                        80,000 
The Supply, Delivery and maintenance of Robotic Scrubber Dryers 31/03/2027                      100,000 
SCHOLAR Forum Subscription Renewal 31/03/2027                      123,283 
Intensive Support - Outreach 31/03/2027                      124,567 
The Supply of Ad-Blue Fuel Additive 31/03/2027                      160,005 
Supply and Delivery of Permanent Road Signage and Associated Products 31/03/2027                      162,000 
Oracle Fusion Programme Support 31/03/2027                      178,350 
Maintenance of Honeywell Gent Alarms 31/03/2027                      200,000 
Supply and Delivery of First Aid Materials 31/03/2027                      227,000 
Prevent and Sustain - Outreach 31/03/2027                      256,686 
Carer Respite Service for People with Dementia 31/03/2027                      285,000 
Supply and Delivery of Composite/UPVC Doors and UPVC Windows 31/03/2027                      300,000 
Supply and Delivery of Plumbing Materials 31/03/2027                      500,000 
Care Homes for Adults  31/03/2027                      697,576 
Provision, Support and Maintenance of eLearning and Development Platform 31/03/2027                      750,000 
221

Page 222

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
BT Private Circuits Renewals 31/03/2027                      849,388 
Orbis Annual Support, Maintenance and Consultancy 31/03/2027                   1,029,260 
Employability Programme 26/27 31/03/2027                   2,663,000 
Hire of Waste Disposal Skips 31/03/2027                   2,705,000 
Open Tender for the Supply and Delivery of Milk 31/03/2027                   3,000,000 
Oracle Fusion SI partner 31/03/2027                   5,462,192 
Secure Care Provision 31/03/2027                 13,329,411 
Multi Lot Roads and Infrastructure Framework 31/03/2027                 23,500,000 
Supply and Delivery of Audio-Visual Equipment 02/04/2027                      345,000 
Supply and Delivery of Boilers, Radiators and Associated Products 21/04/2027                   1,776,360 
Road Materials Testing Contract 12/05/2027                      429,338 
Oracle - OCI IAM - Universal Credit Expansion 17/05/2027                      115,912 
Cashless Parking 30/05/2027                        55,000 
Supply and Delivery of Commercial Catering Equipment 31/05/2027                      450,000 
Framework for the Provision of Vehicle Body Repairs 31/05/2027                      980,000 
Metal Roofing Works 08/06/2027                   2,000,000 
Supply and Delivery of Specialist Digital Paper 09/06/2027                      280,000 
Maintenance of Lighting Columns (Sports Pitches Floodlighting) 26/06/2027                      640,000 
Measured Term Contract for Kitchen Flooring 29/06/2027                   1,997,280 
222

Page 223

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Provision of Microsoft Support Services 30/06/2027                      121,974 
General Stationery and Office Paper 30/06/2027                   3,600,000 
Provision of Volume Mailing and Associated Services (for outbound mail and digital communications) 30/06/2027                   3,643,014 
Microsoft Enterprise Licensing Agreement 30/06/2027                   5,000,000 
Fencing Works Measured Term Contract 06/07/2027                      762,928 
Planned and Preventive Maintenance and Repair of Pool Plant   10/07/2027                      958,519 
Supply of Key Safes 22/07/2027                        50,000 
Supply and Delivery of Street Lighting Materials (Urbis Lanterns) 31/07/2027                        50,000 
Printing and Associated Services 31/07/2027                      241,666 
Supply, Implementation and Support of an EDRMS Corporate Solution 31/07/2027                      745,503 
Provision of Manned Security Services 31/07/2027                   3,250,000 
Reward and Recognition Scheme 11/08/2027                      168,000 
Employee Discounts Scheme 11/08/2027                      178,471 
Installation and Maintenance of Milestone CCTV Monitoring System 21/08/2027                      326,092 
Maintenance of Stage Production Systems 29/08/2027                   1,200,000 
Supply, Installation and Maintenance of a Corporate Telematics Solution 31/08/2027                      400,000 
Maintenance of Emergency Lighting Battery Cubicles 22/09/2027                        50,000 
Supply, Delivery, Installation and Maintenance of Bottled Water Coolers and Mains Fed Coolers 30/09/2027                      220,000 
Supply and Delivery of Ventilation, Heating and Water Heating Materials 30/09/2027                      850,929 
223

Page 224

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Cloud Hosting Services 30/09/2027                   8,452,278 
Concrete Repairs 05/10/2027                   1,141,542 
Waste Management Solution - In Cab Devices 25/10/2027                      749,700 
Supply of Nurture UK Emotional and Behavioural Interventions, Training and Resources 31/10/2027                      100,000 
Supply and Delivery of Street Lighting Materials (Cable and Wiring) 09/11/2027                        50,000 
Lease Management Software 09/11/2027                      155,204 
Supply and Delivery of Pedestrian Barriers 30/11/2027                        50,000 
Payables Fraud Software 30/11/2027                        92,000 
Back Up Contractor – Refurbishment Works 15/12/2027                   4,800,000 
Groundworks Measured Term Contract  21/12/2027                   1,081,415 
Disposal / Recycling of Gully Waste, Street Sweepings and General Road Construction Materials 27/12/2027                   3,557,495 
Supply, Delivery, Installation and Maintenance of Hot Beverage Machinery including training  31/12/2027                        50,000 
Supply and Delivery of Phonak FM Systems 09/01/2028                      140,000 
Hire and Maintenance of Small Plant including Independent Hand Arm Vibration and Noise Testing 09/01/2028                   1,458,768 
Environmental Health and Trading Standards Software Solution 31/01/2028                        98,000 
Cycle to Work Scheme 08/02/2028                      303,107 
The Supply and Delivery of Janitorial Products 18/02/2028                   5,320,000 
Cloud Hosted Process Mapping Software 29/02/2028                        92,000 
Supply and Maintenance of Software and Hardware for Parking System 31/03/2028                      278,000 
224

Page 225

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
Receipt and Processing of Recyclate Waste - Container Mix 31/03/2028                      931,095 
Installation of street lighting columns, cables and other associated Equipment 31/03/2028                   1,935,000 
Supply and Support of Communications Hardware, Software and Licensing 31/03/2028                   2,296,590 
The Supply and Delivery of Grounds Maintenance Materials 31/03/2028                   3,109,016 
Supply and Delivery of Fresh Fruit and Vegetables 31/03/2028                   4,773,745 
Receipt and Processing of Recyclate Waste - Fibre Mix 31/03/2028                                -   
Hamilton Masterplan Works packages 31/03/2028  TBC 
Burial and Cremation Software System 13/04/2028                      229,180 
Framework for Removals, Storage and Disposals 22/04/2028                      667,500 
Supply and Delivery of memorial plaques and inscriptions 30/04/2028                        50,000 
Repair, Inspection and Maintenance of Commercial Catering Equipment 30/04/2028                      979,000 
The Supply and Application of Tanker Applied Road Surface Coatings 30/04/2028                   2,000,000 
Maintenance of Commercial Heating - Out of Hours Contractor 15/05/2028                        80,040 
Provision of a Shared Digital ARC Technology Solution 16/05/2028                      492,449 
Lease Accounting and Portfolio Management System 25/05/2028                        68,000 
Provision of Water Infrastructure Services 02/06/2028                      883,000 
Structural Specialist Investigation of Transmission Lighting Columns 04/06/2028                        60,000 
Provision of Access, Hand, Mobile and Small Plant Operators Training 16/06/2028                      480,000 
Supply and Delivery of Temporary Signs and Associated Products 19/06/2028                      115,240 
225

Page 226

Tender Description Expected award
date  Estimated value 
The supply and delivery of replacement parts and fittings for Public Park play areas. 22/06/2028                        50,000 
Cashless Catering Solutions 30/06/2028                      421,643 
Disabled Adaptations Materials 06/07/2028                   1,461,772 
Adult Residential Care for Adults with High Complex Needs  19/07/2028                   6,224,465 
Supply and Delivery, Maintenance and Repairs of Cleaning Equipment 21/07/2028                      320,000 
The Supply and Delivery of Replacement Parts for Play Parks   31/07/2028                        50,000 
Microsoft Office 365 Backup and Recovery Solutions 31/07/2028                      270,580 
226

Page 227

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee 
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Review of Procurement Strategy for 2026/2027 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 provide an update on progress in the Procurement Strategy Action Plan 2025/2026
 present the annual review of the Procurement Strategy for 2026/2027
 present the Procurement Strategy Action Plan for 2026/2027
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the content of the report be noted.
1recs]
3. Background
3.1. The Council’s Procurement Strategy 2023 to 2028 was approved by Executive
Committee on 17 May 2023. 
3.2. In accordance with the Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014, the Council must
carry out an annual review of the Procurement Strategy.  Progress on the delivery of
the associated action plan is also reported at six monthly intervals to Finance and
Corporate Resources Committee. 
4. Procurement Strategy and Action Plan Update 2023/2024
4.1. The Procurement Strategy 2023 to 2028 included seven key strategic objectives,
which linked to key outcomes for the Procurement Service.  An update on each of
these objectives and evidence of progress in working towards these outcomes is
included in Appendix 1 with highlights included below:- 
 continuation of the Council’s Procured Spend Review project, with efficiencies of
£1 million included in the 2026/2027 budget
 improvement in levels of compliant spend in accordance with new Oracle Fusion
contractual controls
 increased level of spend with local enterprises in 2024/2025 from 19% to 25%
 delivery of payment of Real Living Wage in all Social Care contracts, uplifted in
April 2025 
4.2. The Procurement Strategy Action Plan included specific projects for 2025/2026, in
support of the strategic objectives.  An update on progress across each of the
actions to the end of March 2026 is provided in Appendix 2.  
17
227

Page 228

4.3. A total of 11 actions were included in the action plan for 2025/2026, all of which are
complete, with highlights below:- 
 development of Whole Life Costing Approach, supporting achievement of Level 4
in Sustainability Flexible Framework: whole life costing will be used to support
climate sustainability in appropriate projects
 supporting procurement requirements of the Council’s strategic Transformation
programme 
 implementing updated tender arrangements for Safe Staffing Act (2019) and
commitments to Breastfeeding Friendly Scotland and Armed Forces Covenant 
5. Procurement Strategy 2023 to 2028 Review
5.1. The Council is required to review the Procurement Strategy annually and this is the
second annual review of the Procurement Strategy 2023 to 2028.  The updated
Strategy is included in Appendix 3. 
5.2. The key strategic objectives, listed below, have been reviewed and updated to reflect
current priorities and emerging issues:- 
 compliance
 value for money
 collaboration
 contract and supplier management
 fair work first
 sustainable and ethical
 community wealth building 
5.3. A number of strategic objectives have been expanded during this review period,
including:- 
 Value for Money: continue to identify efficiency opportunities for Council Budget
Strategy through the Procured Spend Review
 Contractor and Supplier Management: commitment to social media promotion of
all tender opportunities
 Compliance: ensure the Council’s obligations under the Care Reform Act 2025
are included in all relevant contracts 
6. Procurement Strategy Action Plan 2026/2027
6.1. Appendix 4 details the Procurement Strategy Action Plan proposed for 2026/2027. 
6.2. These specific actions contribute towards the achievement of the procurement
strategic objectives and include:- 
 support Resources with inflationary pressures and supply chain issues in current
volatile markets
 review the Council’s approach to market engagement and produce updated
guidance for Resources
 update sourcing strategy and tender documentation for the Care Reform Act
(2025) and Subsidy Control Act (2022) 
7. Employee Implications
7.1. There are no employee implications. 
228

Page 229

8. Financial Implications
8.1. There are no direct financial implications associated with this report. 
9. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
9.1. The Procurement Service are working with the Scottish Government’s Sustainable
Toolkit, which aims to embed sustainable procurement into the Council’s
procurement processes and monitors progress in achieving the Sustainable
Procurement Duty, including Climate Change objectives. 
10. Risk and Other Implications
10.1.  The Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014 requires any public organisation,
which has an estimated total annual value of regulated procurement spend of
£5 million or more, to prepare and publish a Procurement Strategy.  An organisation
must also review its Procurement Strategy annually and make such revisions as it
considers appropriate for the purposes of the Act.  The risk of non-compliance is
mitigated by the proposals in this report. 
11. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
11.1. There is no requirement to carry out an equality impact assessment in terms of the
proposals contained within this report. 
11.2. Consultation on the revised Procurement Strategy and Procurement Strategy Action
Plan for 2026/2027 has been carried out with all Resources via the Procurement
Network. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
1 August 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Ambitions/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent 
Previous References
 Procurement Strategy 2023 to 2028, Executive Committee 17 May 2023
 Procurement Strategy Review 2025/2026 Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
11 June 2025 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Name: Craig Fergusson, Head of Finance (Transactions) 
Ext:  4951 (Tel:  01698 454951)
E-mail: craig.fergusson@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
229

Page 230

Appendix 1 
Procurement Strategy 2023-2028 Key Objectives 
Objective Aim Outcome Progress Assessment of
progress
Compliance Ensure compliance with
Procurement Regulations and
the Council’s Standing Orders
on Contracts
Improve compliance
and mitigate risk of
contract challenge 
Procurement continues to monitor
compliance with regulations and
Standing Orders on Contracts
across the Council, as evidenced by
• Implementation of new
procurement and purchasing
arrangements under Oracle
Fusion, including electronic
authorisation of contracts. 
• Improvements in levels of
compliant spend  
Good 
Value for
Money
To secure Best Value,
balancing cost and quality of
service and support the Council
in achieving budget savings 
Improved Value for
Money in support of the
Council's Financial
Strategy
We continue to work with Resources
in recognising demand and cost
drivers and identifying opportunities
for efficiencies, as evidenced by:
• Procured Spend review under
Council’s Transformational
Review Programme
• Management of price increase
requests given inflationary
pressures and market volatility
Good
Collaborative Identify and influence
collaborative opportunities to
work with public partners and
drive value through the power of
public sector procurement 
Improved levels of
collaborative activity
and delivery of
efficiencies 
We continue to engage with
procurement partners to identify
collaborative opportunities and
influence development of
collaborative working, as evidenced
by: 
Good 
230

Page 231

• 90% participation in Scotland
Excel frameworks
• Positive engagement with Scottish
Procurement Alliance,
Procurement for Housing and Hub
South West 
Contract and
Supplier
Management
Support Resources to take a
proactive approach to contract
and supplier management to
achieve innovation and value in
contract delivery 
Ensure suppliers meet
contractual obligations,
drive improvements in
supplier performance
and achieve efficiency
improvements 
We can demonstrate an improved
approach to contract and supplier
management, as evidenced by:
• Improved levels of engagement
with Social Care providers 
• Development of new electronic
performance appraisal
arrangements in Oracle Fusion. 
• Increased engagement to drive
value in contracts through
Procured Spend Review
Good
Fair Work First Work with suppliers to improve
Fair Work First, including
payment of the Living Wage and
compliance with Council
Charters 
Improved Fair Work
First and Living Wage
for those involved in
delivery of Council
contracts 
We continue to promote Fair Work
First and payment of the Living
Wage, as evidenced by:
• Annual confirmation of payment of
Living Wage in Social Care and
Early Learning contracts
• Continued focus on Fair Work
First recommendations from
Scottish Government included in
all appropriate tenders. 
Good 
Sustainable
and Ethical
Secure wider social, economic
and environmental benefits
through contracts as set out in
the Sustainable Procurement
Duty
Meet the Sustainable
Procurement Duty 
Procurement continues to self-
assess progress using the Scottish
Government’s Flexible Framework to
assess the organisational approach
to sustainable procurement. 
Good 
231

Page 232

• Development of Whole Life
Costing approach.
• Improved achievement and
reporting in Community Benefits.  
Community
Wealth
Building
Support and encourage the
local economy to grow
sustainably through the effective
use of procurement to develop
local communities and
maximise use of Community
Benefits 
Ensure the spending
power of the Council
and Community
Benefits contribute
towards Community
Wealth and achieve
National Outcomes 
Procurement contributes to the local
spend pillar under the Community
Wealth Building Strategy, as
evidenced by: 
• Demonstrating increased levels of
local spend and engagement with
local contractors: for 2025/2026,
this will be reported through the
Local Government Benchmarking
Framework in November 2026
Good 
232

Page 233

Appendix 2 
Procurement Strategy Action Plan 2025/2026 to 31 March 2026 
Action  Strategic
Objective  Responsibility Timescale Status Update
Sustainable Procurement toolkit
progress: update Flexible Framework 6
monthly: aiming to move to Level 4 in
Process and Reporting from current
performance at Level 3. 
Sustainable and
Ethical
Procurement  31 March 2026 Complete Achieved Level 4 in
Process and Reporting
following introduction of
electronic performance
appraisal functionality. 
Progress introduction of Whole Life
Costing approach 
Sustainable and
Ethical
Procurement  31 March 2026 Complete Whole Life Costing
approach developed and
piloted, this will support
climate sustainability for
goods
Continue to monitor Community Benefit
outcomes through Cenefits software,
including reporting to Procurement
Network, CMT and in Procurement
Annual Report. 
Sustainable and
Ethical /
Community
Wealth Building
Procurement /
Resources
31 March 2026  Complete Community Benefits
outcomes monitored
effectively through Cenefits
solution and reported to
through Annual
Procurement Report
Progress the action plan for the Spend
Pillar to support the delivery of the
objectives of the Community Wealth
Building strategy.  
Community
Wealth Building 
Procurement /
Economic
Development 
31 March 2026  Complete Spend Pillar progress
monitored through
Community Wealth Building
Action Plan.
Continue to monitor and respond to
Scottish Government guidance on
Living Wage. 
Fair Work First Procurement  31 March 2026 Complete Fair Work First standards
and Living Wage guidance
embedded in appropriate
contracts.
Continue to drive contractual and spend
compliance through Oracle Fusion
utilising electronic workflow processes
across Resources. 
Compliance Procurement 31 March 2026 Complete Implementation of Procure
to Pay functions have
progressed well in the first
year of Oracle Fusion
following go live in April
2024. Efficiencies have
been achieved as targeted
in the operating model.
233

Page 234

Appendix 2 
Procurement Strategy Action Plan 2025/2026 to 31 March 2026 
Monitor impact of new Oracle Fusion
electronic workflow performance
appraisal function to support Resource
contract management.
Contract and
Supplier
Management 
Procurement and
Resources
30 September
2025
Complete Performance appraisal
functionality developed, and
priority contracts scheduled
from April 2026.
Continued rollout of Oracle Fusion
supplier portal to transform supplier
engagement with Procure to Pay
processes to electronic self-serve
access.  
Contract and
Supplier
Management 
Procurement 31 March 2026 Complete Successful adoption of first
tranche of suppliers
accessing self-serve
purchasing and invoicing
completed.
Contribute to the Council’s commitment
to the Armed Forces Covenant and
Breastfeeding Friendly Scotland by
encouraging suppliers to participate in
the schemes. 
Contract and
Supplier
Management
Procurement 30 September
2025
Complete Commitment to both
schemes included in tender
documentation 
Ensure sourcing strategy and tender
documents comply with new
requirements of Safe Staffing Act 2019
Contract and
Supplier
Management
Procurement and
Legal
30 September
2025
Complete Safe Staffing Act
requirements included in
tender documentation
To support the procurement
requirements for the Council’s strategic
investment programme
Compliance Procurement 31 March 2026 Complete Procurement projects to
support strategic investment
programme achieved 
234

Page 235

Appendix 3 
Procurement Strategy 2023-2028 
Annual review 2026/2027 
235

Page 236

If you need this information in another language or format, please contact us to discuss how we
can best meet your needs. Phone 0303 123 1015 or email equalities@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
Contents 
Section 1
Introduction by Executive Director of Finance and Corporate Resources 
2   Section 2 
National and local context 
Section 3
Purpose and delivery of the Strategy 
Section 4
Strategic objectives 
236

Page 237

Section 1: Introduction by Executive Director of Finance and Corporate Resources 
This Strategy sets out the vision for council procurement for 2023-2028, demonstrating our
commitment to achieving value for money and contributing to national and local priorities. 
The council’s vision is to “improve the quality of life for everyone in South Lanarkshire”
and the works, supplies and services procured by the council have a direct impact on delivery of
our services, from social care and educational supplies to new build housing. 
The council’s spending power can play a key role in influencing a more prosperous and
sustainable South Lanarkshire, including promoting jobs and growth, fair work and tackling climate
change. 
Our aim is to build on achievements delivered by the council’s previous procurement strategies
and embed the principles of public procurement: equal treatment, transparency, competition and
accountability.  
This strategy will be reviewed annually, and our outcomes monitored in the annual procurement
report. The strategic objectives will promote best practice in procurement activity across the
council, supporting delivery of high quality, sustainable and efficient services from our suppliers. 
Economic conditions continue to be challenging, with significant supply chain and inflationary
pressures impacting on the council’s budgets for works, goods and services. Procurement will
continue to support the council and our local economy during these economic circumstances and
our strategic objectives reflect the wider remit for public procurement in responding to the Climate
Change Emergency and Community Wealth Building. We will continue to focus on delivery of
quality and value for money procured services while supporting local supply chains and quality
employment opportunities. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director of Finance and Corporate Resources
South Lanarkshire Council 
237

Page 238

Section 2: National and Local context 
Public sector procurement in Scotland is valued at more than £11 billion per annum and the profile
and remit of procurement activity continues to evolve and change. 
The overarching aim of public sector procurement continues to be delivery of public value, as set
out in the Scottish Model of Procurement below: 
The council operates within the Scottish Government’s Procurement Journey, which ensures
openness and transparency in our approach and clarity for stakeholders and suppliers. 
The National Performance Framework sets out how local government can contribute to
achievement of National Outcomes. The framework aims to implement sustainable procurement
and obliges the council to consider how procurement will improve society, the economy and
communities under the Sustainable Procurement Duty. 
Local Priorities 
The council’s procurement strategy allows the council to set out how procurement activity will
contribute to the council and Community Planning Partnership’s wider priorities and objectives, as
238

Page 239

set out in the council plan "Connect". Procurement is at the centre of the council’s Value of being
“accountable, effective, efficient and transparent” and contribute to many of the council’s strategic
outcomes, including: 
Thriving business, fair jobs and vibrant
town centres 
Caring, connected,
sustainable communities 
Good quality, suitable and sustainable
places to live 
People live the healthiest
lives possible
239

Page 240

Our Spend Profile 
The council spends in the region of £400m on externally procured goods, supplies and services
annually, with significant areas of expenditure including social care (£150m and construction and
property (£120m)). 
35%
28%
9%
8%
5%
5%
1%
9%
Annual Procured Spend
Social Care
Construction and Property
Utilities & Energy
Transport and Vehicles
ICT
Waste & Environmental Services
Food
Other
240

Page 241

Section 3: Purpose and Delivery of Strategy 
Purpose of Strategy 
Under the Procurement Reform (Scotland) Act 2014, the council is required to publish a
procurement strategy and review the objectives and outcomes annually. 
The strategy should establish the council’s strategic approach to procurement, setting out how we
will deliver value for money and support delivery of national outcomes and the objectives set out in
the council’s strategic plan. 
The council must also demonstrate how we will deliver the wider social, economic and
environmental aims of procurement, as required by the sustainable procurement duty, while
ensuring compliance with statutory duties and the council’s Standing Orders on Contracts. 
The purpose of our procurement strategy is to: 
• Set out clear objectives and provide a monitoring framework for reporting on our
achievements and outcomes. Our strategic objectives are set out in Section 4. 
• Focus on people, processes and systems to deliver an effective and continually improving
procurement service. 
Contracting Activity  
The council awards around 250 contracts above £50,000 each year, working within procurement
regulations and our own Standing Orders on Contracts to ensure a compliant approach to
contracts. We focus on open and connected procurement by publishing our Procurement Strategy
and our forward plan of future opportunities is published in the Annual Procurement Report and
Contract Register. 
We work with a range of collaborative partners in accessing framework opportunities, including
Scotland Excel, Procurement for Housing, the Scottish Procurement Alliance, Crown Commercial
Services and Hub South-West. 
The Procurement Service seek continual improvement with the Procurement and Commercial
Improvement Programme, where we are currently ranked in the highest performance band and
have developed a quality in house Trainee Procurement Officer graduate programme to develop
talent and grow professional capacity. 
Strategic Objective 1 and 3 
241

Page 242

Our Stakeholders 
Procurement works closely with both internal and external stakeholders to ensure works, goods
and services are procured in accordance with strategic objectives to support the Council in
delivering community services. Where appropriate, procurement arrangements will be determined
by consultation feedback from community partners. 
Value for Money 
In responding to challenging economic conditions, Procurement is focused on supporting the
Council to deliver Value for Money by: 
• Working closely with Resources in specifying works, goods and services and embedding a
demand management approach. 
• Ensuring an open and competitive tendering approach to maximise value.
• Working with collaborative partners to maximise public spending power. 
• Leading the Council’s Procured Spend Review to identify efficiencies for the Council Budget
Strategy 
Strategic Objective 2  
Community
To support delivery of Council
services to communities and
contribute to positive economic
growth, employment outcomes
and net zero targets 
Suppliers
Positive contract management
approach with all suppliers and
engagement with local SMEs
and Supported Businesses for
tender opportunities 
Colleagues 
Working with Council Resources
and collaborative partners to
deliver works, goods and
services 
242

Page 243

Supplier Engagement 
We are open and transparent in tendering activity and are committed to improving engagement
with local SMEs and Supported Businesses under the council’s Community Wealth Building
Strategy. This is a key strategic objective in supporting inclusive growth and fair employment
opportunities: working closely with our partners in Economic Development and the Supplier
Development Programme. 
The council has a number of performance measures in relation to supplier engagement and these
are published in the Annual Procurement Report: 
• core trade spend with local enterprises 
• core trade spend across Lanarkshire and Glasgow City Region
• payment of contractors and sub-contractors within 30 days 
Strategic Objective 4 and 7 
Supplier Engagement 
Public Contracts Scotland
Tender Opportunities 
•Meet the Buyer events 
•Talking Tenders
•Pre-tender events
•Build Lanarkshire
•Prior Information Notices
•Market Engagement
•Contract Notices
•Award Notices
•Contract Register
•Annual Procurement Report
•Social Media 
243

Page 244

Fair Work First and Real Living Wage 
The council assesses all appropriate contracts in accordance with the Scottish Government’s
seven Fair Work First criteria, being: 
• Appropriate channels for effective voice, such as trade union recognition
• Investment in workforce development
• No inappropriate use of zero hours contracts
• Action to tackle the gender pay gap and create a more diverse and inclusive workplace 
• Providing fair pay for workers, including payment of the Real Living Wage
• Offer flexible and family friendly working practices for all workers from day one of
employment
• Oppose the use of fire and rehire practices 
The council encourages the payment of Living Wage in contracts and evaluates this as part of Fair
Work First and continues to monitor Scottish Government guidance on Living Wage. 
Strategic Objective 5 
244

Page 245

Sustainable Procurement Duty and the Sustainable Procurement Tools 
The Council recognises the key links between our Sustainable Development and Climate Change
Strategy and the Sustainable Procurement Duty. This places a duty on each procurement process
to consider how to improve the economic, social, and environmental wellbeing of the authority's
area, facilitate the involvement of small and medium enterprises, third sector bodies and
supported businesses in the process, and promote innovation. 
The Council works with the Scottish Government’s Sustainable Procurement Tools to optimise the
economic, social and environment outcomes of procurement activity.   
Strategic Objective 6 
Flexible
Framework
• Continuous assessment of how effectively sustainable
procurement duty is embedded within the
organisation
Prioritisation
Tool
• Identifies risks and opportunities for sustainable
procurement at category level and establishes
sustainable priorities in future tendering activity
Sustainabilit
y Test
• Determines sustainable procurement outcomes at
individual tender level, including life cycle mapping
245

Page 246

Procurement of Food 
The Procurement team work closely with Council services who procure food and drink to ensure
contractual arrangements are sustainable, reliable and meet nutritional standards while delivering
Best Value and meeting the requirements of the Good Food Nation (Scotland) Act 2022.   
All food procurement contracts are subject to:
• statutory food safety due diligence, including Environmental Health registration
• compliance with food hygiene legislation
• implementation of appropriate food safety management systems 
The Council applies a proportionate but robust approach for small and local suppliers, ensuring
food safety standards are maintained while supporting local supply chains. 
Strategic Objective 6Community Benefits 
The Council seeks to maximise Community Benefits and will consider inclusion of Community
Benefits in all suitable contracts above £50,000. We have developed a points menu to ensure that
Community Benefits offered are commensurate with the value and term of the contract. Delivery of
Community Benefits committed are monitored to maximise the positive impact on our
communities. 
Our range of Community Benefits prioritises support for training and employment and support for
young people and community groups. In partnership with Glasgow Region City Deal, the council
has a Community Wish-List process in place to match community requirements with contractual
opportunities. 
Strategic Objective 7
246

Page 247

Section 4: Strategic Objectives 
The council has identified seven strategic objectives to support the Procurement Strategy. In this
section, we set out how we will achieve each objective and what our target outcome will be. 
Compliance 
Value for
Money 
Collaboration 
Contract and
Supplier
Management 
Fair Work First 
Sustainable and
Ethical 
Community
Wealth Building
247

Page 248

Objective 1: Compliance 
Aim: Ensure compliance with Procurement Regulations and the council’s Standing Orders
on Contracts 
How to achieve 
• Be open and transparent in our approach and monitor awareness of, and compliance with,
Standing Orders and regulations. 
• Procurement team members are capable, confident and empowered to support
procurement activity across categories. Drive improvement in Procurement Team capability
through the Scottish Procurement Competency Framework
• Continue to invest in Trainee Procurement Officer Programme to develop professional
future capacity, including CIPS qualifications.
• Procurement processes and systems are efficient, cohesive, streamlined and fit for
purpose.
• Monitor non-contractual spend and work with Resources to improve compliance.
• Monitor performance against target of paying invoices within 30 days. 
• Quarterly meetings of the council’s Procurement Network to develop and
review processes to ensure consistent standards council wide. 
• Aim for continual improvement in Scottish Government’s Procurement and Commercial
Improvement Programme.
• Develop the council’s Oracle Fusion system to secure improvements in procure to pay
processes.
• Ensure appropriate controls in place to identify and prevent procurement fraud in
accordance with the Council’s Counter Fraud, Bribery and Corruption Policy. 
Outcome: Improve compliance, mitigate risk of contract challenge and prevent fraud 
Objective 2: Value for Money 
Aim: To secure Best Value, balancing cost and quality of service and support the council in
achieving budget savings 
How to achieve 
• Support Resources in contract management, in recognition of challenging supply markets
and inflationary pressures.
• Recognise demand and cost drivers and work with Resources in identifying opportunities
for efficiencies.
• Implement principles of demand management, starting with “whether to buy” before “what
to buy and how to buy”.
• Implement Whole Life Costing approach to embed sustainability in long term value
decisions.
• Identify efficiency opportunities to contribute to Council Budget Strategy through the
Procured Spend Review and the National Savings Programme from Scotland Excel 
Outcome: Improved Value for Money in support of the council’s Financial Strategy 
248

Page 249

Objective 3: Collaboration 
Aim: Identify and influence collaborative opportunities to work with public partners and
drive value through the power of public sector procurement 
How to achieve: 
• Engage with procurement partners to identify collaborative opportunities and influence
development of collaborative working.
• Collaborative partners include Scotland Excel, Scottish Procurement Alliance, Procurement
for Housing and Crown Commercial Services. 
• Make an active contribution to the design of collaborative arrangements to reflect the
Council’s objectives. 
Outcome: Improved levels of collaborative activity and delivery of efficiencies 
Objective 4: Contract and Supplier Management 
Aim: Support Resources to take a proactive approach to contract and supplier
management to achieve sustainability, innovation and value in contract delivery 
How to achieve
• Engage with suppliers to monitor contract performance and drive improvements and
efficiencies.  
• Influence suppliers to contribute to climate change and sustainability targets.  
• Implement electronic process for contract and supplier management.
• Encourage suppliers to participate in the Armed Forces Covenant and Breastfeeding
Friendly Scotland schemes
• Ensure Council’s obligations under the Care Reform (Scotland) Act 2025 and Care Reform
Act (Scotland) 2025 are included in all relevant contracts 
Outcome: Ensure suppliers meet contractual obligations, drive improvements in supplier
performance and achieve efficiency improvements.  
249

Page 250

Objective 5: Fair Work First 
Aim: Work with suppliers to implement Fair Work First standards, including payment of the
Real Living Wage and compliance with council Charters. 
How to achieve 
• Assess Fair Work First and Real Living Wage in all appropriate contracts. 
• Monitor compliance with Construction Charter, Ethical Care Charter and Fair Tax Charters
adopted by the council. 
Outcome: Improved Fair Work Practices and Real Living Wage for those involved in delivery of
council contracts 
Objective 6: Sustainable and Ethical  
Aim: Secure wider social, economic and environmental benefits through contracts as set
out in the Sustainable Procurement Duty 
How to achieve
• Support the council’s response to the Climate Change Emergency by improving
environmental outcomes from procurement, including net-zero and carbon reduction plans.
• Embed sustainability measures in procurement through use of Scottish Government’s
Sustainability Tools and life cycle costing in appropriate contracts.
• Require supply chain transparency from contractors to ensure appropriate ethical
standards, Modern Slavery and avoid use of sanctioned countries and individuals. 
• Work with Police Scotland in prevention of Fraud and Disruption of Serious and Organised
Crime in all appropriate contracts.
• Promote the highest standards in food procurement, including consideration of animal
welfare and food safety standards in our supply chains Outcome: Meet the Sustainable
Procurement Duty 
250

Page 251

Objective 7: Community Wealth Building 
Aim: Support and encourage the local economy to grow sustainably through the effective
use of procurement to develop local communities and maximise use of Community
Benefits 
How to achieve
• Expand the capability of local businesses and social enterprises to bid for public sector
contracts with support from Economic Development and the Supplier Development
Programme. 
• Build on our knowledge of market supply through further analysis of local capacity to
identify new opportunities for local business to grow.
• Increase levels of pre-market engagement before commissioning to shape the preparation
of tender requirements and prepare potential local bidders. 
• Increase promotion of tender opportunities to local sectors, including social media visibility
of tender opportunities
• Encourage local suppliers to bid for Scotland Excel contract opportunities to increase local
business share of collaborative contract spend by all Scottish public bodies.  
• Work with anchor institutions to explore further opportunities for more local spend
• Maximise our approach to Community Benefits, including delivery of Community Wish List.
• Ensure contractors deliver social investment where appropriate.
• Review procurement practices to deliver more local spend where possible. 
Outcome: Ensure the spending power of the council and Community Benefits contribute
towards Community Wealth and achieve National Outcomes 
251

Page 252

Monitoring Framework 
Delivery of the procurement strategy will be supported by an annual action plan. Each year the
annual plan will be reviewed with new actions identified relevant to delivery of the strategic
objectives. 
A reporting and monitoring framework ensure high levels of governance surround the delivery of
the procurement strategy, as follows: 
• Annual review of the Procurement Strategy and six monthly update on strategic action plan
reported to Committee. 
• Procurement Update, including strategic action plan, Performance Indicators and High-Risk
High Value projects reported to the council’s Corporate Management Team six monthly. 
• Review of Sustainable Procurement Flexible Framework six monthly. 
• Annual service planning exercise to plan procurement activity with Resources for the
forthcoming year. 
• Resource committee reports on Contracts Awarded every six months in accordance with
Standing Orders on Contracts 
• Annual Procurement Report published annually in accordance with legislative requirements
and approved by Committee. 
• Open and Transparent publication of the council’s Contract Register.
252

Page 253

Appendix 4
Procurement Strategy Action Plan 2026/2027 
Action  Strategic Objective  Responsibility Timescale
Progress rollout of Whole Life Costing approach  Sustainable and Ethical Procurement  31 March 2027
Progress the action plan for the Spend Pillar to support the delivery of the objectives
of the Community Wealth Building strategy.  
Community Wealth Building  Procurement /
Economic
Development 
31 March 2027 
Continued rollout of Oracle Fusion supplier portal to transform supplier engagement
with Procure to Pay processes to electronic self-serve access.  
Contract and Supplier
Management 
Procurement 31 March 2027
Review the Council’s approach to market engagement and produce updated
guidance for Resources
Contract and Supplier
Management 
Procurement 31 March 2027
To support the procurement requirements for the Council’s strategic investment
programme
Compliance Procurement 31 March 2027
Review updated guidance on Cyber Security for appropriate tenders Compliance Procurement 31 March 2027
Ensure sourcing strategy and tender documents comply with new requirements of
Care Reform Act (2025) 
Compliance Procurement 31 March 2027
Consider Impact of Procurement Act 2023 cross border arrangements, which came
into force February 2025
Compliance Procurement & Legal 31 March 2027
Review procurement approach to Subsidy Control in accordance with Subsidy
Control Act 2022 updated guidance 2025
Compliance Procurement & Legal  31 March 2027
Support Resources with pricing pressures with continued market volatility Value for Money Procurement 31 March 2027
Review Council approach to dealing with bidders who may be engaged in grave
professional misconduct as a result of human rights infringements and produce
guidance. 
Compliance Procurement 31 March 2027 
253

Page 254

254

Page 255

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Committee 
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Money Matters Advice Service - Annual Report
2025/2026 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 present the Money Matters Advice Service (MMAS) Annual Report for 2025/2026
1purpose] 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the content of the MMAS Annual Report 2025/2026 be noted. 
3. Background
3.1. Money Matters Advice Service provides integrated welfare rights, money advice,
energy advice and community wellbeing services across South Lanarkshire on behalf
of the Council. 
3.2. The service plays a key role in supporting residents experiencing poverty, financial
hardship, fuel poverty, debt, ill health, caring responsibilities and housing insecurity. 
3.3. The Annual Report 2025/2026 provides an overview of service performance, project
activity, partnership working and strategic developments during the year. 
3.4.  MMAS is accredited to Type II and Type III under the Scottish National Standards for
Advice and Information Providers in relation to Welfare Rights and Money Advice
services.  The Standards provide independent assurance that services are delivering
high-quality, person-centred advice and casework and require accredited
organisations to demonstrate transparency and accountability in relation to service
performance. 
3.5. As part of these requirements, accredited organisations are expected to make
information relating to service performance publicly available.  The publication of the
Money Matters Advice Service Annual Report 2025/2026 (attached at Appendix 1)
fulfils this requirement and provides an overview of service activity, outcomes,
partnership working and strategic developments during the year.  
18
255

Page 256

4. Highlights from the Annual Report 2025/2026
4.1. Residents Supported 
During 2025/2026 MMAS:- 
 supported 12,723 unique residents (11,769 new unique clients in 2025-26; some
older cases were carried forward into the new financial year)
 created 31,803 new cases 
 handled almost 23,000 telephone and digital enquiries 
 maintained a client contact rate of 95% within five working days 
4.2 In 2024/2025 MMAS supported 14,428 unique clients (12,404 new unique clients in
2024/2025), meaning there was reduction of 13% of all clients supported in 2025/2026
and 5% of new unique clients.  There has been a slight decrease since the height of
demand in 2023/2024 caused by the cost-of-living and energy crisis. 
4.3. In 2025/2026, Money Matters Advice Service opened 31,803 new cases, compared
with 41,399 in 2024/2025.  While this represents a significant reduction in overall case
numbers, much of the decrease can be attributed to the continuing migration of
claimants to Universal Credit.  Under the previous benefits system, separate cases
were often recorded for each of the six legacy benefits, whereas Universal Credit
combines these into a single claim.  As a result, fewer cases are recorded despite
clients often requiring support with the same range of needs in those cases. 
4.4. It is important to note that Universal Credit cases are frequently more complex than
those relating to the legacy benefits they replaced. 
4.5. The reduction in case numbers has also been influenced by changes within the wider
crisis support landscape.  Over the past year, a number of food banks and fuel support
schemes have introduced tighter eligibility criteria, reducing access to some forms of
emergency assistance. 
4.6. Financial Outcomes
The service generated significant financial benefits for residents, including:- 
 £24.9 million in benefit gains 
 Clients presented with over £12 million of problem debt (an increase of 6% on
the previous year) highlighting the significant financial pressures facing many
households across South Lanarkshire
 £2.58 million of debt written off (an 11% increase on the previous year)
 An overall return of £12.91 for every £1 invested by South Lanarkshire Council 
4.7. Crisis and Community Support 
The service continued to provide vital crisis intervention support through:- 
 assisting residents to access 2,183 fuel vouchers worth £107,282
 making 1,855 foodbank referrals
 completing the Cash First Project that between October 2023 and September
2025, issuing 8,763 vouchers worth £438,150 to South Lanarkshire residents
who were experiencing a food or fuel crisis
 continued to provide advice through Community HUB outreach provision 
 integrated Crisis and Community support with the specialist advice teams in
MMAS to ensure holistic advice was provided 
256

Page 257

5. Partnership Working
5.1. During 2025/2026, MMAS continued to work closely with a wide range of local,
regional and national partners to maximise the support available to South Lanarkshire
residents and strengthen pathways into advice, financial inclusion and crisis support
services. 
5.2.  Key partnerships included:- 
 South Lanarkshire Citizen Advice Bureaux
 NHS Lanarkshire
 Accountant in Bankruptcy
 Social Security Scotland
 The MacMillan Cancer Charity
 SGN
 The Fuel Bank Foundation
 Housing Associations and Registered Social Landlords
 Jobcentre Plus
 Lanarkshire Carers
 Community Link Workers
 South Lanarkshire Council Housing Services
 South Lanarkshire Council Social Work Resources
 South Lanarkshire Employability Services
 a network of approximately 50 referral partners across the statutory, third and
community sectors 
5.3.  Partnership working also enabled MMAS to secure and deliver externally funded
projects and services, extending support to residents and reducing pressure on
Council resources. 
6. Emerging Challenges and Opportunities
6.1. Looking ahead, several challenges and opportunities are expected to influence service
delivery during 2026/2027 and beyond.  These include:- 
 a changing advice landscape, where access to some forms of crisis support,
including food and fuel assistance, continues to become more restricted, whilst
many households remain affected by ongoing cost-of-living pressures and
financial insecurity
 participating and supporting the development of Marmot Community Hubs,
anticipated to commence during Autumn 2026, providing opportunities to
strengthen community-based support, improve early intervention and enhance
access to advice services within local communities
 ensuring delivery of numerous partnership projects, including a Scottish
Government Project to support children suspected of having or who have been
diagnosed as having a neurodivergent condition
 maintaining accreditation under the Scottish National Standards for Advice and
Information Providers, including preparation for the next external reassessment
scheduled for 2028 and ensuring continued compliance with Type II and Type III
standards 
6.2. MMAS will continue to work with other Council services, community planning partners
and external funders to respond to these challenges and opportunities and ensure
residents can access high-quality, preventative and person-centred support. 
257

Page 258

7. Annual Report - Appendices
7.1. The Annual Report includes a series of appendices that provide additional analysis of
service delivery, client demographics and performance outcomes. 
7.2. Analysis by electoral ward demonstrates that MMAS supported residents from every
ward in South Lanarkshire during 2025/2026, highlighting the broad reach of the
service. While levels of engagement varied between wards, the findings confirm that
financial hardship and demand for advice services continue to affect communities
across the local authority area. 
7.3.  Analysis by Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD) data zone shows that the
Service continues to maintain a strong presence within some of South Lanarkshire's
most deprived communities.  However, the data also suggests that increasing
numbers of residents from traditionally less deprived areas are seeking support,
reflecting the wider impact of cost-of-living pressures across all communities. 
7.4. Client demographic information demonstrates that MMAS continues to support many
of South Lanarkshire's most vulnerable residents.  A significant proportion of clients
reported low household incomes, health conditions, caring responsibilities or other
circumstances associated with increased financial vulnerability and social exclusion. 
7.5. Customer satisfaction findings were overwhelmingly positive, with clients reporting
high levels of satisfaction with the accessibility, professionalism and quality of support
provided.  Feedback highlighted the positive impact the Service has on reducing
financial stress, improving wellbeing and helping residents navigate complex financial
and welfare issues. 
7.6. The appendices also explain the methodology used to calculate and verify financial
gains.  This demonstrates that the £27.4 million achieved for South Lanarkshire
residents during 2025/2026 is based on nationally recognised reporting standards and
robust quality assurance processes.  The report estimates that MMAS generated a
return of approximately £12.91 for every £1 invested by South Lanarkshire Council. 
7.7. The Annual Report demonstrates that MMAS continues to make a significant
contribution towards the Council's priorities around poverty reduction, financial
inclusion, prevention and community wellbeing. During 2025/2026 the Service
supported over 12,700 residents, generated more than £27.4 million in financial gains
and continued to adapt to an increasingly complex advice landscape.  The report
highlights both the scale of need across South Lanarkshire and the important role that
advice services play in supporting residents and preventing wider social and financial
problems. 
7.8. The report will be published on the Council's website following presentation to Finance
and Corporate Resources committee. 
8.  Employee implications
8.1. There are no known employee implications arising from this paper. 
9. Financial Implications
9.1. There are no know financial implications of this paper.  
258

Page 259

10.  Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
10.1  There are no known climate change, sustainability or environmental implications
arising from this paper. 
11. Risk and other implications
11.1. There are no implications for risk in terms of the information contained within this
report. 
12. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
12.1  An Integrated Impact Assessment is not required as this paper is for information only
and does not propose any change to Council policy, service provision or resource
allocation. 
12.2  No formal consultation has been undertaken in relation to this paper. However, the
Annual Report includes analysis of client feedback, service user demographics and
service outcomes which have informed the findings presented. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
28 August 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent 
Previous References
 Finance and Corporate Resources,10 September 2025 
List of Background Papers
 Money Matters Advice Service Annual Report 2025/2026 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Name:  Craig Fergusson, Head of Finance (Transactions)
Ext:  4591  (Tel: 01698 454951)
E-mail:  Craig.Fergusson@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
259

Page 260

260

Page 261

18
261

Page 262

Introduction
Year in Review
Part One: Delivering Advice and Support
Community Wellbeing Team
Money Advice Team
Welfare Rights Team
Energy Advice Team
Case Studies
How to Refer to Money Matters Advice Service (MMAS)
Part Two: Projects, Partnerships and Innovation
Targeted support through strong partnerships
Early Years – Families with Young Children
Households in Fuel Crisis
SGN Energy Advice Project
Cash First Project: Delivered Dignified Support During the Cost-of-Living Crisis
Supporting Communities Through Local HUBs
Supporting Lanarkshire's Carers
Part Three: Emerging Challenges and Opportunities
A Changing Advice Landscape
Developing a Trauma-Informed Approach: Supporting People Through Person-Centred
Practice
Ask and Act Duties under the Housing (Scotland) Act 2025
Maintaining Excellence Through the Scottish National Standards
Part Four – Appendices
Client Distribution by Electoral Ward
Understanding Our Clients by Level of Deprivation
Who We Support
Client Feedback and Satisfaction
How we Calculate Financial Gains
Service Delivery by Electoral Ward 
262

Page 263

Introduction
Welcome to the Money Matters Advice Service (MMAS) Annual Report for 2025–26.
This report highlights the work undertaken during a year in which many residents continued
to face significant financial pressures arising from the cost-of-living crisis, poor health,
caring responsibilities, housing insecurity and wider social inequalities. Against this
backdrop, MMAS remained committed to delivering accessible, person-centred support that
helps residents address immediate difficulties while building longer-term financial stability
and resilience. 
Throughout the year, the Service continued to adapt to a changing advice landscape. While
overall case numbers reduced, the level of need remained high and the issues presented
by clients often became more complex. Increasingly, residents required support across
multiple areas, including welfare benefits, debt, energy affordability, housing-related
concerns and crisis intervention. MMAS responded through a coordinated, holistic model
that ensures people receive the right support at the right time. 
This report is structured around three key themes. The first explores the work of the
Community Wellbeing, Welfare Rights, Money Advice and Energy Advice Teams, whose
combined efforts supported over 12,700 residents during the year. The second highlights
the projects and partnerships that extend the reach of the Service, including work
supporting carers, families with young children, people affected by cancer, households
experiencing fuel poverty and residents seeking employment. The third considers the wider
challenges and opportunities facing advice services, including welfare reform,
homelessness prevention, trauma-informed practice and the continuing need to tackle
poverty and financial exclusion. 
During 2025–26, MMAS secured almost £25 million in welfare rights gains, helped clients
address over £12 million of problem debt and delivered an overall financial benefit of more
than £27.4 million for South Lanarkshire residents. Behind these figures are thousands of
individual stories of people receiving support during some of the most difficult periods of
their lives. 
The report concludes with appendices examining who accesses the Service and where
support is being delivered across South Lanarkshire. Together, these sections demonstrate
the breadth of our reach, our continued focus on supporting those most affected by poverty
and inequality, and the value of investing in high-quality advice services. 
The achievements outlined throughout this report reflect the dedication, professionalism
and compassion of our staff and partners. Their commitment continues to make a
significant difference to residents, helping to improve financial wellbeing, reduce poverty,
prevent crisis and strengthen communities across South Lanarkshire. 
263

Page 264

Year in Review
Annual Highlights 2025–26 
PEOPLE SUPPORTED
��
12,723
Unique Residents Assisted
��
31,803
New Cases Created
���������
95%
Clients contacted
within 5 days 
CRISIS & COMMUNITY SUPPORT
�
2,183
Fuel vouchers issued to
clients
🍽🍽
1,855
Referrals to local
foodbanks
🎟🎟
22,988
Telephone and Digital
enquiries handled 
DELIVERING FINANCIAL OUTCOMES
✔
£2.58 M
Debt Written Off
�����
£24.89 M
Financial Gains
(Benefits)
���
£12 M
Total debt dealt with
���
£12.91
Return per £1
Invested by SLC 
264

Page 265

Part One: Delivering Advice and Support
Community Wellbeing Team
The Community Wellbeing Team continued to play a critical role within Money Matters
Advice Service (MMAS) during 2025–26, acting as the frontline gateway to support for
residents experiencing financial hardship and wider social challenges. As the first point of
contact for many residents, the team provides much more than access to services; it
delivers early intervention, crisis prevention and person-centred support at some of the
most difficult points in people's lives. 
Throughout the year, the team managed 16,805 telephone enquiries, maintaining a high
level of accessibility despite continuing changes in demand and service delivery. Overall,
94.83% of calls were answered, ensuring residents could quickly access support when
required. Alongside telephone contact, the team also processed 6,183 digital referrals,
providing multiple routes for residents to seek assistance and ensuring that support
remained accessible across South Lanarkshire. 
Spoke to Janice who couldn’t have been friendlier and more helpful 
and was very informative. 
The work of the Community Wellbeing Team extends far beyond answering calls and
processing referrals. The team plays a pivotal role in identifying unmet need, coordinating
support and ensuring residents receive the right intervention at the earliest opportunity.
They also provide essential day-to-day business support across the wider service, helping
to coordinate workloads, manage referrals and maintain the smooth operation of MMAS. 
During 2025–26, the team undertook a substantial range of activity, including: 
• 3,622 general enquiries
• 552 Financial Wellbeing Health Check referrals
• 3,412 enquiries requiring further assessment or escalation
• 3,793 tasks generated and coordinated
• 4,422 completed tasks
• 1,970 incoming items of correspondence
• 6,596 outbound communications
• 396 SGN energy-related referrals
• 227 completed Adult Disability Payment (ADP) and Pension Age Disability Payment
(PADP) applications 
These figures demonstrate the breadth and complexity of the team's contribution and
highlight the significant amount of work taking place behind the scenes to coordinate
support for residents. 
Importantly, the Community Wellbeing Team should not be viewed as a traditional high-
volume contact centre operating on a transactional model. Instead, the service adopts a
relational and person-centred approach, recognising that many residents contact MMAS
during periods of crisis, uncertainty and vulnerability. Individuals contacting the team are
often experiencing multiple and interconnected challenges including financial hardship, poor
physical or mental health, bereavement, social isolation, housing instability or family
difficulties.
265

Page 266

Staff therefore invest time in building trust, understanding wider circumstances and
identifying needs that may not initially be apparent. What may initially present as a request
for food or fuel assistance frequently reveals broader issues relating to benefit entitlement,
debt, housing concerns, health conditions or wider family circumstances. Through taking
time to listen and understand the individual behind the presenting issue, the team is able to
provide meaningful interventions which support longer-term stability rather than simply
responding to immediate crisis. 
This relational approach is reflected in increasing call handling times across the service,
with average calls exceeding 8 minutes during the year. While this can reduce throughput
compared with more transactional service models, it reflects the complexity of the issues
being presented and the team's commitment to delivering high-quality, person-centred
support rather than processing interactions as quickly as possible. 
Rather than simply acting as a gateway into services, the Community Wellbeing Team often
becomes the first trusted relationship residents establish when seeking support. The team's
ability to build rapport, identify underlying needs and coordinate effective interventions plays
a critical role in preventing problems from escalating, reducing pressure on wider services
and improving outcomes for some of South Lanarkshire's most vulnerable residents. 
266

Page 267

Money Advice Team
The Money Advice Team continues to play a vital role in supporting residents across South
Lanarkshire who are experiencing financial hardship, problem debt, and the ongoing
pressures of the cost-of-living crisis. 
In 2025–26, the service supported over 2,078 unique clients, helping individuals and
families regain control of their finances, avoid crisis situations, and work towards long-term
financial stability. 
The team provides free, confidential, and impartial advice across a wide range of money
and debt issues up to Scottish National Standards Level III, supporting clients with a variety
of debts issues including rent and mortgage arrears, council tax and fuel debt, and
unsecured borrowing such as credit cards and personal loans. Advisors work closely with
clients to develop sustainable budgets, maximise income, prioritise essential outgoings,
negotiate affordable repayment plans, and access appropriate formal debt solutions,
including Debt Arrangement Schemes and Bankruptcy where appropriate. 
During the past year, the team supported clients to address £12 million (up 6% on previous
year) of problem debt, writing off more than 2.5 million (up 13%).  In addition to the
significant financial impact, this work has contributed to reducing stress, preventing eviction
and homelessness, and improving overall wellbeing. As one client reflected:
“She was genuinely interested and responsive to my problem and
made me feel that the stress of trying to solve it on my own was
gone.”
A key priority this year has been reducing delays in accessing appropriate debt solutions,
enabling clients to achieve relief from financial stress more quickly. Advisors have
maintained flexible engagement through a range of channels, including telephone, face-to-
face appointments, and digital case management. Processes continue to be reviewed and
refined to ensure a seamless, efficient, and effective client experience. 
Demand for the service has continued to rise, with increasing complexity in priority debt
cases driven by ongoing cost of living pressures. In response, the team has strengthened
its outreach by delivering services through community hubs and deepening partnerships
with Housing, Social Work, and Benefits and Revenue Services. This collaborative
approach ensures residents can access support at the earliest opportunity and in the most
convenient setting. 
In response to South Lanarkshire Council’s declared housing emergency, the Money
Advice Team has taken on an enhanced role in homelessness prevention. By intervening
early with residents facing rent or mortgage arrears, the team helps negotiate repayment
plans, address underlying debt issues, and support individuals and families to remain in
their homes. This targeted work is a key component of the Council’s wider strategy to
address increasing housing pressures. 
Looking ahead, a key focus will be strengthening internal and external partnerships in line
with the ‘Ask and Act’ duty under the Housing (Scotland) Act 2025. This will place
responsibilities on public bodies to identify households at risk of homelessness and take
preventative action. Early referral to Money Advice services will be central to this approach,
helping to reduce risk, alleviate pressure on clients, and support housing services.
267

Page 268

Through its work, the Money Advice Team continues to make a significant contribution to
reducing poverty, preventing homelessness, and promoting financial inclusion across South
Lanarkshire. The service remains committed to adapting and responding to emerging
challenges in the year ahead. 
268

Page 269

Welfare Rights Team
The Welfare Rights Team continues to play a central role within Money Matters Advice
Service (MMAS), supporting residents across South Lanarkshire to maximise their income
and access the full range of social security benefits and entitlements available to them.
During 2025–26, the team continued to make a significant impact in the lives of individuals
and families experiencing financial hardship, particularly those affected by ill health,
disability, bereavement, caring responsibilities, unemployment, low income, and the
ongoing cost-of-living crisis. 
The team provides comprehensive Welfare Rights support and up to Level III advice across
a wide range of complex benefit matters. This includes undertaking benefit entitlement
checks, assisting with the completion of benefit application and review forms, challenging
benefit decisions, preparing mandatory reconsiderations and appeals, undertaking kinship
care calculations, assessing the financial implications of returning to work, and representing
clients at Social Security tribunals. The specialist knowledge and experience within the
team ensures residents receive informed and effective support throughout every stage of
the welfare benefits process. 
During 2025–26, the Welfare Rights Team supported 9,968 individuals and families and
secured financial gains totalling £24.9 million on behalf of clients. These gains included
both backdated benefit awards and ongoing benefit entitlements, providing a vital source of
financial support for many households experiencing poverty and financial insecurity. 
The team represented clients in 103 appeals during the year, with over 56% resulting in
successful outcomes for residents. These outcomes often had a significant impact on
household income, financial stability, and overall wellbeing.
One client described the support they received as follows:
“Money Matters Advice Service is excellent. The adviser was superb
and knew the advice and service I needed. I have been very happy
with the help I received, from doing the forms to the financial gain I
received. The service eased so much stress after being diagnosed
with cancer.”
Partnership working continues to be a key strength of the Welfare Rights Team. The team
works closely with a wide range of internal and external partners to ensure residents are
identified and referred for support as early as possible. This includes close working
relationships with NHS primary and secondary care services, Community Link Workers,
Advocacy Services, Jobcentre Plus, Lanarkshire Carers, and other community-based
organisations. 
The team also provides an important support function across South Lanarkshire Council
services. Welfare Rights Advisers are responsible for undertaking all kinship care financial
calculations requested by Social Work Services and regularly provide advice and guidance
to council colleagues on complex welfare benefit issues. 
In addition, the team has developed and delivered a range of welfare rights and service
awareness training courses available to South Lanarkshire Council employees through
Fusion. These courses aim to improve understanding of welfare benefits, increase
awareness of available support, and strengthen staff capacity to identify residents who may
benefit from referral to MMAS. Welfare Rights Advisers also regularly engage with both
269

Page 270

internal and external partners to promote awareness of benefits and encourage appropriate
referrals. 
The Welfare Rights Team includes several specialist adviser roles designed to meet the
needs of specific client groups. This includes advisers specialising in support for serving
Armed Forces personnel and veterans, early years and families with children under five or
expecting a child, clients affected by cancer, council and NHS employees experiencing
cost-of-living difficulties, kinship care support, benefits relating to neurodivergent children,
and residents requiring back-to-work financial advice and support. 
By helping residents maximise household income, improve financial resilience, and access
essential support, the Welfare Rights Team continues to play a vital role in tackling poverty,
reducing financial inequality, and improving outcomes for some of the most vulnerable
individuals and families across South Lanarkshire. 
270

Page 271

Energy Advice Team
The ongoing cost-of-living crisis has placed unprecedented pressure on households, with
energy affordability emerging as one of the most significant challenges. Rising prices have
affected every community we serve, and demand for specialist support has continued to
grow. Over the past year, Money Matters supported households with more than £1.2 million
in energy-related debt, and more than 3,000 households received basic energy advice from
our service. 
Our Energy Advice Team provides comprehensive, practical assistance to help households
navigate an increasingly complex energy landscape. The team offers guidance on a wide
range of issues, including energy efficiency advice and access to grants, tariff reviews,
support with energy debt, help accessing energy funds, negotiating affordable repayment
arrangements, resolving metering problems, addressing complex billing issues, and
managing complaints with suppliers or the ombudsman. This holistic approach ensures that
clients receive the tailored support they need to stabilise their energy situation and reduce
financial stress.
I would like to mention Mark. I was extremely concerned about the
situation I found myself in. Mark was extremely knowledgeable and
reassuring. He helped bring the situation to a fantastic conclusion. I
can't speak highly enough. 
In addition to one-to-one casework, the team continues to deliver vital support through our
network of local outreach hubs, ensuring advice is available within the heart of the
communities we serve. We also maintain a regular presence at Hairmyres Hospital, offering
immediate access to energy advice for staff, patients, and visitors who may be experiencing
financial pressure or uncertainty around their energy use. 
Looking ahead, our focus is on strengthening early intervention and empowering
households to take greater control of their energy consumption. Over the coming year, we
will prioritise promoting energy efficiency, supporting new tenants to correctly set up their
energy accounts, helping clients uncap meters where appropriate, reducing reliance on fuel
vouchers by addressing underlying issues, and equipping households with the knowledge
and confidence to manage their energy bills more effectively. 
Through this work, the Energy Advice Team continues to play a crucial role in supporting
households through financial hardship, improving wellbeing, and ensuring that everyone
has access to safe, affordable energy. 
271

Page 272

Case Studies
Welfare Rights Team
A parent caring for a young child with an undiagnosed neurodivergent condition contacted
the service while awaiting assessment. The client was working part-time but was finding it
increasingly difficult to balance employment with the additional care and support needs of
their child. 
A comprehensive benefits check identified a potential entitlement to Child Disability
Payment. Following a successful application, the family also became entitled to additional
Universal Credit, increased support with rent and Council Tax, and the Child Winter Heating
Payment. The additional income provided much-needed financial stability, enabling the
client to remain in work and access suitable childcare. The client described feeling
overwhelmed by the positive change in their circumstances and the reduction in financial
pressure. 
Macmillan Welfare Rights Service
A couple were referred to the Welfare Rights Team following a terminal cancer diagnosis. A
full benefits assessment identified entitlement to Pension Age Disability Payment under the
Special Rules for Terminal Illness process. Following a successful award, the household
also became entitled to additional support through Pension Credit, Council Tax Reduction
and Carer Support Payment. 
The team's involvement continued following the death of the client's partner. An adviser
provided ongoing support to maximise the widow's income as a single person and
successfully secured assistance with funeral expenses. The client expressed deep
appreciation for the support received during one of the most difficult periods of their life,
highlighting the value of having practical and compassionate assistance when it was
needed most. 
Community Wellbeing Team
A family with five children contacted the service after experiencing financial difficulties
caused by a gap in benefit payments and rising household costs. With no money available
and no credit remaining on their gas or electricity meters, the family were struggling to meet
basic day-to-day needs. Ongoing health issues within the household added further pressure
to an already challenging situation. 
The Community Wellbeing Team acted quickly to provide emergency support, including fuel
vouchers and a foodbank referral to ensure access to heating, electricity and essential food
supplies. The family was also referred for budgeting support and a Welfare Rights
assessment to explore additional benefit entitlements and eligibility for a Discretionary
Housing Payment. This immediate intervention helped stabilise the family's circumstances,
relieving the immediate crisis while putting longer-term support in place to improve their
financial wellbeing. 
Money Advice Team
After years of struggling with mounting debt, a client sought support from Money Matters
following advice from their GP. The stress of managing creditor pressure and wage
arrestment had significantly affected their mental health and ultimately led to them leaving
work. 
During their initial appointment, a Money Adviser took time to fully understand the client's
circumstances and explore the options available. Following a detailed assessment,
bankruptcy was identified as the most appropriate debt solution. Although initially
concerned about the stigma often associated with bankruptcy, the client was reassured that
it was a legitimate route to resolving unmanageable debt and rebuilding financial stability.
272

Page 273

With support from the adviser, the application was completed and approved within days.
The outcome brought immediate relief, removing a significant source of stress and allowing
the client to focus on their health and recovery. 
Energy Advice Team
An elderly homeowner contacted the service worried about rising energy costs and
concerned about how she would manage through the winter months. During discussions
with an Energy Adviser, it became clear that her ageing heating system, which was over 25
years old, was no longer operating efficiently and was contributing to high energy bills and
an inadequately heated home. 
The adviser referred the client to one of the service's energy partners to explore available
assistance. Following assessment, she was awarded a fully funded package of energy
efficiency improvements worth £13,500, including a new heating system, upgraded
radiators, improved insulation and other energy-saving measures. 
The improvements transformed the client's situation, providing a warmer, more energy-
efficient home, reducing ongoing fuel costs and giving her peace of mind that she could
remain comfortable without worrying about the affordability of heating her home. 
273

Page 274

How to Refer to Money Matters Advice Service (MMAS) 
Residents and partner organisations can make referrals to MMAS in several ways. 
Emergency Support and Telephone Referrals
Urgent requests for emergency support, including foodbank and fuel bank referrals, must
be made by calling the Community Wellbeing Team Helpline. This allows us to respond in
real time and work towards making referrals to the appropriate partner agency on the same
day. 
Residents and partner organisations can also use the helpline to make referrals for any
other MMAS service. The Helpline number opening times are: Monday, Tuesday, Thursday,
Friday 9am-4pm, Wednesday 11am-4pm. The Helpline number is: 0300 029 0041 
Online Referral Form
Residents and partner organisations can submit a referral using our online form, which can
be accessed by scanning the QR code with a smartphone or visiting
www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk and navigating to Benefits and money advice → Managing
your money → Money Matters Advice Service → Enquiry Form 
Supporting evidence can also be uploaded with the form where required. 
Email Referrals
We cannot accept referrals by email. Emails often do not include all the information
required, which can delay the referral being processed. 
Using the online referral form or contacting the Community Wellbeing Team Helpline helps
ensure that referrals are processed promptly and residents receive a quicker response. 
Community Hubs
Residents can also speak to MMAS in person at one of our Community Hubs. 
A full list of Hub locations and details of when MMAS will be attending are available at
www.southlanarkshire.gov.uk. Navigate to: 
Benefits and money advice → Managing your money → Money Matters Advice
Service → Community Hubs 
274

Page 275

Part Two: Projects, Partnerships and Innovation
Targeted support through strong partnerships
MMAS continues to deliver a range of targeted projects in partnership with key agencies,
ensuring that support reaches those most at risk of poverty, poor health, and financial
exclusion. In 2025-26 our project work has expanded both in reach and impact, offering
tailored advice and income maximisation support across diverse settings.   
SGN Energy project
Funded by SGN, the initial project ran for 18 months and
supported 8,694 households. The primary focus was on
reducing fuel poverty among vulnerable households through
a range of targeted interventions. These included providing
emergency support, assisting with applications for energy grants, promoting Priority
Services Registration for energy and water, raising awareness of carbon monoxide (CO)
risks, and distributing free CO monitors where required. 
Macmillan cancer support project
In partnership with Macmillan Cancer Support,
this project funds a specialist Welfare Rights
Officer who provides tailored benefits advice and
support to people affected by cancer. Advisers
work closely with patients, families and
healthcare professionals to ensure individuals access the financial support available to
them, including referrals for debt and energy advice where required. 
A cancer diagnosis can lead to significant financial pressures through reduced income,
increased household costs, travel expenses and additional care needs. Timely welfare
advice helps reduce financial hardship and stress, enabling individuals and families to focus
on their health and wellbeing. 
During 2025–26, the service supported 745 clients affected by cancer, securing over £1.9
million in annual financial gains, demonstrating the value of early intervention and specialist
advice. 
Neurodiversity in Children project
The Neurodiversity in Children Project is a one-year
test-of-change initiative funded through the Scottish
Government's Child Poverty Practice Accelerator Fund
during 2026–27. Delivered in partnership with the South Lanarkshire Autism Resources Co-
ordination Hub, it aims to increase the early take-up of disability benefits and financial
support for families caring for neurodivergent children and young people. 
Many families face additional costs and financial pressures long before a formal diagnosis
is received. As Child Disability Payment is based on a child's care and mobility needs rather
than a diagnosis, eligible families may be able to claim while awaiting assessment. 
The project will provide a dedicated Welfare Rights Officer to help families understand their
entitlements, apply for benefits, and maximise household income. 
By improving access to support at an earlier stage, the project seeks to reduce child
poverty and improve financial wellbeing for families across South Lanarkshire.  
275

Page 276

NHS cost of living project – Hairmyres Hospital
Embedded within Hairmyres Hospital, this project offers immediate
financial advice and support to NHS Teams and their patients affected
by the cost-of-living crisis. The on-site adviser works with clinical staff
to raise awareness of support available within Money Matters Advice
Service and identify the needs of patient, whilst delivering rapid,
compassionate support when needed.  This project is extended to support SLC/NHS
employees also facing financial difficulty and offering free and confidential advice and
support.   
Employability project – South Lanarkshire Council’s
employability services
In partnership with South Lanarkshire Council’s employability
services, this project helps individuals overcome financial barriers
to work. This project provides benefits, debt and energy advice to
clients as they prepare for, return to, increase or sustain
employment, ensuring they can transition into work without risking financial hardship. 
This involves back to work calculations, appropriate benefit applications and assistance to
apply for work related grants.  This funded project allows for an adviser to provide outreach
support within some Jobcentre plus offices, attend hubs whilst working closely with Routes
to work and Employability.  This project has generated just over £741k in annual financial
gains in 25/26. 
276

Page 277

Early Years – Families with Young Children
(Formerly the Telephone Advice Line for Pregnant Women and Young Families)
This project provides personalised support to families with children under five and those
expecting their first child. The service helps families understand their benefit entitlements,
access maternity and early years support, manage household finances, and address debt
issues. 
Many families experience financial pressures during pregnancy and early parenthood due
to increased costs, reduced earnings, employment changes, and difficulties accessing
available support. Poverty at this stage can affect maternal health and wellbeing, increase
stress, impact housing stability, and make it harder to prepare for the arrival of a child.
Early intervention through income maximisation helps prevent families reaching crisis point.
The project supports access to a wide range of assistance, including social security
benefits, maternity payments, disability benefits, childcare support, grants, return-to-work
advice, energy and debt advice, and emergency assistance. 
Many families are unaware of the support available or face barriers navigating complex
application processes. By providing practical guidance and advocacy, the project helps
ensure families receive the financial support to which they are entitled, reducing hardship
and improving outcomes for both parents and children. 
During 2025–26, the project supported 853 families, securing more than £749,000 in
financial gains. 
Together, these projects demonstrate the value of integrated services that meet people
where they are—at home, in hospital, and in the community—and recognise financial
wellbeing as a key contributor to wider health and social outcomes.  
277

Page 278

Households in Fuel Crisis
In 2025–26, MMAS continued its valued partnership with the Fuel Bank Foundation to
support households experiencing fuel poverty and energy hardship. During the year, 1,476
emergency fuel vouchers were issued to 1,015 clients through the Fuel Bank Foundation,
helping vulnerable households maintain access to gas and electricity during periods of
acute financial difficulty. The vouchers issued through the Fuel Bank Foundation had a total
value of £72,514. 
In total, 2,183 energy vouchers were issued across all support programmes during the year,
including: 
• 1,476 issued through the Fuel Bank Foundation
• 536 issued through funding provided via MMAS’s partnership with SGN
• Referrals for fuel vouchers through the Clydesdale Foodbank
• Support through the Scottish Power Hardship Fund
• Referrals to Scottish Community Action for Renewables and Fuel (SCARF)
Collectively, vouchers issued through SGN, the Scottish Power Hardship Fund, SCARF and
referrals through the Clydesdale Foodbank amounted to a further £30,070 in support,
bringing the overall value of energy voucher assistance provided during the year to
£107,282. 
The number of vouchers issued this year reduced in comparison to previous years following
changes to the eligibility criteria for accessing fuel vouchers. The revised criteria are
intended to ensure that support is targeted at households experiencing genuine fuel crisis,
with supporting evidence now required as part of the application process. While this can
present additional challenges for some clients, MMAS continues to provide support
wherever possible, including exploring alternative sources of assistance and practical
solutions tailored to individual circumstances. 
MMAS remains committed to developing strong partnership working arrangements with
other organisations and providers to maximise the support available to vulnerable clients
within our communities. 
278

Page 279

SGN Energy Advice Project
The SGN-funded Energy Advice Project played a significant role during 2025–26 in
supporting vulnerable households experiencing fuel poverty and wider energy-related
hardship across South Lanarkshire. 
Funded by SGN, the project supported 8,694 households throughout the funding period and
provided a wide range of targeted interventions designed to reduce fuel poverty and
improve household resilience. Support included emergency financial assistance, billing and
supplier advocacy, assistance with energy grant applications, benefit entitlement checks,
Priority Services Registration (PSR) for both energy and water, and the promotion of carbon
monoxide safety awareness, including the distribution of free CO monitors where
appropriate. 
As the project developed, it became increasingly evident that residents were experiencing a
broad spectrum of complex energy-related difficulties extending beyond fuel debt alone.
Advisers regularly supported households affected by rising energy costs, capped meters,
self-disconnection, supplier disputes, and difficulties establishing energy accounts at the
start of tenancies. These issues often contributed directly to financial hardship, backdated
billing, and increased vulnerability. 
In response to these emerging challenges, the Energy Team developed specialist expertise
and tailored interventions to help residents navigate increasingly complex energy systems
and supplier practices. The project also highlighted the importance of early intervention and
preventative support, particularly in relation to tenancy set-up processes and prepayment
meter issues, which were identified as significant drivers of fuel poverty risk. 
The project demonstrated the value of integrated partnership working and a holistic support
model. Energy advice frequently acted as a gateway to wider money advice, welfare rights,
and crisis support services, helping residents access broader financial assistance and
improving engagement with vulnerable households. Strong partnership arrangements with
housing and NHS significantly improved referral pathways and ensured residents could
access support at an earlier stage. 
Key outcomes delivered through the project included: 
• 8,694 households supported 
• 4,083 households receiving energy advice 
• 2,309 Priority Services Register (Energy) registrations 
• 2,225 Priority Services Register (Water) registrations 
• 1,467 households assisted with billing support 
• 522 clients receiving debt advice 
• 609 benefit entitlement checks completed 
• 532 emergency fund interventions provided 
The success and impact of the project has resulted in further funding being secured from
SGN, enabling MMAS to continue developing and expanding specialist energy advice and
fuel poverty support services for residents across South Lanarkshire during the period
2026–2028. This continued investment will support the ongoing delivery of early
intervention, crisis prevention, and targeted assistance to vulnerable households
experiencing fuel poverty and wider energy-related hardship.
279

Page 280

Cash First Project: Delivered Dignified Support During the Cost-of-Living
Crisis
The Cash First Project was launched in October 2023 as part of South Lanarkshire
Council's response to the cost-of-living crisis. Funded through the Scottish Government's
Local Authority COVID Economic Recovery Fund (LACER) and delivered by the Money
Matters Advice Service (MMAS) in partnership with South Lanarkshire's Citizens Advice
Bureaux, the project provided immediate financial support to residents experiencing food
and fuel insecurity. 
Rather than relying solely on traditional emergency aid, eligible households received £50
PayPoint vouchers, giving people greater choice and dignity in meeting essential needs.
Between October 2023 and September 2025, the project supported 5,258 households
through 8,763 vouchers worth £438,150. Importantly, 97% of eligible applicants received
support on the same day they contacted the service. 
A key strength of the project was its integration within MMAS's wider holistic support model.
Alongside crisis assistance, clients were connected to Welfare Rights, Money Advice and
Energy Advice services to address the underlying causes of financial hardship. This
approach generated an estimated £15.9 million in wider financial gains through benefit
uptake, debt solutions and income maximisation activity. 
Most households required only limited support, with 63.8% receiving a single voucher and a
further 19.5% receiving two. The relatively low level of repeat presentations reflects the
effectiveness of combining emergency assistance with longer-term advice and support that
helped improve financial stability and resilience. 
The project also provided valuable insight into the drivers of hardship across South
Lanarkshire. Rising living costs, ill health, debt, unexpected expenses and delays in benefit
payments were among the most common reasons for support. The majority of recipients
were from low-income households, including social housing tenants, lone parents and
people living with long-term health conditions. 
Although dedicated funding ended in September 2025, the project demonstrated the value
of combining rapid crisis intervention with wider financial inclusion support. The learning
continues to shape MMAS service delivery, strengthening partnerships and informing future
approaches to helping residents overcome financial hardship and build greater financial
resilience. 
280

Page 281

Supporting Communities Through Local HUBs
During 2025–26, the Community HUBS programme continued to strengthen the presence
and accessibility of South Lanarkshire Council's Money Matters Advice Service (MMAS)
within local communities. Delivered from trusted community venues, the HUBS provide an
important face-to-face point of contact for residents seeking support with debt, welfare
rights, energy issues and wider financial hardship. 
MMAS currently delivers outreach support through six regular HUB locations: 
• Clic Lanark Pharmacy, Lanark 
• Burnbank Gilmour Parish Church, Hamilton 
• Hillhouse Parish Church, Hamilton 
• Strutherhill Community Hub, Larkhall 
• Greenhills Community Centre, East Kilbride 
• Hareleeshill Gospel Hall, Larkhall 
The HUBS help ensure advice services remain visible, approachable and accessible to
residents who may face barriers to engaging with office-based, digital or telephone
services. They also provide an effective route into wider MMAS services where more
specialist support is required. 
Delivery is supported collaboratively by Money Advice, Welfare Rights and Energy Advice
staff, enabling a holistic approach that recognises the links between debt, low income, fuel
poverty and wider wellbeing issues. This helps identify underlying problems early and
ensures coordinated support tailored to individual needs. 
Demand for HUB-based support has continued to grow, with increasing interest from
communities and partner organisations seeking additional sessions and expansion into new
areas. This reflects the recognised value of locally delivered, preventative advice services
and the importance of maintaining a visible presence within communities experiencing
financial hardship.
Alongside community HUB activity, MMAS also provides weekly outreach support within
Hairmyres Hospital, working with hospital staff and discharge teams to help prevent
delayed discharges where patients may be returning home without adequate energy
provision. 
The HUBS continue to be well regarded by residents and partner organisations, helping to
reduce barriers to support, strengthen community relationships and improve engagement
with vulnerable households. Several locations have recently introduced client feedback
processes to support service improvement and strengthen future evaluation of outcomes
and impact. 
281

Page 282

Supporting Lanarkshire's Carers
Carers play a vital, yet often unseen, role in supporting some of the most vulnerable
members of our communities. Every day, unpaid carers dedicate their time, energy and
emotional resilience to caring for family members, friends and loved ones who are affected
by disability, long-term illness, mental health conditions or the challenges associated with
ageing. Without their contribution, many individuals would struggle to remain independent
and health and social care services would face significantly greater pressures. 
While caring can be rewarding, it can also create substantial financial challenges. Many
carers are required to reduce their working hours, change employment, or leave work
altogether to meet their caring responsibilities. This loss of income often comes at the same
time as increased household costs associated with caring, placing many carers at greater
risk of poverty and financial insecurity. 
Money Matters Advice Service recognises the invaluable contribution made by carers and
remains committed to ensuring they receive the financial support to which they are entitled.
Through specialist welfare rights advice, benefit checks and income maximisation support,
the service helps carers navigate a complex benefits system and access support such as
Carer Support Payment, Universal Credit, Pension Credit, Council Tax Reduction and
disability-related benefits for the person they care for. 
In many cases, carers are unaware of the full range of support available to them or may not
realise that an award of disability benefits for the cared-for person can unlock additional
entitlement for the carer and other members of the household. By taking a holistic
approach, advisers are able to identify opportunities to maximise household income and
improve financial resilience. 
During the year, support provided by Money Matters Advice Service generated more than
£5 million in annual financial gains for carers across South Lanarkshire. These additional
resources help carers meet the financial demands of their caring role, reduce financial
stress and improve overall wellbeing for both carers and those they support. 
Supporting carers is not simply a matter of financial inclusion; it is an investment in stronger
families, healthier communities and more sustainable public services. By helping carers
access the support they are entitled to, Money Matters Advice Service continues to play an
important role in recognising and valuing the essential contribution carers make to
communities throughout South Lanarkshire.  
282

Page 283

Part Three: Emerging Challenges and Opportunities
A Changing Advice Landscape
The advice landscape continued to evolve during 2025–26, with changes in welfare policy,
crisis support provision and the wider cost-of-living environment influencing how residents
engaged with advice services. 
At first glance, overall case numbers reduced during the year. However, this does not
necessarily indicate a reduction in demand or need. While case volumes fell by 23%, the
number of unique clients assisted reduced by only 5%, suggesting that financial hardship
remains widespread across South Lanarkshire. 
One of the most significant changes was the conclusion of the Cash First Project and the
tightening of eligibility criteria for some food and fuel support schemes. These changes
reduced the range of practical assistance available and may have discouraged some
individuals from seeking help. There is also evidence that demand has been displaced to
other agencies, who themselves are struggling. In response, MMAS has continued to
develop partnerships and secure additional sources of support for residents facing
hardship. 
The continued rollout of Universal Credit Managed Migration has also changed the nature
of advice work. As multiple legacy benefits are replaced by a single Universal Credit claim,
fewer cases are recorded overall, although the issues presented are often more complex
and require advisers to address several aspects of a client's circumstances within one case. 
While some areas of activity reduced, demand in others increased. Debt advice cases
continued to rise, energy advice activity more than doubled, and digital referrals increased
significantly. The Community Wellbeing Team now generates almost two-thirds of all
MMAS cases through its triage and assessment function, reflecting the Service's focus on
early intervention and directing residents to the right support at the earliest opportunity. 
Importantly, financial gains remained strong despite lower case numbers. Advisers helped
many residents secure Transitional Protection through Managed Migration, while increased
benefit take-up activity and the continued rollout of devolved Scottish social security
benefits also contributed to positive outcomes. 
Looking ahead, MMAS anticipates further change during 2026–27. New initiatives, including
the Neurodiversity in Children Project, expanded Macmillan-funded services and the
development of Marmot Community Hubs, are expected to create new opportunities for
engagement and early intervention. The Service will also continue working with partners to
expand access to crisis support and practical assistance for residents experiencing financial
hardship.  
283

Page 284

Developing a Trauma-Informed Approach: Supporting People Through
Person-Centred Practice
Money Matters Advice Service (MMAS) recognises that many people accessing support
have experienced adversity, including poverty, debt, poor health, bereavement, domestic
abuse and homelessness. These experiences can affect confidence, decision-making and
a person's ability to engage with services. 
During 2025, MMAS successfully achieved accreditation under the Scottish National
Standards for Advice and Information Providers. The assessment provided independent
assurance of service quality and recognised the Service's commitment to accessible,
person-centred support. 
The assessment also highlighted the importance of continuing to develop services that
ensure residents feel respected, listened to and understood. As part of its commitment to
continuous improvement, MMAS recognises the opportunity to further strengthen
approaches that support engagement and improve the client experience. 
The Scottish Government and COSLA have identified the development of trauma-informed
and trauma-responsive services as a national priority. For MMAS, this represents an
important aspiration and an opportunity to build on the person-centred principles already
embedded within service delivery. 
This includes: 
• Treating residents with dignity, respect and compassion;
• Recognising how adverse life experiences may affect engagement;
• Reducing barriers to accessing support;
• Promoting choice and involvement in decision-making;
• Strengthening staff awareness of trauma-informed practice; and
• Considering how future service developments can support more responsive
engagement.
Developing a trauma-informed approach is a long-term commitment rather than a single
project. By continuing to strengthen understanding and practice, MMAS aims to improve
client experiences, enhance engagement and support more positive and sustainable
outcomes for residents across South Lanarkshire. 
284

Page 285

Ask and Act Duties under the Housing (Scotland) Act 2025
The Housing (Scotland) Act 2025 introduces new “Ask and Act” duties designed to
strengthen homelessness prevention through earlier identification of risk, timely intervention
and improved partnership working. From 2027, relevant public bodies are expected to have
a statutory responsibility to identify people at risk of homelessness and ensure they receive
appropriate support. 
Although these duties have not yet commenced, Money Matters Advice Service (MMAS) is
already well placed to support South Lanarkshire Council in delivering the preventative
aims of the legislation. 
MMAS operates a holistic, person-centred model that closely aligns with the Ask and Act
framework. Every resident referred to the service receives an initial assessment designed
to identify not only their presenting issue but also wider financial, social and wellbeing
factors that may contribute to housing insecurity and vulnerability. Once identified, residents
can be supported by one or more specialist teams to address the underlying causes of
hardship. 
The Welfare Rights Team helps maximise household income through benefit checks,
applications and appeals. The Money Advice Team supports residents with budgeting,
creditor negotiations and debt solutions. The Energy Advice Team assists households
experiencing fuel poverty through energy advice, grant applications and supplier support.
The Community Wellbeing Team provides triage, crisis intervention and access to wider
support services. 
Through this integrated approach, MMAS helps identify risks at an early stage, coordinates
support across services and addresses both immediate crises and the longer-term causes
of financial hardship. As a result, the Service is well positioned to contribute to South
Lanarkshire Council's future response to the Ask and Act duties and the wider objective of
preventing homelessness through early intervention and partnership working.  
285

Page 286

Maintaining Excellence Through the Scottish National Standards
During 2025–26, Money Matters Advice Service continued to maintain its Type II and Type
III accreditation under the Scottish National Standards for Advice and Information
Providers, demonstrating our ongoing commitment to delivering high-quality, person-
centred advice services. 
Maintaining accreditation requires continuous investment in quality assurance, staff
development, case auditing and service improvement. Throughout the year, the Service
continued to provide both Type II casework and Type III specialist advice, supporting
residents with complex debt, welfare rights and financial inclusion issues. 
A key focus in 2026-27 will be ensuring that learning from case reviews, client feedback
and performance monitoring is used to strengthen service delivery. Regular supervision,
case checking and training help ensure that residents receive accurate, consistent and
effective support. 
Maintaining these nationally recognised standards provides assurance to residents,
partners and funders that Money Matters Advice Service continues to deliver trusted,
professional and specialist advice. It also supports our wider commitment to continuous
improvement and delivering the highest possible standard of service to South Lanarkshire
residents. 
286

Page 287

Part Four – Appendices
Client Distribution by Electoral Ward 
Money Matters Advice Service supported residents from every electoral ward in South
Lanarkshire during 2025–26, demonstrating the broad reach of the service and the
widespread demand for advice and support. 
Demand relative to population size was highest in Hamilton South, Larkhall, Blantyre and
Hamilton West and Earnock, while some wards, including East Kilbride West, Bothwell and
Uddingston and Avondale and Stonehouse, generated a lower proportion of clients. 
These differences do not necessarily reflect levels of need alone. Local service provision
and referral arrangements can influence how residents access support. For example, some
food banks in East Kilbride allow self-referral, reducing the need for residents to contact
MMAS for crisis support. 
The data also highlights that financial difficulties are affecting residents across all
communities, not just those experiencing the highest levels of deprivation. Cost-of-living
pressures continue to create demand for advice services throughout South Lanarkshire.
Overall, the findings demonstrate that MMAS continues to provide an accessible, South
Lanarkshire-wide service, supporting residents wherever financial difficulties arise. 
Key Findings: 
• Residents from every electoral ward accessed MMAS support. 
• Hamilton South, Larkhall, Blantyre and Hamilton West and Earnock generated the
highest demand relative to population. 
• Local referral pathways and alternative support provision can influence client
numbers. 
• Financial hardship continues to affect households across all parts of South
Lanarkshire. 
287

Page 288

5.59%
4.97%
4.11%
5.32%
4.70%
3.99%
4.52%
4.62%
6.06%
4.84%
4.59%
4.66%
5.10%
4.80%
4.51%
6.85%
5.92%
5.86%
4.40%
4.61%
3.44%
6.94%
2.37%
5.14%
5.45%
2.97%
4.45%
4.87%
5.26%
4.83%
5.35%
4.78%
4.35%
1.82%
5.87%
7.83%
6.84%
7.34%
5.30%
4.79%
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%
Avondale and Stonehouse
Blantyre
Bothwell and Uddingston
Cambuslang East
Cambuslang West
Clydesdale East
Clydesdale North
Clydesdale South
Clydesdale West
East Kilbride Central North
East Kilbride Central South
East Kilbride East
East Kilbride South
East Kilbride West
Hamilton North and East
Hamilton South
Hamilton West and Earnock
Larkhall
Rutherglen Central and North
Rutherglen South
Clients Distribution by Electoral Ward
Population as a % Clients as a %
288

Page 289

Understanding Our Clients by Level of Deprivation
The Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD) is the Scottish Government's official
measure of relative deprivation, ranking small geographic areas across Scotland using
indicators including income, employment, health, education, housing, crime and access to
services. 
Analysis of client postcode data shows that MMAS continues to reach residents living in
some of South Lanarkshire's most disadvantaged communities. During 2025–26, 21% of
clients lived within Scotland's 10% most deprived data zones, compared with 23% in 2024–
25. 
While this represents a modest reduction in the proportion of clients from the most deprived
communities, it does not necessarily indicate a reduction in need. The continuing impact of
inflation, rising household costs and wider economic pressures may be resulting in a
greater proportion of residents from traditionally less deprived areas seeking advice and
support for the first time. Financial hardship is increasingly affecting households across a
broader range of income groups and communities than has historically been the case.
The SIMD profile of MMAS clients therefore reflects two important realities. Firstly, the
service continues to maintain a strong reach into communities experiencing the highest
levels of deprivation, where financial vulnerability is often most acute. Secondly, it highlights
that the need for money, welfare rights and debt advice is not confined to the most deprived
areas and that cost-of-living pressures continue to impact residents across South
Lanarkshire. 
These findings demonstrate the importance of maintaining accessible, universal advice
services that are available to all residents whilst continuing to support those communities
most affected by poverty, inequality and financial exclusion. 
21.32%
16.03% 17.48%
12.40%
9.81%
7.23%
4.65% 5.44%
3.85%
1.80%
0.00%
5.00%
10.00%
15.00%
20.00%
25.00%
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Clients by SIMD Area
289

Page 290

Who We Support
The demographic profile of Money Matters Advice Service clients demonstrates that the
service continues to reach residents facing significant financial, health and social
challenges. Women accounted for 55.5% of clients, with men representing 43.8%. 
Financial hardship remains a defining feature of the client group. More than half of all
clients (52.1%) had annual household incomes below £6,000, while almost 84% reported
incomes of less than £15,000 per year. 
Health issues were a major factor for many residents seeking support, with 75.3% reporting
a health condition. Of these, 58.9% related to physical health and 41.1% to mental health.
This highlights the strong connection between financial wellbeing and wider health
inequalities. 
Demand was highest among working-age adults, particularly those aged 45–59 (26.1%),
although the service supported people across all age groups, including a significant number
aged over 71 (14.5%). Nearly one in five clients (17.8%) identified as carers and 43.4%
were registered on the Priority Services Register, reflecting additional vulnerabilities within
the client population. 
Many clients were economically inactive, with 27.7% permanently sick or disabled, 16.1%
retired and 14.1% unemployed. Housing circumstances were diverse, with 45.2% living in
Scottish Secure Tenancies and 23.4% being homeowners, demonstrating that financial
difficulties affect residents across all housing tenures. 
Overall, the data shows that MMAS continues to support many of South Lanarkshire's most
vulnerable residents, providing assistance to people facing multiple and often
interconnected challenges including poverty, ill health, caring responsibilities and financial
insecurity. 
290

Page 291

52.1%
15.9%
15.1%
7.9%
4.2%
2.2%
1.5%
1.1%
0.0%
10.0%
20.0%
30.0%
40.0%
50.0%
60.0%
Income Bands
Male, 43.8% Female, 55.5%
Other, 0.7%
0.0%
10.0%
20.0%
30.0%
40.0%
50.0%
60.0%
Male Female Other
Gender
Male Female Other
2.3%
7.1%
12.9%
17.8%
26.1%
10.1%
9.2%
14.5%
0.0%
5.0%
10.0%
15.0%
20.0%
25.0%
30.0%
0-15 16-2425-3435-4445-5960-6465-70 71+
By Age
52.5%
12.6%
16.6%
6.9%
11.4%
Single Adult
Single Parent
Couple (with no dependents)
Couple(with dependents)
Not Recorded
Household Composition
12.9%
2.5%
0.4%
7.3%
1.4%
0.3%
6.7% 45.2%
23.4%
Other
Temporary Accomodation
Supported Accomodation
Living with Family/Lodgers
Homeless
Care Home
Private Residential
Scottish Secure Tenancy
Homeowners
Housing Status
1.0%
3.0%
7.9%
6.6%
0.8%
0.4%
0.1%
2.8%
27.7%
13.6%
14.1%
16.1%
1.3%
4.6%
At School
Carer
Employed - Full Time
Employed - Part Time
Further/Highe Education
Further/Higher Education
Training Scheme
Looking after the…
Permanently Sick / Disabled
Not Recorded
Registered Unemployed
Retired
Self Employed
Short Term Sick or Disabled
Economic Status
291

Page 292

17.8%
82.2%
0.0%
10.0%
20.0%
30.0%
40.0%
50.0%
60.0%
70.0%
80.0%
90.0%
Yes No
Is a Carer
75.3%
24.7%
0.0%
10.0%
20.0%
30.0%
40.0%
50.0%
60.0%
70.0%
80.0%
Yes No
Has Health Problem
43.4%
56.6%
0.0%
10.0%
20.0%
30.0%
40.0%
50.0%
60.0%
Yes No
On Priority Service  Register
58.9%
41.1%
0.0%
10.0%
20.0%
30.0%
40.0%
50.0%
60.0%
70.0%
Physical Health Mental Health
Type of Health Problem
58.9%
41.1%
0.0%
10.0%
20.0%
30.0%
40.0%
50.0%
60.0%
70.0%
Physical Health Mental Health
Type of Health Problem
75.3%
24.7%
0.0%
10.0%
20.0%
30.0%
40.0%
50.0%
60.0%
70.0%
80.0%
Yes No
Has Health Problem
292

Page 293

Client Feedback and Satisfaction
At Money Matters Advice Service, the views and experiences of our clients play an
important role in shaping and improving the support we provide. During 2025–26, clients
were invited to complete satisfaction surveys following their contact with the service, and
the feedback received was overwhelmingly positive. 
Most respondents reported that they found the service easy or very easy to access,
whether by telephone, email, online forms or through our community hubs. Clients
consistently praised the professionalism, friendliness and understanding shown by staff,
particularly during periods of financial hardship, ill-health, caring responsibilities and other
difficult life circumstances. 
A recurring theme was the reassurance and
confidence clients gained from speaking to
knowledgeable advisers who took time to listen,
explain complex issues and provide practical
support. Many described feeling less stressed and
more confident after receiving assistance, while
others highlighted that they would have struggled to navigate benefits, debt problems or
other financial challenges without support from Money Matters. 
Clients also valued the regular communication they received throughout their cases, with
many recognising the patience, empathy and dedication of advisers who went above and
beyond to help secure positive outcomes. 
The feedback demonstrates the lasting difference advice services can make to people's
lives. Respondents described how support had reduced stress, improved wellbeing,
secured vital financial assistance and helped them through some of the most challenging
periods they had faced. 
Perhaps the strongest endorsement came from clients themselves. Almost every
respondent stated that they would use the service again or recommend it to family and
friends, reflecting the trust placed in Money Matters Advice Service and the commitment of
staff across the organisation.   
293

Page 294

98.5%
1.5%
0.0%
20.0%
40.0%
60.0%
80.0%
100.0%
120.0%
Yes No
Did you find the staff to be
friendly and approachable?
90.5%
3.5% 2.5% 3.5%
0.0%
10.0%
20.0%
30.0%
40.0%
50.0%
60.0%
70.0%
80.0%
90.0%
100.0%
Telephone Email Drop in Hub Online form
How did you Access the Service?
65.8%
25.2%
7.0%
2.0%
0.0%
10.0%
20.0%
30.0%
40.0%
50.0%
60.0%
70.0%
Very Easy Easy Okay Very
Difficult
How did you find accessing the
Service in terms of opening
times, location and method of
contacting us?
96.9%
3.1%
0.0%
20.0%
40.0%
60.0%
80.0%
100.0%
120.0%
Yes No
Was the Service able to
provide you with the help that
you required?
97.0%
3.0%
0.0%
20.0%
40.0%
60.0%
80.0%
100.0%
120.0%
Yes No
Were you kept up to date
with the progress of your
case?
294

Page 295

78.4%
20.1%
0.5% 0.5% 0.5%
0.0%
10.0%
20.0%
30.0%
40.0%
50.0%
60.0%
70.0%
80.0%
90.0%
Excellent Good Very poor Fair Poor
How would you rate the response
time before you could get the help
your required?
98.5%
1.5%
0.0%
20.0%
40.0%
60.0%
80.0%
100.0%
120.0%
Yes No
Did you find the staff to be
friendly and approachable?
98.5%
0.0%
20.0%
40.0%
60.0%
80.0%
100.0%
120.0%
Yes No
Would you use the Service
again or recommend to a
friend or family member?
98.5%
0.0%
20.0%
40.0%
60.0%
80.0%
100.0%
120.0%
Yes No
Would you use the Service
again or recommend to a
friend or family member?
295

Page 296

How we Calculate Financial Gains
Money Matters Advice Service (MMAS) is frequently asked how it calculates and reports
the financial gains achieved on behalf of our service users. Transparency and confidence in
our reporting are essential, as these figures are a critical measure of our impact across
South Lanarkshire. 
We use the AdvicePro case management system, developed by Advice UK, a national
charity supporting advice services. This system is widely used across the UK—particularly
within local authority advice services—and is tailored to record welfare rights, energy, and
money advice outcomes. Advisers input financial results in real time, which are then
aggregated using an automated, nationally recognised calculation process. 
Our methodology aligns with standards agreed in partnership with the Improvement Service
under the Scottish Government-funded Advice Insights Project. This framework ensures
that all local authorities and funded advice agencies report data consistently, allowing for
benchmarking and performance evaluation across services such as MMAS and Citizens
Advice Bureaux. 
Financial gains from welfare benefits are calculated in two parts: (1) ongoing entitlements
are annualised—projected over a 12-month period or shorter if applicable—and (2) lump-
sum, backdated, or one-off payments are added to determine the total gain. For instance, a
client receiving £110.40 per week in Adult Disability Payment and a backdated award of
£3,292.68 would have an annual gain of £9,033.48 (£3,292.68 + (£110.40 × 52)). 
Debt-related gains are reported only when debts are formally written off—through
negotiation, dispute resolution, or statutory options like bankruptcy. While reduced monthly
payments (e.g., through the Debt Arrangement Scheme) can significantly benefit clients,
these are not included under national reporting guidance, meaning the true financial
benefits of the service are often underreported. 
Return on Investment (ROI) is another key metric for evaluating the value of our service.
This compares the total financial gain achieved for clients against the cost of running the
service. In 2025–26, MMAS helped secure over £27.4 million in financial gains for residents
across South Lanarkshire. With annual running costs for South Lanarkshire Council
remaining around £2.4 million, this equates to a return of approximately £12.91 for every £1
invested by South Lanarkshire Council, demonstrating the significant economic and social
value delivered by the Service. 
All reported gains are verified—either through client confirmation or official award letters,
unless awards are automatic (e.g., Child Benefit), in which case verification is not required.
Our robust internal audit process, recently validated through the Scottish National
Standards accreditation process, ensures continued accuracy, consistency, and integrity in
our reporting. 
296

Page 297

Service Delivery by Electoral Ward
The following section provides a breakdown of Money Matters Advice Service activity
across South Lanarkshire's electoral wards during 2025–26, highlighting the number of
residents supported, financial gains secured, debt addressed, and crisis support provided
within each area. 
Please note that some clients, including South Lanarkshire Council employees and kinship
carers, may live outwith South Lanarkshire. Consequently, ward totals may not exactly
match the overall service figures reported elsewhere in this report. 
*Emergency Energy Vouchers – Please note that the figures presented relate to the
number of successful referrals made by the service and do not represent the number of
vouchers issued or the total financial value of support provided. A single referral may result
in multiple vouchers being issued, depending on the circumstances and eligibility of the
individual.
Avondale and Stonehouse
Population 18,030
Unique Clients 398
Number of Cases 898
Financial Gain (Claims)  £917,625.60
New Debt Dealt With £571,037.83
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £82,647.77
Cash First Cases 47
Food Bank Referrals 19
Emergency Energy Vouchers 40
Blantyre
Population 16,040
Unique Clients 802
Number of Cases 2,854
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,713,512.97
New Debt Dealt With £666,979.88
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £182,205.14
Cash First Cases 171
Food Bank Referrals 206
Emergency Energy Vouchers 179
Bothwell and Uddingston
Population 13,260
Unique Clients 274
Number of Cases 700
Financial Gain (Claims) £945,572.98
New Debt Dealt With £801,779.66
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £249,211.50
Cash First Cases 42
Food Bank Referrals 34
Emergency Energy Vouchers 39 
297

Page 298

Cambuslang East
Population 17,180
Unique Clients 594
Number of Cases 1,572
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,499,804.05
New Debt Dealt With £438,706.78
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £50,047.41
Cash First Cases 80
Food Bank Referrals 83
Emergency Energy Vouchers 90
Cambuslang West
Population 15,160
Unique Clients 630
Number of Cases 1,626
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,720,981.15
New Debt Dealt With £378,311.00
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £31,915.39
Cash First Cases 82
Food Bank Referrals 75
Emergency Energy Vouchers 92
Clydesdale East
Population 12,860
Unique Clients 343
Number of Cases 802
Financial Gain (Claims) £706,448.41
New Debt Dealt With £381,837.93
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £74,970.61
Cash First Cases 50
Food Bank Referrals 46
Emergency Energy Vouchers 45
Clydesdale North
Population 14,570
Unique Clients 514
Number of Cases 1,318
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,053,779.98
New Debt Dealt With £500,055.26
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £100,871.36
Cash First Cases 126
Food Bank Referrals 128
Emergency Energy Vouchers 100 
298

Page 299

Clydesdale South
Population 14,900
Unique Clients 563
Number of Cases 1,516
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,337,464.77
New Debt Dealt With £508,715.73
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £31,631.21
Cash First Cases 115
Food Bank Referrals 150
Emergency Energy Vouchers 111
Clydesdale West
Population 19,540
Unique Clients 608
Number of Cases 1,682
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,465,265.09
New Debt Dealt With £413,410.42
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £77,332.74
Cash First Cases 117
Food Bank Referrals 168
Emergency Energy Vouchers 95
East Kilbride Central North
Population 15,620
Unique Clients 559
Number of Cases 1,447
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,392,949.76
New Debt Dealt With £620,774.89
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £242,953.12
Cash First Cases 92
Food Bank Referrals 28
Emergency Energy Vouchers 108
East Kilbride Central South
Population 14,800
Unique Clients 618
Number of Cases 1,470
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,635,319.99
New Debt Dealt With £861,876.21
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £316,411.67
Cash First Cases 92
Food Bank Referrals 20
Emergency Energy Vouchers 79 
299

Page 300

East Kilbride East 
Population 15,040
Unique Clients 553
Number of Cases 1,355
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,242,196.77
New Debt Dealt With £750,388.26
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £38,295.33
Cash First Cases 90
Food Bank Referrals 15
Emergency Energy Vouchers 75
East Kilbride South 
Population 16,440
Unique Clients 503
Number of Cases 1,114
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,355,292.86
New Debt Dealt With £623,043.30
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £194,248.82
Cash First Cases 51
Food Bank Referrals 5
Emergency Energy Vouchers 37
East Kilbride West
Population 15,480
Unique Clients 210
Number of Cases 466
Financial Gain (Claims) £488,141.79
New Debt Dealt With £457,876.70
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £45,360.70
Cash First Cases 14
Food Bank Referrals 4
Emergency Energy Vouchers 18
Hamilton North and East 
Population 14,550
Unique Clients 680
Number of Cases 1,971
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,319,955.99
New Debt Dealt With £570,563.42
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £195,436.06
Cash First Cases 145
Food Bank Referrals 166
Emergency Energy Vouchers 163 
300

Page 301

Hamilton South
Population 22,090
Unique Clients 904
Number of Cases 2,602
Financial Gain (Claims) £2,287,252.48
New Debt Dealt With £721,783.38
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £202,263.41
Cash First Cases 205
Food Bank Referrals 210
Fuel Bank Referrals 217
Hamilton West and Earnock
Population 19,110
Unique Clients 791
Number of Cases 2,343
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,678,314.87
New Debt Dealt With £865,717.40
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £138,398.45
Cash First Cases 170
Food Bank Referrals 171
Emergency Energy Vouchers 233
Larkhall
Population 18,900
Unique Clients 849
Number of Cases 2,325
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,933,687.63
New Debt Dealt With £895,709.08
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £142,227.96
Cash First Cases 141
Food Bank Referrals 154
Emergency Energy Vouchers 160
Rutherglen Central and North
Population 14,190
Unique Clients 613
Number of Cases 1,673
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,513,057.74
New Debt Dealt With £512,967.47
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £100,757.74
Cash First Cases 89
Food Bank Referrals 59
Emergency Energy Vouchers 144 
301

Page 302

Rutherglen South
Population 14,870
Unique Clients 554
Number of Cases 1,619
Financial Gain (Claims) £1,217,748.39
New Debt Dealt With £452,047.06
Debt Written Off (Not all new debt) £48,184.43
Cash First Cases 91
Food Bank Referrals 112
Emergency Energy Vouchers 138 
302

Page 303

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Scottish Government Consultation – Council Tax High-
Value Property Bands (Mansion Tax) 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:- 
 provide Committee with the Council’s response to the Scottish Government
consultation on Council Tax High-Value Property Bands 
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):- 
(1) that the content of the report be noted; and
(2) that the response submitted to the Scottish Government in advance of the
closing date of 24 August 2026, as detailed in Appendix 1 to the report, be
noted.  
3. Background
3.1. Council Tax is levied on the occupiers of residential properties to help fund the
provision of local services.  Over recent years the income from Council Tax has made
up around 19% of the total funding available to local government. 
3.2. All homes are placed in one of eight council tax bands from Band A to Band H.  The
bands are based on what the property would have been worth on 1 April 1991.  The
valuation of each home is determined by the Assessor but each of Scotland’s 32 local
authorities are responsible for setting the Band D rate and for managing the
administration of Council Tax. 
3.3. The table below shows the current band structure and average tax charges across
Scotland for 2026/2027. 
19
303

Page 304

*Band H has no upper threshold 
3.4. Movements in property values since 1991 have not been reflected in the valuation
bandings.  Households in more valuable homes generally pay more council tax, but
not proportionately more.  In the current system, properties valued in excess of £1
million could face a council tax bill that is only marginally higher than a property worth
a fraction of that value. 
3.5. To address these issues, in the Scottish Budget 2026/2027, Ministers announced that
they would introduce two new bands above band H for properties in Scotland worth
more than £1 million:- 
 Band I: for properties with an estimated open market capital value of more than
£1 million and up to £2 million as at 1 April 2026
 Band J: for properties with an estimated open market capital value of more than
£2 million as at 1 April 2026 
3.6. There will be a targeted revaluation to identify properties that fall within Band I and
Band J.  The revaluation for South Lanarkshire properties will be carried out by the
Lanarkshire Valuation Joint Board.  All other homes will remain on the existing 1991
valuation basis. 
4. Public Consultation
4.1. The public consultation invited views from individuals and organisations including
Local Authorities who have an interest in how local services are funded and how
council tax affects them.  Given the wide audience for the consultation it follows there
is no direct focus on implications for local authorities and as a result is fairly limited in
the scope of questions presented. 
4.2. Views were sought based on three questions only relating to the relative tax rate of
the two new bands; I and J. 
4.3. The consultation opened on 6 July 2026 and closed on 24 August 2026. 
5. Consultation Response
5.1. The officers response to the consultation is included in Appendix 1.  
304

Page 305

5.2. The responses to the consultation are in line with the previous, more extensive, council
tax consultation response approved by the Executive Committee on 4 February 2026. 
There are two main questions within the consultation that focus on the relative tax rate,
that is the level of multiplier that is applied to the Band D level council tax to arrive at
the rate for the new bands.  The higher the tax rate (or multiplier), the higher the council
tax for the new bands would be. 
5.3. The preferred option for Band I is a relative tax rate in excess of 2.886. 
5.4. The preferred option for Band J is a relative tax rate less than 4.628. 
5.5. The consultation allows for additional comments to be provided, and this has been
used to highlight the following:- 
 the Council indicated support for a more progressive system in an earlier
consultation on the future of council tax
 further detail is required regarding the methodology for revenue distribution given
the uneven distribution of high-value properties across Scotland 
5.6. In terms of next steps, Scottish Government intend to review all responses to this
consultation alongside the findings from the Future of Council Tax in Scotland
consultation.  The conclusions drawn will be used to inform decisions on affordability
protections and any transitional arrangements that may be introduced with the two
new bands 
6. Employee Implications
6.1. There are no employee implications from this report.  However, any significant
changes to council tax would require a programme of staff training. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1. It is acknowledged that work would be required around the financial implications
should more information become available, including:- 
 additional income generated 
 the methodology for distributing this revenue across councils
 implementation costs
 impacts on collection levels 
8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. There are no direct climate change, sustainability and natural environment implications
arising from this report. 
9. Risk and Other Implications
9.1. There are no risk or other implications from this report 
10. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
10.1. This report does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy or recommend a
change to an existing policy, function or strategy and, therefore, no impact assessment
is required. 
305

Page 306

10.2. There is also no requirement to undertake any consultation in terms of the information
contained in the report. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
25 August 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Ambitious, self-aware and improving 
Previous References
 Executive Committee, 4 February 2026 
List of Background Papers
 Consultation:  Council Tax High-Value Property Bands (Mansion Tax) 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Craig Fergusson, Head of Finance (Transactions) 
Ext:  4951  (Tel:  01698 454951)
E-mail:  craig.fergusson@southlanarkshire.gov.uk
306

Page 307

Appendix 1 
Respondent Information Form 
Consultation: Council Tax High-Value Property Bands (Mansion Tax) 
Please Note: this form must be completed and returned with your response.
Please indicate how you wish your response to be handled and, in particular, whether you
are content for your response to published. If you ask for your response not to be
published, we will still take account of your views in our analysis but we will not publish your
response, quote anything that you have said or list your name. We will regard your
response as confidential, and we will treat it accordingly.
To find out how we handle your personal data, please see our privacy policy at the bottom
of the page. By submitting your response to Scottish Government you agree to our privacy
policy. 
1. What is your name?
Craig Fergusson 
2. What is your email address?
Your email address will never be published. Your email address will be used if you give
permission below to be contacted again in future about this consultation.
Craig.fergusson@southlanarkshire.gov.uk 
3. Are you responding as an individual or an organisation?  
Individual ☐ 
Organisation  ☒   
4. What is your organisation?
If responding on behalf of an organisation, please enter the organisation's name here. 
South Lanarkshire Council 
5. The Scottish Government would like your permission to publish your consultation
response. Please indicate your publishing preference: 
Publish response with name  ☐
307

Page 308

Publish response only (without name) ☒ 
Do not publish response   ☐ 
Information for organisations only:
The option 'Publish response only (without name)' refers only to your name, not your
organisation’s name. If this option is selected, the organisation name will still be published.
If you choose the option 'Do not publish response', your organisation name may still be
listed as having responded to the consultation in, for example, the analysis report. 
6. Do you consent to Scottish Government contacting you again in relation to this
consultation exercise?
Yes ☒
No ☐ 
7. I confirm that I have read the privacy policy and consent to the data I provide being
used as set out in the policy.
You can view the privacy policy here: Privacy - gov.scot (www.gov.scot)
I consent ☒  
308

Page 309

Questionnaire 
About You Questions 
1. About you Question 1 
[For individual respondents] Please tell us which local authority area(s) you live in
Local Authority Area(s):
[For organisational respondents] Please tell us which local authority area(s) your
organisation operates in 
Local Authority Area(s): South Lanarkshire 
2. About you Question 2 
If you pay Council Tax, please indicate which Council Tax band(s) apply to the property (or
properties) for which you pay Council Tax: 
Band A 
Band B 
Band C 
Band D 
Band E 
Band F 
Band G 
Band H 
I don’t pay Council Tax 
I don’t know 
3. About you Question 3
If you pay Council Tax, please indicate your estimate of the current value of the property for
which you pay Council Tax: 
Less than £1 million 
Between £1 million and £2 million 
More than £2 million 
I don’t pay Council Tax
309

Page 310

Questions for Consultation 
The illustrative rates for the two high-value bands mean that, compared to the average
Band H charge, it is estimated that:
• Band I properties (valued at over £1 million) would pay around £720 more per year.
An estimated annual charge of around £4,770 based on 2026-27 average charges.
• Band J properties (valued at over £2 million) would pay around £3,600 more per
year. An estimated annual charge of around £7,650 based on 2026-27 average
charges.
This would mean relative tax rates (multipliers) relative to Band D of approximately 2.886
for Band I and 4.628 for Band J.
These figures are illustrative only. Final multipliers for Band I and Band J will be set through
primary legislation. 
We are seeking views on what those rates should be. 
1. Please indicate your most preferred option for the Band I relative tax rate. 
[For illustrative purposes, a relative tax rate of 2.886 produces an estimated annual charge
of around £4,770, calculated using the 2026-27 average Band D charge in Scotland]. 
☐ Less than 2.886 
☐ 2.886
☐ More than 2.886
☐ Don’t know 
2. Please indicate your most preferred option for the Band J relative tax rate. 
[For illustrative purposes, a relative tax rate of 4.628 produces an estimated annual charge
of around £7,650, calculated using the 2026-27 average Band D charge in Scotland]. 
☐ Less than 4.628
☐ 4.628
☐ More than 4.628
☐ Don’t know 
3. Please provide any comments or views on the consultation themes that you have not
been able to share above. [free text, 1,500 characters maximum]
310

Page 311

The Council indicated support for a more progressive system in its response to the
wider consultation on the future of council tax. The example given in the paper shows
that Band I would only pay £720 more per year than Band H and Band J would pay
£3600 more per year than band H. Increasing the Band I multiplier and reducing the
Band J multiplier would be more aligned to the preferred option selected in the wider
consultation. 
It is welcome that any additional revenue generated through the introduction of
Bands I and J will be retained within local government. However, further detail is
required regarding the methodology for distributing this revenue given the uneven
distribution of high-value properties across Scotland. It is important that any funding
arrangements are transparent, equitable and agreed amongst local authorities.
We would seek assurance that all costs associated with implementing the new bands
are fully funded by Scottish Government, e.g. system development costs, billing
changes, customer communications, staff training, and any increase in customer
contact. 
We would welcome greater clarity regarding implementation timescales and
operational requirements at the earliest opportunity to support effective planning and
resource allocation. 
Overall, South Lanarkshire Council supports the introduction of the new bands in
principle, subject to appropriate funding, implementation support and continued
engagement with local government throughout the legislative and operational
development process. 
311

Page 312

312

Page 313

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Employee Development – Progress to Date 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide an update on the progress of employee development activity within the
Council during 2025/2026, including management and leadership development,
Chief Officer development, workforce digital skills and Resource improvement
plans arising from the 2026 Staff Survey
[1purpose]
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the progress set out in the report and the actions being taken to support
workforce development, leadership capability, digital skills and Resource
improvement planning be noted.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. The Council’s Workforce Plan 2022 to 2025 and Workforce Strategy 2025 to 2027,
approved by this Committee on 10 September 2025, highlighted the importance of
making sure employees and managers have the right skills, confidence and support
to deliver effective services. 
3.2. The Learning and Development Strategy 2025 to 2027 approved by this Committee
on 10 September 2025 builds on this approach.  It sets out how the Council will support
employees to develop the skills needed to deliver services effectively.  Its six priorities
are digital learning, governance, grow our own, management and leadership
development, mandatory training, and vocational development.  These priorities
provide the framework for the activity in this report. 
3.3. The last 12 months have included a stronger focus on leadership capability, digital
skills, succession planning, consistent development pathways and clearer evidence of
learning and development needs across the workforce. 
3.4. This work has been shaped by related reviews and surveys.  These include a review
of management and leadership learning and development provision, a refreshed
Workforce Digital Skills Training Needs Analysis survey, and the development of a
Chief Officer Training Needs Analysis survey.  
20
313

Page 314

3.5. Together, these reviews and surveys give the Council a clearer picture of current
strengths, gaps and future development needs.  They show good progress, but also
highlight the need to modernise learning, make support easier to access, provide
practical support for managers, build digital confidence and use workforce planning to
prepare for future service needs. 
3.6. This report brings together the progress made over the last 12 months and sets out
the main areas of activity now being progressed. 
4. Progress to Date
4.1. The following section summarises the main areas of progress and explains how they
support the Council’s wider workforce development priorities.  In summary, the Council
is using workforce evidence to target support where it is most needed.  The main areas
of action are management and leadership development, a Training Needs Analysis for
Chief Officers, targeted digital skills support and Resource improvement plans
responding to the 2026 Staff Survey. 
4.2. The work has focused on using evidence to identify need, improve support for
employees and managers, and put practical arrangements in place to build the skills
and confidence needed for future service delivery. 
4.3. Management and leadership development. 
A review of the Council’s management and leadership learning and development
provision was completed in the first quarter of 2026.  The review considered
benchmarking from all 32 Scottish local authorities, internal consultation and good
practice from professional bodies.  It confirmed the need for a more structured,
practical and accessible approach to support managers at all levels, particularly first
line managers. 
4.3.1. In response, a revised Management and Leadership Development Framework has
been developed.  It gives managers a clearer development route, from first line
management to senior leadership.  It will help managers apply Council policies,
manage people, lead change and contribute to effective service delivery.  It also
includes practical learning, peer support, mentoring, coaching and accredited routes
where these meet workforce priorities and provide best value. 
4.3.2. Work has also progressed to align the framework with Resource Workforce Planning
and Development Boards.  This means Resources will use workforce evidence to
identify development needs, workforce risks, and future skills requirements.  Actions
will include identifying business-critical roles, considering readiness for progression,
and supporting individual development plans. 
4.4. Chief Officer Training Needs Analysis. 
Building on the Management and Leadership Development Framework detailed
above, a specific Training Needs Analysis survey has been developed for Chief
Officers - Executive Directors and Heads of Service across the Council.  This will
identify senior leadership development priorities and align support with the wider
framework, Resource Workforce Planning and Development Boards and future
service needs.  The survey reflects the Chief Officer role profile, the Council’s
Behaviour Framework and key governance, statutory and assurance responsibilities.  
314

Page 315

The survey has been issued to Chief Officers, and the results will be analysed to
identify common development needs.  The findings will be used to plan targeted senior
leadership development through the Management and Leadership Development
Framework. Progress will be reported to the Corporate Management Team, including
participation, priorities and actions taken. 
4.5. Workforce digital skills. 
A refreshed Workforce Digital Skills Training Needs Analysis survey was carried out
between May and June 2026, receiving 1,488 responses across all Resources.  It
provided an updated picture of employee access, confidence and capability and
showed a positive overall position, including strong access to devices, regular use of
online services and high confidence in key Council systems.  Overall, the survey
findings show a positive position across the workforce.  Most employees have regular
access to digital devices at home and at work.  Online activity is also well established,
with 71% of respondents saying they would always use an online option to access
services, where available. In addition:- 
 95% of respondents can use Fusion for core HR tasks, including viewing
payslips, submitting leave requests, and making expense claims
 91% of respondents have read and confirmed they understood the Council’s IT
Acceptable Use Policy
 88% of respondents know how to save, store, and retrieve information on a
device
 86% of respondents have access to both personal and work email
 86% of respondents can connect devices to secure networks 
4.5.1. The survey also identified a small number of employees who need targeted support,
including those with limited device access, lower digital confidence, accessibility needs
or a preference for supported learning.  The findings will inform clearer guidance,
improved learning materials and further development on Microsoft 365, Copilot,
artificial intelligence and cyber security awareness. 
4.5.2. In response, Employee Development and Diversity will support Resources to target
local improvement and development activity.  Managers will be asked to discuss digital
skills and confidence through appraisal arrangements, especially with frontline staff.
Employees will be signposted to support such as the SCVO Digital Skills Check-up
and relevant training materials.  Employee Development and Diversity will also
continue to work with digital colleagues to develop Council-wide learning on artificial
intelligence, Copilot, Microsoft 365 and cyber security awareness as the policy is
developed over the course of 2026/2027. 
4.5.3. The digital skills work will continue to help identify and address barriers that may affect
employees’ ability to access online learning, Council systems and digital services. 
This includes targeted support for employees who may have lower confidence, limited
access to devices or additional accessibility needs.  The aim is to make learning and
information easier to access and to support employees to use digital systems with
confidence. 
4.5.4. The revised learning and development calendar will also provide a central source of
training materials and will be reviewed annually to reflect emerging technology and
policy developments and will be available from August 2026.  
315

Page 316

4.5.5. The employee development programme of work is positive and supportive of
employees and managers and provides:- 
 clearer learning pathways
 improved access to development, peer learning, coaching, mentoring
 practical support with people management responsibilities
 improved digital access and skills 
4.6. 2026 Staff Survey - Resource Improvement Plans. 
Following analysis of the 2026 Staff Survey results, each Resource has developed an
improvement plan to respond to the main themes raised by employees.  These plans
set out actions for 2026/2027 to improve communication, engagement, wellbeing,
employee development, workplace support and consistency across services.
Progress will be monitored through existing Resource governance arrangements, and
a summary is included at Appendix 1. 
5. Employee Implications
5.1. This programme of work has positive employee implications.  It will provide managers
with clearer learning pathways, improved access to development, peer learning,
coaching, mentoring and practical support with people management responsibilities.
This will also help build manager confidence, improve consistency and support a better
employee experience across services. 
6. Financial Implications
6.1. There are no direct financial implications arising from this report.  The activity outlined
will be progressed within existing resources and approved budgets. 
6.2. Where future development activity requires additional commissioning, external
support or accredited provision, this will be considered through normal budget,
procurement and governance arrangements. 
6.3. Opportunities to make best use of existing internal expertise, digital learning,
partnership working and levy-funded routes will continue to be explored to support
best value. 
7. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
7.1. There are no direct climate change, sustainability or environmental implications arising
from this report. 
7.2. The continued use of digital learning, blended delivery, online resources and virtual
engagement will support more flexible access to development and may help reduce
the need for travel and printed materials where appropriate. 
8. Risk and Other Implications
8.1. There are no additional legal, governance or risk implications arising directly from this
report.  The activity described supports existing workforce planning, learning and
development, digital inclusion and leadership development arrangements. 
8.2. The work will help reduce organisational risk by supporting managers and senior
leaders to develop the skills, confidence and knowledge required to deliver services
effectively, apply Council policies consistently and respond to future workforce needs.  
316

Page 317

9. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Arrangements
9.1. An Integrated Impact Assessment is not required at this stage, as the report provides
an update on progress and does not introduce a new policy, function or strategy, or
propose a change to existing terms and conditions. 
9.2. Equality, accessibility and inclusion will continue to be considered as the work is
implemented, particularly in relation to learning formats, digital access, reasonable
adjustments and support for employees with different learning needs. 
9.3. Engagement will continue through existing governance and communication
arrangements, including Resource Workforce Planning and Development Boards,
senior management channels and trade union engagement where appropriate. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
19 August 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes 
Values
 Focussed on people and their needs
 Working with and respecting others
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Fair, open and sustainable
 Excellent employer
 Ambitious, self-aware and improving 
Priorities
 We will work with people first and reduce inequality 
Outcomes
 People live the healthiest lives possible 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 None 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Michelle Milne, Head of Personnel Services
Tel : 01698 454330
E-mail :  michelle.milne@southlanarkshire.gov.uk  
317

Page 318

Appendix 1
Staff Survey Improvement Plans Summary by Resource
This summary brings together the key improvement priorities identified across each Resource, based on their
staff survey improvement plans. The focus is on the main areas each Resource will prioritise during 2026/27 to
respond to staff feedback and strengthen communication, wellbeing, development and workplace support.
Council-wide
• Strengthen recognition, morale and organisational pride through the Employee Recognition Scheme,
long service recognition, good news stories and quarterly service spotlights.
• Improve communication, engagement and leadership visibility by relaunching employee networks,
supporting two-way engagement, promoting governance processes and introducing “back to the floor”
activity.
• Prioritise corporate learning, inclusion, health and wellbeing, workplace and system support, workload
monitoring and fair, consistent application of agile and flexible working arrangements.
Community and Enterprise Resources
• Use local service briefings and “you said, we did” updates to show how staff feedback is being heard
and acted on.
• Increase senior and service manager visibility across depots, offices and frontline workplaces, with
regular communication through team meetings and Director’s briefings.
• Focus on practical service improvements, including workforce planning, priority training gaps, health
and safety concerns, equipment and workplace issues, and fair application of working arrangements.
Education Resources
• Review priority resource pressures, including classroom materials, IT, ASN support and avoidable
administrative workload.
• Continue work to enhance current provision around staff safety and wellbeing, with support for settings
experiencing incidents, challenging behaviour or working environment concerns.
• Improve morale, recognition, communication, training relevance, inclusion and confidence in complaints
and concerns processes.
Finance and Corporate Resources
• Improve learning and development through team and service development plans, clearer signposting
and monitoring of training uptake.
• Address workplace and equipment issues, including office environment, meeting spaces, confidential
spaces, equipment levels and desk availability.
• Strengthen communication, staff engagement, wellbeing support, flexible/agile working expectations,
recognition and feedback routes across services.
Housing and Technical Resources
• Continue to promote recognition and good news activity, including the Employee Recognition Scheme,
WOW awards, key achievements updates and consistent long-service recognition.
• Improve communication through a clear “golden thread” approach that reaches office-based and
frontline staff, including toolbox talks, handouts and local briefings.
• Prioritise succession planning, learning pathways, wellbeing activity, health and safety, system support,
staffing pressures and consistency in working arrangements.
318

Page 319

Social Work Resources
• Monitor and address workforce capacity, workload pressures, vacancies and wellbeing through
workforce planning, recruitment and service redesign.
• Strengthen learning, development and progression through protected learning time, role-specific
pathways, mentoring, shadowing and succession planning.
• Improve leadership visibility, communication, equipment and system support, working environments,
agile working expectations, recruitment realism, recognition and confidence in fair treatment. 
319

Page 320

320

Page 321

Report
Agenda Item 
Report to: Finance and Corporate Resources Committee
Date of Meeting: 30 September 2026
Report by: Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources)  
Subject: Scottish Government Consultation on the Public
Sector Equality Duty 
1. Purpose of Report
1.1. The purpose of the report is to:-
[purpose]
 provide an update on the recent Scottish Government consultation on proposed
changes to Public Sector Equality Duty reporting
2. Recommendation(s)
2.1. The Committee is asked to approve the following recommendation(s):-
[recs]
(1) that the content of the report be noted; and
(2) that the response submitted to the Scottish Government on 7 August 2026, as
detailed in Appendix 1 to the report, be noted.
[1recs]
3. Background
3.1. The Public Sector Equality Duty requires local authorities in Scotland to report on
workforce equality information.  This includes pay gap reporting under the Scottish
Specific Duties (SSDs).  At present, this focuses on pay gaps linked to sex, known as
gender, pay gap reporting. South Lanarkshire Council meets this requirement. 
3.2. The SSDs also require local authorities to publish Equality Outcomes.  These set out
the changes the authority aims to make to help meet the general equality duty.  The
Council’s current Equality Outcomes cover 2025 to 2029. 
3.3. Each Resource within the Council leads on one key outcome.  Progress is reported to
the Employee Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Forum and then included in reports to
the Scottish Government.  An interim report is due in 2027, followed by a full report in
2029. 
3.4. In July 2026, the Scottish Government launched a consultation on proposed
Regulations amending the Equality Act 2010 (Specific Duties) (Scotland) Regulations
2012 - also known as the Scottish Specific Duties (SSDs). 
4. Proposed changes by the Scottish Government
4.1. The proposed amendment Regulations aim to strengthen the existing SSDs by: - 
 extending pay gap reporting requirements to include disability and race
 introducing a more standardised approach to calculating and reporting pay gaps,
including the use of a set snapshot date, detailed calculations for mean and
median pay and bonus pay gaps, and pay quartile pay gaps 
21
321

Page 322

 requiring listed authorities to publish certain information in response to identified
pay gaps, including action plans
 making Equality Outcomes more action-focused, by requiring them to be specific
and measurable
4.2. The Scottish Government consultation asked for views on the possible impact of the
proposed changes and how they could be put in place.  The questions covered:- 
1. Current Practice 
2. Expansion of Pay Gap Reporting
3. Standardised Methodology for Pay Gap Calculations
4. Minimum Reporting Thresholds 
5. Use of Binary Categories and Disaggregated Data
6. Introduction of a Snapshot Date
7. Strengthening Equality Outcomes 
8. Production of action plans
9. Implementation 
4.3. The Scottish Government will use the feedback to help decide its final policy approach
and develop the proposed amendment regulations. 
4.4. The consultation response was submitted on 7 August 2026. 
5. Summary of questions and responses
5.1. Officers from Personnel Services reviewed the consultation and a summary is
provided below.  The full set of questions and the Council’s responses is included at
Appendix 1. 
5.2. A summary on the council responses as noted below:- 
 Current Practice: detail of our current reporting cycle and committee paper
process were provided.
 Expansion of pay gap reporting: the council noted that the completeness of
employee equality data would be a key practical challenge.  However, the
council’s systems are in place to provide the data requested.
 Standardised methodology: the Council’s current method is broadly in line with
what is being proposed.  However, more detailed analysis will be needed to
understand any changes that may be required.
 Use of binary categories and more detailed data: the Council supports the
principle of a minimum threshold in line with data protection requirements. The
council would welcome further guidance.  The Council also noted practical issues
where its current reporting categories do not match those proposed by the
Scottish Government.
 Introduction of a snapshot date: the Council currently reports data using financial
quarters and annual summaries, rather than one snapshot date as proposed.
 Strengthening Equality Outcomes: the Council supports the idea in principle. 
However, work will be needed to help Resources redevelop their Equality
Outcomes in this way.  These outcomes can also relate to complex, long-term
inequalities affected by many different factors.
 Production of action plans: challenges are likely to arise when trying to
understand the reasons for pay gaps, as these are likely to have complex causes.
 Implementation: the Council’s preference was to allow enough time for planning
and implementation, so its reporting processes can be aligned with the Scottish
Government’s new proposals. 
322

Page 323

6. Employee Implications
6.1. There are no employee implications associated with this report. 
7. Financial Implications
7.1. There are no financial implications associated with this report. 
8. Climate Change, Sustainability and Environmental Implications
8.1. There are no climate change, sustainability, or environmental implications associated
with this report. 
9. Risk and Other Implications
9.1. There are no risk or other implications associated with this report. 
10. Integrated Impact Assessment and Consultation Requirements
10.1. There is no requirement for an integrated impact assessment as part of the
consultation process.  Should an integrated impact assessment be required in the
future, this will be carried out. 
10.2 Trade Union colleagues will be provided an update on the Councils response to the
consultation as part of the normal partnership working arrangements. 
Jackie Taylor
Executive Director (Finance and Corporate Resources) 
19 August 2026 
Link(s) to Council Values/Priorities/Outcomes
 Accountable, effective, efficient and transparent
 Fair, open and sustainable
 Ambitious, self-aware, and improving
 Excellent employer
 Focused on people and their needs
 Working with and respecting others 
Previous References
 None 
List of Background Papers
 SLC Mainstreaming and Equalities Report
 Equality Outcomes and the Public Sector Equality Duty – a guide for public authorities in
Scotland (Scottish Government, July 2016) 
Contact for Further Information
If you would like to inspect the background papers or want further information, please
contact:-
Ali Floyd, Learning and Development Adviser
Ext:  4627  (Tel:  01698 454627)
E-mail :  ali.floyd@southlanarkshire.gov.uk  
323

Page 324

Appendix 1 – Consultation questions and Council responses
Current practice
This section seeks to understand how listed authorities currently approach the production of
mainstreaming reports, Equality Outcomes, statements on equal pay, and pay gap
reporting. The aim is to capture practical insights into existing processes, timelines, and
tools, including aspects that may further support contextual understanding of the specific
proposals set out in this paper. 
Questions: 
About your organisation
How large is your organisation?
[<20 / 20-50 / 50-100 / 100-250 / 250+]
Answer: 
250+ 
Which category best describes your organisation?
[Local Authority / Education / Health / Executive Agency / Police, Fire, and Transport
organisations / Joint and Licensing Boards/ Other]
Answer: 
Local authority 
Current timelines
How do you currently plan and manage your mainstreaming, equality outcome, equal
pay statements and pay gap reports? For example - 
• When do you typically begin drafting each report, and what drives this
timeline?
• When do you normally publish your reports, and how fixed is this timing in
practice? 
Answer:
The council plans and manages its mainstreaming report, equality outcomes, equal pay
statement and pay gap reporting through a planned reporting cycle. The current
mainstreaming and equality outcomes cycle covers the period 2025 to 2029. 
An interim mainstreaming progress report is published halfway through the cycle. The next
scheduled report is due in 2027 and will include relevant equal pay and pay gap reporting. 
Planning and data gathering normally begin around six months before the reporting
deadline, supported by ongoing annual monitoring of progress against equality outcomes
and related actions. 
Reports are normally published once they have completed the Council’s internal
governance process. The timing is generally fixed and aligned to statutory reporting
requirements and the Council’s forward planning arrangements. 
Approach to analysis and reporting
Do you use standard templates, methodologies, or tools when producing reports? 
Answer: Yes, the Council uses standard templates.  
324

Page 325

What protected characteristics does your organisation currently calculate pay gaps
for? 
Answer: Sex, through gender pay gap reporting 
Benchmarking
Do you currently benchmark your pay gap data against other organisations? If so,
how? 
Answer: Not routinely. However, the Council does review published pay gap information. 
325

Page 326

Proposed amendment regulations
The proposed amendment regulations would change the current Scottish Specific
Duties. The aim is to help listed authorities use pay gap data to identify and address
inequality. 
The proposed changes are summarised below alongside questions to aid feedback. 
Expansion of Pay Gap Reporting
Listed authorities would be required to extend existing gender pay gap reporting to
also include:
• disability pay gaps; and
• race pay gaps. 
This means authorities would need to collect and publish pay data across all three
characteristics. 
Questions:
What practical challenges might your organisation face in collecting and
reporting pay gap data for race and disability? (e.g. disclosure/completion
rates) 
Answer:
A key practical challenge would be the quality and completeness of the equality data
available. Reporting on race and disability pay gaps would rely on employees
choosing to provide this information during recruitment and keeping it up to date
during their employment. 
As disclosure is voluntary, completion rates may vary and some employees may
choose not to share this information. This could affect the accuracy and reliability of
the data and may also limit the Council’s ability to publish results where minimum
reporting thresholds are not met. 
Further work may be needed to encourage disclosure, explain how the data will be
used and ensure employees have confidence in the confidentiality and purpose of
the reporting process. 
How prepared is your organisation to collect this data?
[Fully prepared / Somewhat prepared / Not prepared] 
Answer:
Fully prepared, as the council’s personnel system can hold this data. 
Please explain your answers. 
Answer:
While the council has the system in place to collect and report on this data,
disclosure rates would depend on employees completing equality monitoring forms
during recruitment and employment.  
326

Page 327

Standardised Methodology for Pay Gap Calculations
A standardised method for calculating all pay gaps would be introduced. 
Authorities would be required to publish:
• mean and median hourly pay gaps;
• mean and median bonus pay gaps;
• proportions of employees receiving bonus pay; and
• distribution of employees across pay quartiles. 
Detailed steps and formulas would be provided for listed authorities to follow
(detailed in Annex B). This approach aligns closely with existing UK gender pay gap
reporting requirements and is intended to improve consistency and comparability
across organisations. 
Questions: 
How different is your current methodology from the proposed approach?
[Very similar / Some differences / Very different]
Answer:
Some differences 
What practical challenges might your organisation face in changing your
methodology to the proposed approach? 
Answer:
While the proposed approach appears broadly in line with current gender pay gap
reporting, the council would need more detail on the proposed race and disability
categories before it could fully assess the impact. 
This should include clear guidance on how categories should be defined, how more
detailed data should be reported, and how minimum reporting thresholds would work
in practice. Further guidance would also be needed on data collection, system
reporting, employee disclosure rates and internal approval processes. 
Please explain your answers.
Answer: n/a 
327

Page 328

Minimum Reporting Thresholds
To ensure data is meaningful and to protect individuals’ privacy, a minimum
threshold of 10 employees would apply.
• Pay gap data must only be published where there are at least 10 employees
in each relevant group (e.g. 10 men and 10 women for gender pay gap). 
This threshold is intended to make sure the data is useful while also reducing the risk
of identifying individual employees.
• production of statistically relevant data; and
• protection against identifying individuals. 
Example: There are 10 men and 10 women in an organisation. The mean and
median pay gap figures would be required to be calculated and published. 5 of the
men and 2 of the women receive a bonus. The bonus pay gaps would not be
required to be published as the categories are not made up of at least 10 people (i.e.
there would need to be 10 men who do receive a bonus and 10 who do not and 10
women who do receive a bonus and 10 who do not before this figure was
calculated). There are fewer than 10 men and 10 women in each pay quartile, so this
figure would not be required to be published. 
Question: 
Would this threshold significantly affect your ability to publish data? 
[Yes / No / Not sure]
Answer:
No 
What practical issues (if any) would your organisation face in applying a 10-
person threshold? 
Answer:
The Council supports the principle of a minimum reporting threshold, as this helps
protect employee confidentiality and reduces the risk of individuals being identifiable
in published data. 
A threshold of 10 provides a practical baseline, although the Council would welcome
clear guidance on how this should be applied in more complex areas, such as bonus
pay, pay quartiles and disaggregated race or disability categories. It will also be
important to clarify how authorities should explain situations where data has been
calculated internally but cannot be published because the threshold has not been
met. 
Answer: as above 
328

Page 329

Use of Binary Categories and Disaggregated Data
Authorities would be required to report pay gaps using binary categories as a
baseline (e.g. disabled / non-disabled). 
Authorities would be encouraged to publish more detailed data where possible. For
example:
• Breaking disability information down into different types of impairment.
• Breaking race information down into specific ethnic groups. 
Disaggregated data should only be published where each subgroup meets the 10-
person threshold. 
Example: There are 100 people who are not disabled and 50 disabled people in an
organisation. There are more than 10 people within that group who have a visual
impairment, but no other disability applies to more than 10 people. The organisation
could publish the pay gap between: 
• people with a visual impairment and all people who are not disabled; and 
• all other disabled people and all people who are not disabled. 
Listed authorities would be encouraged to disaggregate where possible and practical
whilst keeping in mind the threshold of 10 people for any disaggregated categories. 
Questions:
What practical barriers will your organisation face in publishing disaggregated
data? 
Answer:
The main barriers would relate to data quality, disclosure rates and current workforce
classifications. While the Council supports the principle of publishing disaggregated
data where possible, this would depend on whether enough employees have
provided the relevant information and whether each subgroup meets the minimum
reporting threshold. 
There may also be practical issues because some of the council’s current equality
monitoring categories may not match the proposed reporting categories. For
example, employees can currently tell the council that they have a disability, but the
council does not routinely ask employees to identify the type of disability. Introducing
more detailed categories could require changes to data collection systems,
employee communications and privacy information. 
Publishing more detailed data may also make year-on-year comparisons more
difficult, depending on the final classifications and disaggregation requirements.  
329

Page 330

What additional guidance or resources would you find particularly useful in
aiding your approach to disaggregation? 
Answer: n/a
Please explain your answers.
Answer:
Clear national guidance from the Scottish Government would be helpful, including
confirmation of the categories and sub-categories to be used for race and disability
reporting. Worked examples would also be useful to show how disaggregated data
should be calculated, presented and explained in practice. 
The Council would also welcome clear communication materials explaining the
purpose and benefits of collecting this information, including how it will help identify
and address inequalities for people with protected characteristics. This would
support local communication with employees and help explain why the information is
being requested, how it will be used, and how employee privacy will be protected. 
Guidance would also be helpful on:
• how to apply minimum reporting thresholds to disaggregated categories;
• how to manage low disclosure or incomplete data;
• how to maintain confidentiality and comply with data protection requirements;
• how to report where data is not available or not reliable enough to publish;
and
• how to manage changes in classifications where this affects year-on-year
comparison. 
330

Page 331

Introduction of a Snapshot Date
A mandatory snapshot date would be introduced to make data collection more
consistent. A snapshot date is a set date when an organisation records employee
pay data. Using the same date would help make figures more consistent and easier
to compare across Scotland’s public sector. The proposed snapshot date is intended
to:
• ensuring up-to-date data;
• encouraging consistency across organisations;
• aligning, as much as possible, with the snapshot date that listed authorities
most commonly use; and
• allowing time for analysis ahead of publication (usually around 30 April). 
Date options under consideration:
• 31 January in the reporting year (i.e. the year in which the pay gap reporting
falls due). [current proposed date]
• 31 March in the year prior to the reporting year, which would align with UK
practice but in a two-year cycle would mean using data that is 13 months old.
• 30 September the year prior to the reporting year, which could provide more
time for analysis while still capturing recent data. 
We are keen to understand as much as possible how listed authorities approach
data collection and the potential use of snapshot dates for such collection. 
Questions:
Do you currently use a snapshot date for calculating pay gaps?
• If yes, when is your snapshot date?
• If not, when do you normally gather and calculate your employee
data? 
Answer:
The Council does not currently use a single snapshot date in the way proposed. 
The Council currently reports workforce and pays data using financial quarters and
annual summaries, in line with existing internal reporting cycles. 
Data is normally gathered and calculated as part of established financial year
reporting arrangements, with time built in to check, validate and analyse the
information before publication. 
Please list the following snapshot dates in order of preference: 
• 31 January in the second year of the reporting period
• 31 March in the first year of the reporting period
• 30 September in the first year of the reporting period 
Answer:
Our preferred order would be:
1. 30 September in the first year of the reporting period
This would provide the most practical option, as it would allow time to gather,
validate and analyse data ahead of publication while still using relatively
recent information.
331

Page 332

2. 31 March in the first year of the reporting period
This would align more closely with the financial year; however, depending on
the publication date, the data may be around a year old by the time it is
reported.
3. 31 January in the second year of the reporting period
This is the least preferred option, as the Council does not currently use
calendar-year reporting for this purpose. It may also provide less time to
complete analysis, validation and internal governance before publication. 
What are the main practical considerations which inform your preference (e.g.
analysis time, pay awards)?
Answer: 
The main practical issue is that any snapshot date should fit as closely as possible
with the council’s current reporting cycles and allow enough time to gather, check
and analyse data. 
The Council would also need time to check employee information, confirm pay data,
review disclosure levels, apply minimum reporting thresholds, prepare commentary
and complete the internal governance process before publication. Clear guidance on
the snapshot date and reporting expectations would support consistent planning and
implementation. 
Is there another date or approach that would be preferable?
Answer: n/a 
Please explain your answers.
Answer: n/a 
332

Page 333

Strengthening Equality Outcomes 
The proposals would introduce new requirements to ensure that all Equality
Outcomes set are:
• specific (clearly defined), and 
• measurable (with identifiable indicators of progress). 
It is proposed that Equality Outcomes and progress reports will need to include: 
• the steps already taken or planned to fulfil the outcome; and 
• the expected timeline for achieving the outcome. 
This is intended to place focus more on action when producing Equality Outcomes. 
Questions:
What practical challenges (if any) would your organisation face if we required
Equality Outcomes to be specific, measurable, and have outlined timelines. 
Answer:
The main challenge is that some Equality Outcomes deal with complex, long-term
inequalities. Progress can be affected by many factors, and not all of these are within
the council’s direct control. This can make it difficult to set simple measures or fixed
timescales that fully reflect the outcome.
There may also be practical challenges in identifying reliable baseline data, agreeing
appropriate indicators of progress and ensuring that measures are meaningful rather
than purely numerical. For some outcomes, progress may need to be demonstrated
through a combination of workforce data, service data, consultation feedback and
evidence of actions taken. 
The Council would also need to ensure that timelines are realistic and aligned with
existing planning, reporting and governance cycles. Clear national guidance and
examples of measurable Equality Outcomes would be helpful, particularly for
outcomes linked to pay gaps, workforce representation, service access or longer-
term cultural change. 
Please explain your answer.
Answer: see above 
333

Page 334

Production of Action Plans
More specifically, where a pay gap is identified, listed authorities would be required
to:
• consider setting an Equality Outcome to specifically address identified gaps;
and
• explain their reasons where they decide not to do so. 
A listed authority completing an action plan would include the following:
• An explanation around why each identified pay gap exists.
• Any policy in place that addresses the cause of each pay gap.
o If not, the reasons for not having such a policy.
• Any pay gap Equality Outcome that has been published.
o If not, the reasons for not having such an Equality Outcome.
• The steps taken or to be taken to meet any pay gap Equality Outcomes and
time expected. 
This is intended to ensure that pay gap reporting leads to meaningful action to
reduce identified pay disparities. 
Questions:
What practical challenges might your organisation face in developing action
plans? 
Answer:
Some practical challenges may arise in developing action plans, particularly where
the causes of pay gaps are complex or not immediately clear. 
Please explain your answer. 
Answer:
The main challenge would be understanding the reasons for any pay gap and
deciding which actions the council can directly influence. Pay gaps may be affected
by many factors, including the types of jobs people do, workforce profile, recruitment
patterns, promotion routes, part-time working, job roles, grade distribution and wider
labour market factors. 
There may also be challenges where race or disability data is incomplete because
disclosure is voluntary. Low disclosure rates or small subgroup numbers may make it
difficult to draw firm conclusions or develop targeted actions without risking
employee confidentiality. 
The Council would need time to analyse the data, identify trends, consult with
relevant services, agree proportionate actions and align these with existing equality
outcomes, workforce plans and governance arrangements. Clear national guidance
and worked examples would be helpful to support consistent, evidence-based and
realistic action planning. 
334

Page 335

Implementation
The proposed amendment Regulations are intended to have a coming into force
date of 1 May 2027. Authorities that last published gender pay gap information in
April 2026 would next be due to publish in 2028. Authorities publishing gender pay
gap information in April 2027 would next be due to publish in 2029. 
Questions:
Do you think the proposed implementation date (1 May 2027) will provide
sufficient time to prepare for the first publication? 
Answer:
This will depend on when final guidance is issued and how much change is needed
to current data collection, reporting systems and internal processes. Based on the
information available now, South Lanarkshire Council has concerns about whether 1
May 2027 gives enough time to prepare. 
The Council’s preference would be for implementation to align with the start of a
financial year, with the first reporting period beginning from April 2028. This would
provide a clearer implementation point and allow sufficient time to prepare systems,
review data requirements, communicate with employees and plan any associated
costs. 
What factors will affect your ability to prepare? 
Answer:
The main factors will include the timing and detail of final national guidance, the
categories and sub-categories to be reported, system changes required, data quality,
employee disclosure rates, and the resources needed to gather, validate and
analyse the data. 
The Council will also need time to update internal processes, privacy information,
employee communications, reporting templates and governance arrangements
before publication. 
What additional guidance, engagement, tools or templates would support your
organisation in implementing the proposed requirements? 
Answer:
The Council would welcome practical guidance and resources to support
implementation, particularly materials that help improve employee disclosure rates
and explain the purpose of collecting race and disability data.
Helpful support would include:
• clear national guidance on reporting categories, methodology and minimum
thresholds;
• worked examples showing how the calculations should be applied;
• standard templates for reporting, action plans and explanatory commentary;
• communications materials explaining why disclosure matters, how the data
will be used and how privacy will be protected;
335

Page 336

• guidance on data protection, confidentiality and reporting where numbers are
small; and
• opportunities for engagement with Scottish Government and other listed
authorities to support consistent implementation. 
Please explain your answers. 
Answer:
The proposed changes would greatly expand current pay gap reporting
requirements. Preparation would involve more than changing existing gender pay
gap reports. The council would need to review workforce equality data, confirm what
information is currently held, identify gaps, make any system changes and ensure
employees understand why they are being asked to provide additional information. 
336

Page 337

Support for proposed amendments 
While this paper focusses more on the implementation of our proposed changes and
any anticipated challenges, we are also keen to hear your views on the proposals
more generally. Please indicate below to what extent you support each of our
proposals. 
Proposal Strongly
support Support Not
sure
Do not
support
Strongly do
not support
Introducing a standard
methodology for all pay gap
calculations
☐ ☒ ☐ ☐ ☐
Using binary categories (e.g.
disabled vs non-disabled) as
a baseline for reporting
☐ ☒ ☐ ☐ ☐
Encouraging publication of
disaggregated data where
feasible
☐ ☒ ☐ ☐ ☐
Introducing a minimum
threshold of 10 employees
per category before publishing
data
☐ ☒ ☐ ☐ ☐
Standardising a snapshot
date for data collection ☐ ☒ ☐ ☐ ☐
Requiring Equality Outcomes
to be more specific ☐ ☒ ☐ ☐ ☐
Requiring Equality Outcomes
to be more measurable ☐ ☒ ☐ ☐ ☐
Requiring Equality Outcomes
to include timelines ☐ ☒ ☐ ☐ ☐
Requiring action plans where
pay gaps are identified ☐ ☒ ☐ ☐ ☐ 
337

Page 338

Conclusion
Thank you for taking the time to consider these proposals and share your views. Your
feedback will play a vital role in shaping the final approach to the proposed amendment
Regulations. 
We encourage you to complete the attached form or submit your comments by email
(please contact us to request an editable word document in this case). Please ensure
responses are received by 3 August 2026. 
If you have any questions related to our request, please contact us at: MPE@gov.scot. 
We appreciate your engagement and look forward to hearing from you. 
338

Page 339

ANNEX A – OVERVIEW OF POLICY AREA 
BACKGROUND 
The Scottish Specific Duties (SSDs) require listed authorities to report on pay gaps relating
to the protected characteristic of “sex” - known as gender pay gap reporting. 
Currently, under the SSDs, a listed authority with 20 or more employees must publish
information on the percentage difference among its employees between men’s average
hourly pay (excluding overtime) and women’s average hourly pay (excluding overtime). This
must be published every 2 years. 
The previous Administration, in its Programme for Government 2025/26, committed to
extending this statutory requirement to also cover disability and race. This commitment
featured in both the statutory report under Regulation 12 of the SSDs and the Equality and
Human Rights Mainstreaming Action Plan, both of which were published in December
2025. The new Minister for Equalities and International Development has reaffirmed the
Scottish Government’s commitment to improvement in this space. 
The terms ‘disability’ and ‘race’ have been used as defined in the Equality Act 2010 (“the
2010 Act”), which is required by the enabling powers under which Scottish Ministers are
making these Regulations. Disability refers to a physical or mental impairment with a
substantial, long-term adverse impact on ability to carry out daily activities, while race
includes colour, nationality and ethnic or national origin. Although language and usage have
evolved - particularly with a clearer distinction now drawn between ‘race’ and ‘ethnicity’- the
proposed amendment Regulations must retain the 2010 Act’s legal definitions.
POLICY INTENTION 
The proposed amendment Regulations will extend existing pay gap reporting for listed
authorities to include disability and race. These and wider changes within the regulations
aim to improve the quality and consistency of equality data and support listed authorities to
take more informed action to address inequalities in pay. Listed authorities with 20 or more
employees are currently only required to publish gender pay gap information. The proposed
amendment Regulations introduce a set of highly technical and interdependent changes to
the SSDs. In addition to the expansion of pay gap reporting, the changes will strengthen
existing requirements on listed authorities to set specific and measurable Equality
Outcomes1 and introduce new requirements to publish action plans where pay gaps are
identified. The proposed amendment Regulations aim to improve the quality and
consistency of equality data across Scottish public bodies. By extending pay gap reporting,
prescribing formulas and strengthening Equality Outcomes, the proposed amendment
Regulations are intended to support listed authorities to take more informed action to
address inequalities in pay. Collectively, these changes represent a significant expansion in
scope and technical complexity compared to the current requirements. In summary, the
proposed amendment Regulations will require listed authorities in Scotland to:
• expand current pay gap reporting to include mandatory reporting on sex, race, and
disability pay gaps;
• set a minimum group size of 10 for publishing data to ensure meaningful and
anonymous data; 
1 An equality outcome is a result which an authority considers will enable the authority to better perform the general
equality duty. In other words, an equality outcome should better enable due regard to be given to the following needs:
eliminate discrimination, advance equality of opportunity and foster good relations. See regulation 4 of the SSDs. 
339

Page 340

• use binary categories (e.g. disabled vs non-disabled) as the baseline for reporting,
whilst considering the publication of more granular disaggregated data where
disaggregated groups meet the threshold of 10;
• ensure their Equality Outcomes are specific and measurable and indicate timelines
to achieve them;
• consider setting Equality Outcomes that address the causes of pay differences
identified or explain if they do not do so, where pay gaps are identified and the cause
relates to protected characteristics; 
• calculate pay gaps using a standardised method; and
• publish an action plan covering:
o an explanation as to the potential causes of pay gaps identified;
o any policies to address pay gaps that exist, or reasons for not having
created any;
o any published pay Equality Outcomes to address pay gaps identified, or
reasons for not having published any; and
o steps to achieving Equality Outcomes and expected timelines. 
340

Page 341

Annex B: Calculations proposed for pay gap reporting 
Below is a summary of the calculations required for the new pay gap requirements. For this,
X and Y can have any of the following meanings:
• X is male and Y is female
• X is non-disabled and Y is disabled
• X is not in a minority racial group and Y is in a minority racial group
• X and Y are disaggregated categories
Difference in mean/median pay/bonus pay
The following applies to mean/median pay gaps and mean/median bonus pay gaps, and the
words “mean hourly rate of pay” can be substituted as necessary. 
The difference between the mean hourly rate of pay of “X” employees and that of "Y”
employees is expressed as a percentage of the mean hourly rate of pay of "X” employees
and is to be determined as follows—
(𝐴 − 𝐵)
𝐴 × 100
where—
A is the mean hourly rate of pay of all “X” employees,
B is the mean hourly rate of pay of all “Y” employees. 
Proportion of X and Y employees who received bonus pay
The proportion of “X” relevant employees who were paid bonus pay must be expressed as a
percentage of “X” relevant employees and is to be determined as follows—
𝐴
𝐵 ×100
where—
• A is the number of “X” relevant employees who were paid bonus pay during the
relevant period; and
• B is the number of “X” relevant employees.
The proportion of “Y” relevant employees who were paid bonus pay must be expressed as a
percentage of “Y” relevant employees and is to be determined as follows—
𝐴
𝐵 ×100 
where—
• A is the number of “Y” relevant employees who were paid bonus pay during the
relevant period; and
• B is the number of “Y” relevant employees.
In this regulation “the relevant period” means the period of 12 months ending with the
snapshot date. 
341

Page 342

Proportion of X and Y employees according to quartile pay bands
The proportions of “X” and “Y” full-pay relevant employees in the lower, lower middle, upper
middle and upper quartile pay bands is to be determined as follows.
Step 1
Determine the hourly rate of pay for each “X” and “Y” full-pay relevant employee and then
rank those employees in order from lowest paid to highest paid.
Step 2
Divide the employees, as ranked under Step 1, into four sections, each comprising (so far as
possible) an equal number of employees, to determine the lower, lower middle, upper middle
and upper quartile pay bands.
Step 3
The proportion of “X” full-pay relevant employees within each quartile pay band must be
expressed as a percentage of the full-pay relevant employees within that band as follows—
𝐴
𝐵 ×100
where—
• A is the number of “X” full-pay relevant employees in a quartile pay band; and
• B is the number of full-pay relevant employees in that quartile pay band.
Step 4
The proportion of “Y” full-pay relevant employees within each quartile pay band must be
expressed as a percentage of the full-pay relevant employees within that band as follows—
𝐴
𝐵 ×100
where—
• A is the number of “Y” full-pay relevant employees in a quartile pay band; and
• B is the number of full-pay relevant employees in that quartile pay band.
(2) Where employees receiving the same hourly rate of pay fall within more than one quartile
pay band, the employer must (so far as possible) ensure that, when ranking the employees
under Step 1, the relative proportion of “X” and “Y” employees receiving that rate of pay is
the same in each of those pay bands. 
342